Specification No.: 17-350029 Advertisement Date: 5/25/17
BID SOLICITATION FOR
OFFICE, CLASSROOM, MUSIC, LIBRARY, EARLY CHILDHOOD CLASSROOM, AND HEALTH AND THERAPEUTIC FURNITURE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES AND SERVICES
FOR THE
BOARD OF EDUCATION OF THE CITY OF CHICAGO
Required for use by the Department of Facilities
Contract Period: Two (2) years from date of Award, with one (1) one (1) year option to renew.
Strategic Source Vendor(s): The Board intends to designate the Contract(s) entered into pursuant to this solicitation as subject to the Board’s Strategic Sourcing Policy, entered into on September 28, 2016 as Board Report 16-0928-PO2, as may be amended. If so designated, schools and departments would be required to use the successful Bidder(s) for obtaining the Products and Services described herein, unless the successful Bidder cannot deliver the Products and Services in a timely manner or match competitive prices.
TWO (2) ORIGINAL HARD COPIES OF THIS BID TO BE SWORN BEFORE A NOTARY PUBLIC ARE TO BE PROVIDED AND ONE (1) ELECTRONIC COPY (COMPACT DISC (CD) OR USB DRIVE) MUST BE PROVIDED. EACH SUBMITTAL SECTION OF THE BID MUST BE SEPARATED INTO A DIFFERENT FILE IN THE ELECTRONIC VERSION. THE ONE (1) CD/USB DRIVE MUST CONTAIN ALL THE INFORMATION THAT THE HARD COPY CONTAINS OF THE BID INCLUDING THE FINANCIAL DOCUMENTS. IF BIDDER DESIGNATES ANY PORTION OF ITS SUBMITTAL AS EXEMPT UNDER THE ILLINOIS FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT (“FOIA”), BIDDER SHALL ALSO PROVIDE ONE (1) ELECTRONIC VERSION OF THE REDACTED BID ON CD/USB DRIVE.
ALL BIDS SHALL BE ADDRESSED AND RETURNED TO:
Jonathan Maples, Chief Procurement Officer Department of Procurement Board of Education of the City of Chicago 42 West Madison Ave., Garden Level Chicago, IL 60602
BIDS MUST BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO, BUT NO LATER THAN JUNE 13, 2017 AT 11:00 AM CENTRAL STANDARD TIME AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS. LATE BIDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.
ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT OF PROCUREMENT
RAHM EMANUEL FORREST CLAYPOOL MAYOR CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
FRANK M. CLARK JONATHAN MAPLES PRESIDENT CHIEF PROCUREMENT OFFICER BOARD OF EDUCATION For current Bid/RFP/RFQ information, Log in at: www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing
Page 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. General Invitation
II. General Terms and Conditions
III. Specific Terms and Conditions
IV. Specification of Products and Scope of Services
V. Submittal Requirements
VI. Evaluation Criteria and Basis of Award
VII. Bid Tabulation Pages
VIII. Bid Execution Page
Attachments:
Attachment A: Contractor’s Disclosure Form Attachment B: W-9 Tax Form Attachment C: MBE/WBE Compliance Plan Attachment D: Bid Tabulation Pages, must be downloaded separately Attachment E: Furniture Order Checklist and Furniture Order Installation and Punchlist
Page 2 I. GENERAL INVITATION
REQUEST FOR BID FOR OFFICE, CLASSROOM, MUSIC, LIBRARY, EARLY CHILDHOOD CLASSROOM, AND HEALTH AND THERAPEUTIC FURNITURE AND RELATED ACCESSORIES AND SERVICES
The Board of Education of the City of Chicago (the “Board”) invites the submission of bids from firms (“Bidders”) that wish to provide office, classroom, music, library, early childhood classroom, and health and therapeutic furniture and related accessories (collectively “Products ”) and related services, including installation (“Services”) to the Board. The Board reserves the right to (i) select one or more Bidders to provide the Products and Services outlined herein; (ii) accept portions of the bid from one or more Bidders; or, (iii) reject any and all bids.
A Bidder may only bid in one capacity: either individually, as a joint venture, a partnership, or other type of legal entity. A “Person”, “Partnership”, “Joint Venture” or “Sole Proprietorship” operating under an Assumed Name must be registered with the Illinois county in which located, as provided in 805 ILCS 405.
Bids must be submitted in sealed envelopes or packages. The outside of the envelope or package must clearly indicate the name of the project (“Office, Classroom, Music, Library, Early Childhood Classroom, and Health and Therapeutic Furniture and Related Accessories and Services BID”) the time and dates specified for receipt (June 13, 2017 at 11:00 am CST ) and the name and address of the Bidder.
Where bids are sent by mail to the Director of Procurement, the Bidder shall be responsible for their delivery to the Director of Procurement before the advertised date and hour for the receipt of the bids. If the mail is delayed beyond the date and hour set for the bid receipt, bids thus delayed will not be considered and will be returned unopened.
Bidder shall bear all costs of responding to this Bid.
Downloaded Bid Solicitations This Bid and all attachments are available for download from the Board’s website at: http://www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing/bid openings.html
Questions regarding the bidding process should be addressed to:
ATTN: Patricia Hernandez, CPPB
Tel. (773) 553-2256 Fax (773) 553-2281 Email: [email protected]
NOTE: ALL QUESTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING VIA E-MAIL NO LATER THAN JUNE 6, 2017 AT 12:00 NOON (CENTRAL STANDARD TIME).
Questions received by the deadline will be answered via e-mail and any written clarification will also be posted on the Board’s website at: http://www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing. Oral clarifications offered by any Board employee will not be binding to the Board. Late questions will not be answered.
Addenda: Any revisions of this Bid deemed necessary by the Chief Procurement Officer will be made only by an addendum issued by the Department of Procurement prior to the response due date of this Bid. A copy of any such addendum will be posted on the Office of Procurement website at: http://www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing/bid_openings.html and may be e-mailed or mailed to Bidders. Failure on the part of the Bidder to receive any written addenda will not be grounds for withdrawal of a Bid. Bidder must acknowledge receipt of each addendum issued on the Bid Execution Page.
Page 3 I. GENERAL INVITATION
Bidders are responsible for checking the web site for clarifications and/or addenda. Note that there may be multiple clarifications and/or addenda. Failure to obtain clarifications and/or addenda from the web site shall not relieve Bidders from being bound by additional terms and conditions, the clarifications and/or addenda, if any, or from considering additional information contained therein in preparing their proposals. Any harm to a Bidder resulting from such failure shall not be valid grounds for a protest against award(s) made under this Bid.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY.]
Page 4 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. Contract: If selected to provide the Products and Services described herein, the Bidder shall adhere to the terms and conditions contained in this bid solicitation. The term “Contract” hereinafter refers collectively to this bid solicitation, all exhibits attached hereto and/or incorporated herein by reference, all addenda, the Bidder’s response to this bid solicitation, and acceptance by the Board of such bid. In case of any conflict between the terms and conditions of this bid solicitation and the Bidder’s response, the terms and conditions of the bid solicitation shall govern and control for all purposes.
2. Term of Contract: The term of this Contract shall commence on the date stated on the Board’s Bid Execution Page and end two (2) years thereafter (“Term”), unless terminated sooner as provided herein. The Board shall have the unilateral right to renew this Contract for one (1) additional one (1) year period as determined by the Board, upon the same terms, conditions and pricing (a “Renewal Term”). The Renewal Term shall be documented by a renewal agreement signed by the President and Secretary of the Board, approved by the Board’s General Counsel, and signed by the authorized representative of the successful Bidder.
3. Scope of Products and Services: Bidder agrees to provide the Products and Services set forth in Attachment IV, Specification of Products and Scope of Services, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Contract. “Products” means, collectively, the products, goods, tools, equipment and accessories as described in this Contract that one would consider within the ordinary meaning of the item as understood in the applicable industry or field of business. “Services” means, collectively, the services, deliverables, duties and responsibilities described in this Contract and any and all work necessary to complete them or carry them out fully and to the standard of performance required in this Contract. The Board retains final authority with respect to all Services related decisions. Any changes in the Products and Services, including any increase or decrease in the amount paid by the Board for such Products and Services shall be documented in a written amendment signed by the authorized representatives of each party and approved by the Board’s General Counsel before the change can take effect.
4. Quantity, Purchase Orders, Delivery of Products, Inspection:
A. Quantity: The Board assumes no obligation hereunder to purchase any quantity of Products or Services other than those identified on a purchase order issued by the Board.
B. Purchase Orders: Orders must be on the Board’s Standard Purchase Order Form (“PO”). The pre-printed terms and conditions found on the (“PO”) shall apply to the extent that such terms supplement and are not inconsistent with the terms and conditions contained in this Contract.
C. Packaging and Shipment; Risk of Loss: Bidder shall package and ship all Products in a commercially reasonable manner. All shipments shall be F.O.B. destination (as indicated on the PO or some other notification from Board) with freight and insurance prepaid. It is understood and agreed that the Board shall have no liability for any shipping or insurance charges not included in the prices quoted on the Bid Tabulation Pages. The Board may request that shipment be made to any location that the Board designates as a Chicago Public School or a CPS facility. Any and all deliveries made to a Chicago Public School shall occur between the hours of 8:00 a.m. – 2:30 p.m., and Bidder shall advise the carrier of this restriction. The Board may adjust the PO shipping destination any time up to five (5) business days prior to shipment. The risk of loss and damage to Products ordered by the Board shall pass to the Board only after delivery to the destination designated by the Board. Time is of the essence to the delivery of all Products ordered hereunder.
D. Inspection and Out-Of-Box Failures: The Board reserves the right to inspect all Products upon delivery and to perform any test the Board deems necessary to adequately demonstrate that the Products meet all of the specifications, as more particularly described in Attachment IV herein (“Specifications”). Final inspection resulting in acceptance or rejection of the Products will be made as soon as practicable, but failure to inspect shall not be construed as a waiver by the Board of its rights to reject Products or to claim reimbursement or damages for such
Page 5 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Products that are later found to be defective or not in conformance with the Specifications. Products that do not conform to the Specifications or that are otherwise damaged must either, at the Boards discretion, be retrieved by Bidder (at Bidder’s expense) for replacement at no charge to the Board, or the Board may cancel that portion of the purchase order relating to the nonconforming Products at no charge to the Board. For any such returned Products, the Board shall either debit or offset from Bidder the cost of such Product plus freight, or receive a refund for such, at Board’s discretion.
E. Uniform Commercial Code: In the absence of a governing provision under this Contract or should any provision of this Contract be construed by a court of competent jurisdiction as vague, the corresponding provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, Article 2, shall apply.
F. Survival: The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract.
4. Standards of Performance: Bidder shall devote, and shall cause all of its staff and subcontractors to devote, such of their time, attention, best skill and judgment, knowledge and professional ability as is necessary to perform all Services and supply all Products effectively and efficiently and to the satisfaction of the Chief Procurement Officer (“CPO”). Bidder shall retain and utilize, as required by law or by contract, professionals licensed to practice in the State of Illinois in the applicable profession. Bidder shall use efficient business administration methods and perform its obligations hereunder in the most expeditious and economical manner so as to assure, among other things, that the Products and Services are supplied at a reasonable cost to the Board and that Products supplied and Services performed by other entities or persons in connection with this Contract are efficiently and cost-effectively delivered. Bidder acknowledges that, if in the course of providing Products and Services hereunder, it is entrusted with or has access to valuable and confidential information and records of the Board, that with respect to that information, Bidder agrees to be held to the standard of care of a fiduciary. Any review, approval, acceptance of Products or Services or payment for same by the Board does not relieve Bidder of its responsibility for any nonconformity with the Specifications or any defects in the Products. Bidder shall remain responsible for all Products and Services furnished hereunder, whether furnished by Bidder or its subcontractors or others on its behalf.
5. Personnel: Bidder must assign and maintain during the Term of the Contract and any renewal of it, an adequate staff of competent personnel that is fully trained, equipped, licensed as appropriate, available as needed, qualified and assigned to perform the Services. If the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that any employee, subcontractor, or other person providing Services hereunder for Vendor is not performing in accordance with the performance standards or other requirements in this Contract, the Board shall have the right to direct the Bidder to remove that person from performing Services under the Contract.
6. Compensation and Pricing:
A. Compensation: The total maximum compensation amount payable to Bidder pursuant to this Contract shall not exceed the amount specified in Attachment VIII, Bid Execution Page, with no reimbursement for expenses except as specifically set out in this Contract, and shall be firm for the duration of the Term of this Contract. Bidder is not entitled to any payment nor is the Board obligated to pay Bidder any amount solely by virtue of entering into this Contract. Compensation shall be based on actual Products delivered and Services performed during the Term of this Contract, and the Board shall not be obligated to pay for any Products and Services not in compliance with this Contract. In the event of early termination of this Contract, the Board shall only be obligated to pay for Services rendered or Products delivered up to the date of termination. Unless the Board has requested that Products or Services ordered before the effective termination or expiration date be delivered after the effective date of termination or expiration, the Board shall not have any liability for any Products delivered or Services performed after the effective expiration or termination date.
Page 6 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
B. Prices: The prices indicated on the Bid Tabulation Pages shall be firm for the Term of this Contract, and any increases that are permitted by the Board for either of the Renewal Terms shall not exceed the maximum percentage indicated in the Bid Tabulation Pages. The maximum payment amount for any Renewal Term shall be established by the Board in a separate written renewal agreement, if the option(s) is exercised.
7. Billing and Payment Procedures; Electronic Payments:
A. Billing and Payment Procedures: All invoices must be submitted electronically via email in PDF format to [email protected]. (or to Primavera Contract Manager link at https://cm.cps.k12.il.us/exponline/logon.jsp, at the sole discretion of the Chief Procurement Officer or designee). Each email may only contain one invoice and must include your vendor name and the CPS Purchase Order number. All invoices must include:
Vendor name and payment address Unique invoice number (determined by vendor) Valid purchase order number (only one PO number may be referenced on each invoice) Invoice date Itemized description of the Products and Services provided Date the Products were delivered and the Services performed Detailed pricing information such as quantities, unit prices, discount, and final net amount due
Invoices shall be submitted in a timely manner. The final invoice shall be submitted no later than ninety (90) days after the expiration or termination of this Contract. If Bidder has more than one contract with the Board, separate invoices must be submitted for each contract. The Board shall process payments in accordance with the Local Government Prompt Payment Act [50 ILCS 505/1 et seq.]. The Board reserves the right to request additional information and supporting documentation necessary for the Board to verify the Products delivered and the Services performed under this Contract.
B. Electronic Payments: Bidder agrees that, at the Board’s sole discretion, the Board may make payment electronically to Bidder for any and all amounts due to Bidder pursuant to this Contract by means of the Board’s procurement charge card account. Bidder recognizes that any charge to the Board’s procurement charge card that is in excess of the open remaining amount as stipulated in the applicable Purchase Order, or any charge unaccompanied by the requisite documentation and data as required by the Board, shall be deemed invalid and disputed by the Board. Bidder further recognizes that, in the absence of any supporting documentation as may be required by the Board, payments associated with disputed charges shall be rescinded by the Board and deemed not owed by the Board. Bidder agrees to comply with the rules, procedures and documentation required for electronic payment via the Board’s procurement charge card as established by the Board’s Department of Procurement.
8. Non-appropriation: Expenditures not appropriated by the Board in its current fiscal year budget are deemed to be contingent liabilities only and are subject to appropriation in subsequent fiscal year budgets. In the event sufficient funds are not appropriated in a subsequent fiscal year by the Board for performance under this Contract, the Board shall notify Bidder and this Contract shall terminate on the earlier of the last day of the fiscal period for which sufficient funds were appropriated or whenever the funds appropriated for payment under this Contract are exhausted. In no event shall the Board be liable to the Bidder for any amount in excess of the current amount appropriated and budgeted by the Board to fund payments under this Contract.
9. Audit and Document Retention: Bidder shall permit and cooperate in good faith in any audits by the Board, including its Department of Procurement, or its agents for compliance by the Bidder with
Page 7 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
this Contract. Bidder shall promptly rectify errors and resolve disputes that may be reported as a part of any such audit. Bidder shall furnish the Board with such information, supporting documentation and reports as may be requested relative to the progress, execution and costs of the Products and the performance of Services, and compliance with applicable MBE/WBE requirements. Failure of the Bidder to comply in full and cooperate with the requests of the Board or its agents shall give the Board, in addition to all other rights and remedies hereunder, the right to charge the Bidder for the cost of such audit. Bidder shall maintain all records, correspondence, receipts, vouchers, memoranda and other data relating to Bidder’s supply of Products and performance of Services under this Contract. All records referenced above shall be retained for five (5) years after the termination or expiration of this Contract and shall be subject to inspection and audit by the Board. If any audit, litigation or other action involving the records is being conducted or has not been resolved, all applicable records must be retained until the proceeding is closed. Bidder shall require all of its subcontractors to maintain the above-described records and allow the Board the same right to inspect and audit said records as set forth herein.
10. Termination, Events of Default, and Remedies:
A. Early Termination: The Board may terminate this Contract in whole or in part without cause, at any time by a notice in writing from the Board to Bidder in accordance with the notice provisions herein. The effective date of termination shall be thirty (30) calendar days from the date the notice is received or the date stated in the notice, whichever is later.
After notice is received, Bidder must restrict its activities, and those of its subcontractors, to winding down all activities previously begun under this Contract. No costs incurred after the effective date of the termination are allowed. Unless the Board has requested that Products and Services ordered before the effective termination or expiration date be delivered after the effective termination or expiration date, the Board shall not have any liability for any Products and Services delivered after the expiration/termination date.
Bidder must include in its contracts with subcontractors an early termination provision in form and substance equivalent to this early termination provision to prevent claims against the Board arising from termination of subcontracts after the early termination of this Contract.
Bidder shall not be entitled to make any early termination claims against the Board resulting from any subcontractor’s claims against Bidder or the Board to the extent inconsistent with this provision.
B. Suspension of Product Delivery: The Board may, upon thirty (30) calendar days written notice, direct Bidder to suspend the supply of Products or the performance of Services. Bidder shall promptly resume delivery of Products and performing Services upon written notice from the Board and upon such equitable extension of time as may be mutually agreed upon in writing by the Board and Bidder. Responsibility for any additional costs or expenses actually incurred by Bidder as a result of remobilization shall be determined by mutual agreement of the parties.
C. Bidder’s Events of Default: Events of default (“Events of Default”) include, but are not limited to, the following:
1) Any action or failure to act by Bidder which affects the safety and/or welfare of students or Board staff;
2) Any material misrepresentation by Bidder in the inducement or the performance of this Contract.
3) Breach of any term, condition, representation or warranty made by Bidder in this Contract.
Page 8 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
4) Failure of Bidder to perform any of its obligations under this Contract, including, but not limited to, the following:
a) Failure to supply any portion of the Products or perform any portion of the Services herein at the time fixed for performance and in the manner specified herein; b) Failure to maintain sufficient personnel, material, or equipment to ensure the timely delivery of the Products or the timely performance the Services; c) Failure to supply the Products or perform the Services in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Board or the CPO; d) Failure to promptly re-supply, within a reasonable time and at no cost to the Board, Products and Services that were determined by the Board to be defective or failing to meet the Specifications; e) Discontinuance of the supply of the Products or the performance of Services for reasons within Bidder’s reasonable control; or f) Failure to comply with any term of this Contract, including but not limited to, the provisions concerning insurance and nondiscrimination, and any other acts specifically and expressly stated in this Contract constituting an Event of Default.
5) Default by Bidder under any other agreement Bidder may presently have or may enter into with the Board;
6) Where Services include contact with CPS students, any failure to comply with the Criminal History Records Check Section, in whole or in part; and
7) Assignment by Bidder for the benefit of creditors or consent by Bidder to the appointment of a trustee or receiver or the filing by or against Bidder of any petition or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.
D. Remedies: The Board in its sole discretion may declare Bidder in default, in whole or in part, if Bidder commits an Event of Default. The Chief Procurement Officer may, in his/her sole discretion, give Bidder an opportunity to cure the default within a certain period of time (the “Cure Period”) or s/he may determine that an opportunity to cure is not warranted or necessary. The Chief Procurement Officer shall give Bidder written notice of the default, either in the form of a cure notice (“Cure Notice”), or if no opportunity to cure is granted, a default notice (“Default Notice”).
The Chief Procurement Officer may give a Default Notice after a Cure Notice has been provided if (i) Bidder fails to effect a cure within the Cure Period given in the applicable Cure Notice, or (ii), if the Event of Default cannot be reasonably cured within said Cure Period, Bidder fails to commence and continue diligent efforts to cure in the sole opinion of the Board. If the Chief Procurement Officer decides not to terminate, then s/he may decide at any time thereafter to terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, in a subsequent Default Notice.
A written Default Notice shall be final and effective termination of the Contract, in whole or in part, upon Bidder’s receipt of the notice or on the date as set forth in the notice, whichever is later. Upon receipt of a Default Notice, Bidder must discontinue all Services unless specifically directed otherwise in the notice, and Bidder must deliver to the Board all materials prepared or created in performance of this Contract, whether completed or in-process. Upon the giving of such notice as provided in the Contract, the Board may invoke any or all of the following remedies:
1) The right to take over and complete the supply of Products or the performance of Services or any part thereof, by contract or otherwise as agent for and at the cost of Bidder either directly or through others. Bidder shall be liable to the Board for any excess costs incurred by the Board. Any amount due Bidder under this Contract or any other agreement Bidder may have with the Board may be offset against amounts claimed due by the Board;
Page 9 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
2) The right to terminate this Contract, in whole or in part, as to any or all of the Products yet to be supplied or Services yet to be performed effective at a time specified by the Board;
3) The right to suspend the supply of Products or the performance of Services during the Cure Period if the default results from Bidder's action or failure to act which affects the safety or welfare of students or Board staff. In the event that the performance of Services or supply of Products is resumed, Bidder shall not be entitled to seek reimbursement from the Board for any additional costs and expenses incurred as a result of the remobilization;
4) The right to specific performance, an injunction or any other appropriate equitable remedy;
5) The right to receive from Bidder any and all damages incurred as a result or in consequence of an Event of Default;
6) The right to money damages;
7) The right to withhold all or part of Bidder’s compensation under this Contract; and
8) The right to use an Event of Default as a basis to deem Bidder non-responsible in future contracts to be awarded by the Board and/or seek debarment of the Bidder pursuant to the Board’s Debarment Policy (08-1217-PO1), as may be amended from time to time.
The Board may elect not to declare Bidder in default or to terminate this Contract. The parties acknowledge that this provision is solely for the benefit of the Board and that if the Board permits Bidder to continue to supply the Products or perform the Services despite one or more Events of Default, Bidder shall in no way be relieved of any responsibilities, duties or obligations under this Contract nor shall the Board waive or relinquish any of its rights under this Contract, at law, equity or statute, nor shall the Board be deemed to have waived or relinquished any of the rights it has to declare an Event of Default in the future.
The remedies under the terms of this Contract are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies provided, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies, existing now or hereafter, at law, in equity or by statute. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon the occurrence of any Event of Default shall be construed as a waiver of any Event of Default or acquiescence thereto, and every such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.
If the Board’s election to terminate this Contract for default is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been wrongful, then in that case the termination is to be considered an early termination pursuant to Section 10(A) above.
E. Turnover of Documents and Records: Upon demand of the Board after termination of this Contract for any reason or the expiration of this Contract by its terms, Bidder shall turn over to the Board or its designee within five (5) days of demand, all materials, supplies, equipment owned or purchased by the Board, completed or partially completed work product or analyses, data, computer disks, documents and any other information relating in any way to this Contract, the furnishing of Products or the performance of Services, except that Bidder may keep a copy of such information for its own records.
Page 10 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
11. Confidential Information, Dissemination of Information, Ownership, Survival:
A. Confidential Information: In the performance of this Contract, Bidder may have access to or receive certain information that is not generally known to others including, but not limited to, proprietary information, copyrighted material, business plans, financial information, educational records, student data, employee data, information relating to health records, and other information of a personal nature (collectively “Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall not include information that: (i) or becomes part of the public domain through no fault of Bidder; (ii) made available to Bidder by an independent third party having the legal right to make such disclosure; and (iii) information that can be established and documented by Bidder to have been independently developed or obtained by Bidder without violating the confidentiality obligations of this Contract and any other agreements with the Board. Bidder shall use or disclose any Confidential Information or any finished or unfinished documents, screens, reports, writings, procedural manuals, forms, source code, object code, work flow charts, methods, processes, data, data studies, drawings, maps, files, records, computer printouts, designs, equipment descriptions, or other materials prepared or generated as a result of this Contract (collectively “Work Product”) for the sole purpose of rendering Services and delivering Products to the Board pursuant to the terms of this Contract. Bidder shall not disclose Confidential Information except to those of its officers, agents, employees, and subcontractors who have a need to access the Confidential Information to perform the obligations of this Contract. Bidder shall use at least a commercially reasonable standard of care in the protection of the Confidential Information of the Board, which shall be, at a minimum, with no less protection than Bidder uses to protect its own Confidential Information. Bidder understands that Confidential Information may be subject to the special requirements set forth in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”) and the Illinois School Student Records Act (“ISSRA”). Upon the expiration or termination of this Contract, Bidder shall promptly cease using and shall return or destroy (and certify in writing destruction of) all Confidential Information furnished by the Board along with all copies thereof in its possession including copies stored in any computer memory or storage medium.
B. Dissemination of Information: Other than as may be specifically required for the performance of this Contract, Bidder shall not disseminate any Confidential Information to a third party without the prior written consent of the Board. In the event that Bidder is presented with a request for documents by any administrative agency or with a subpoena duces tecum regarding any Confidential Information or Work Product which may be in Bidder’s possession, Bidder shall immediately give notice to the Board and its General Counsel with the understanding that the Board shall have the opportunity to contest such process by any means available to it prior to submission of any documents to a court or other third party. Bidder shall not be obligated to withhold delivery of documents beyond the time ordered by a court of law or administrative agency, unless the request for production or subpoena is quashed or withdrawn, or the time to produce is otherwise extended.
C. Press Release; Publicity: Bidder shall not issue publicity news releases, grant press interviews, or use any Confidential Information or Board intellectual property, including but not limited to the CPS logos or the logos of any CPS schools, during or after the performance or delivery of Products and Services without the prior written consent of the authorized representative of the Board. Furthermore, Bidder may not photograph or film or cause others to photograph or film within any CPS school or facility without the prior express written consent of the Chief Communications Officer or his/her designee.
D. Ownership: Bidder agrees that, to the extent permitted by law, any and all Work Product shall exclusively be deemed “works for hire” within the meaning and purview of the United States Copyright Act, 17 U.S.C. § 101 et seq. To the extent any Work Product does not qualify as a “work for hire,” Bidder irrevocably grants, assigns, and transfers to the Board all right, title, and interest in and to the Work Product in all media throughout the world in perpetuity and all intellectual
Page 11 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
property rights therein, free and clear of any liens, claims, or other encumbrances, to the fullest extent permitted by law. All intellectual property, Confidential Information, and Work Product shall at all times be and remain the property of the Board. Bidder shall execute all documents and perform all acts that the Board may request in order to assist the Board in perfecting or protecting its rights in and to the Work Product and all intellectual property rights relating to the Work Product. All of the foregoing items shall be delivered to the Board upon demand at any time and in any event, shall be promptly delivered to the Board upon expiration or termination of this Contract within five (5) business days of demand. In addition, Bidder shall return the Board’s data in the format requested by the Board. If any of the above items are lost or damaged while in Bidder’s possession, such items shall be restored or replaced at Bidder's expense.
E. Unauthorized Access, Use or Disclosure: If Bidder has knowledge of any unauthorized access, use and/or disclosure of Confidential Information, it shall: (i) notify the Board immediately, which in no event shall be longer than twenty-four (24) hours from Bidder receiving notice of the unauthorized access, use, or disclosure; (ii) take prompt and appropriate action to prevent further unauthorized access, use, or disclosure; (iii) cooperate with the Board and any government authorities with respect to the investigation and mitigation of any such unauthorized access, use, or disclosure, including if required under any federal or state law, providing notification to the affected persons. Bidder shall bear the losses and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) associated with the breach of Confidential Information, including without limitation any costs: (1) of providing notices of a data breach, including without limitation, establishing call centers and providing credit monitoring or credit restoration services, as requested by the Board. Bidder shall include this provision in any and all agreements it executes with subcontractors providing Services under this Contract.
F. Employees, Agents, and Subcontractors: Bidder agrees to cause its employees, agents and subcontractors, if any, to undertake the same obligations of confidentiality and ownership agreed to herein by Bidder.
G. Injunctive Relief: In the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Section, Bidder acknowledges and agrees that the Board would suffer irreparable injury not compensable by money damages and would not have an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, Bidder agrees that the Board shall be entitled to immediate injunctive relief to prevent or curtail any such breach, threatened or actual. The foregoing shall be in addition to and without prejudice to such rights that the Board may have in equity, at law, or by statute.
H. Survival: The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination or expiration of this Contract.
12. Representations and Warranties of Bidder: Bidder represents and warrants that the following shall be true and correct as of the effective date of this Contract and shall continue to be true and correct during the Term of this Contract and any Renewal Terms:
A. Contractor’s Disclosure Form: The disclosures in the Contractor’s Disclosure Form submitted by Bidder to the Department of Procurement are true and correct. Bidder shall promptly notify the Board of any material change in information set forth therein, including, but not limited to, change in ownership or control, and any such change shall be subject to Board approval which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
B. Financially Solvent: Bidder warrants that it is financially solvent, is able to pay all debts as they mature and is possessed of sufficient working capital to supply all Products, perform all Services and perform all other obligations under this Contract.
Page 12 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
C. Compliance with Laws: Bidder is and shall remain in compliance with all applicable federal, state, county, and municipal statutes, laws, ordinances, and regulations relating to this Contract, the supply of Products, and the performance of Services in effect now or later and as amended from time to time, including but not limited to the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/1 et seq., the Drug-Free Workplace Act, the Illinois School Student Records Act, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment and any others relating to non- discrimination. Further, Bidder is and shall remain in compliance with all applicable Board policies and rules. Board policies and rules are available at http://www.cps.edu/.
D. Gratuities: No payment, gratuity or offer of employment was made by Bidder, any of its members if a joint venture or, to the best of Bidder's knowledge after due inquiry, by any subcontractors, in relation to this Contract or as an inducement for award of this Contract. Bidder is and shall remain in compliance with all applicable anti-kickback laws and regulations throughout the Term of this Contract.
E. Ethics: No officer, agent or employee of the Board is or shall be employed by Bidder or has or shall have a financial interest, directly or indirectly, in this Contract or the compensation to be paid hereunder except as may be permitted in writing by the Board's Code of Ethics adopted May 25, 2011 (11-0525-PO2), as may be amended from time to time, which policy is hereby incorporated by reference into and made a part of this Contract as if fully set forth herein.
F. Good Standing: Bidder, each of its joint venture members if a joint venture, and each of its subcontractors, if any, are not in default or have not been deemed by the Board’s Chief Procurement Officer to be in default under any other contract with the Board during the five (5) year period immediately preceding the effective date of this Contract.
G. Authorization: Bidder has taken all action necessary for the approval and execution of this Contract, and execution by the person signing on behalf of Bidder is duly authorized by Bidder and has been made with complete and full authority to commit Bidder to all terms and conditions of this Contract which shall constitute valid, binding obligations of Bidder.
H. Criminal History Records Check: Bidder represents and warrants that, at its own cost and expense, it shall have a complete fingerprint-based criminal history records check conducted on all employees, agents, and subcontractors who may have contact with CPS students (collectively “Staff”) in accordance with the Illinois School Code (105 ILCS 5/34-18.5); the Sex Offender and Child Murderer Community Notification Law (730 ILCS 152/101 et seq.); and the Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Registration Act (730 ILCS 154/1 et seq.) (“Records Check”). It is understood and acknowledged that contact via text messages, live chats, emails or through any other means shall be considered “contact” for the purposes of this Section. A complete Records Check includes the following:
(a) Fingerprint-based checks through the Illinois State Police and the FBI; (b) A check of the Illinois Sex Offender Registry; and (c) A check of the Violent Offender Against Youth Database.
The purpose of the Records Check is to confirm that none of these persons have been convicted of any of the criminal or drug offenses enumerated in subsection (c) of 105 ILCS 5/34-18.5 or any offenses enumerated under the Sex Offender and Child Murderer Community Notification Law or the Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Registration Act, or have been convicted within the past seven (7) years of any other felony under the laws of Illinois or of any offense committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws of the United States that, if committed or attempted in the State of Illinois, would have been punishable as a felony under the laws of Illinois.
Bidder shall not allow any of its Staff to have contact with a CPS student until a Records Check has been conducted for that person and the results of the Records Check satisfy the requirements of 105 ILCS 5/34-18.5 and the requirements of all other Acts and Laws referenced in this Section,
Page 13 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS as may be amended. Within fifteen (15) business days before any Staff has contact with any CPS students and on or before the Contract’s anniversary date(s) during the Term and any renewal term, Bidder shall submit a written report to CPS’s Chief Officer of Safety & Security and/or its Deputy Chief of Network Security (“CPS Safety Officer”). The report shall include at least the following information:
1) The specific method of completing the Records Check; 2) The names of each Staff member who satisfactorily passed the Records Check within the quarter before s/he has any contact with a CPS student; and 3) The procedure to update each Staff member’s Records Check through the Term of the Contract, including any renewal terms (intervals between each Staff member’s updates shall not be less than annually).
On a quarterly basis thereafter, Bidder shall: i) periodically check the Illinois Violent Offender Against Youth Registry and the Illinois Sex Offender Registry for each Staff member who has contact with students and shall immediately remove any Staff member who may be identified on either registry; ii) provide a written report to CPS’s Safety Officer listing the names of all new Staff members who have contact with CPS students and certifying that Records Checks were satisfactorily completed for those individuals before s/he had any contact with CPS students; and iii) provide any other information requested by the Board.
If Bidder fails to comply with this Section, in whole or in part, then, in addition to the Remedies set forth in this Contract, the Board may exercise additional remedies, including but not limited to: (i) withholding payments due under this Contract and any others that Bidder may have with the Board; and (ii) immediately terminating this Contract, in whole or in part, without any further obligation by the Board of any kind.
H. Warranty of Title: Bidder warrants title to the Products and that the Products are free and clear from all liens, contracts, chattel mortgages or other encumbrances; that the Bidder has the lawful right to dispose of and sell the Products and that the Bidder shall warrant and defend its title against all claims.
I. Research Activities and Data Requests: Bidder shall not conduct research in the Chicago Public Schools or use Confidential Information for research purposes. In the event that the Board seeks to conduct research in Chicago Public Schools or use Confidential Information for research purposes, Bidder shall comply with the Board’s Research Study and Data Policy adopted on July 28, 2010, as may be amended from time to time. Bidder may not begin any research activities or obtain data for research purposes without the prior written consent of the Chief Education Officer.
J. Intellectual Property: In performing Services and delivering Products under this Contract, Bidder shall not violate or infringe upon any patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, or other proprietary or intellectual property right of any third party and will not improperly use any third party’s confidential or proprietary information. Bidder shall have, without encumbrance, all ownership, licenses, marketing, or other rights required to furnish all Products and Services that it provides to the Board under this Contract and can grant or assign all rights granted or assigned to the Board under this Contract.
K. Free of Computer Viruses: Bidder shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to ensure that its Products and Services and any software, hardware, or other technology used in Bidder’s performance of its Services is free of malicious code, malware, Trojan horses, ransomware, worms, and other computer viruses.
L. Prohibited Acts: Within the three (3) years prior to the effective date of this Contract, Bidder or any of its members if a joint venture or a limited liability company, or any of its or their respective
Page 14 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
officers, directors, shareholders, members, managers, other officials, agents or employees (i) have not been convicted of bribery or attempting to bribe a public officer or employee of any public entity and (ii) have not been convicted of agreeing or colluding among contractors or prospective contractors in restraint of trade, including bid-rigging or bid-rotating, as those terms are defined under the Illinois Criminal Code.
M. Debarment and Suspension: Bidder certifies that to the best of its knowledge and belief, after due inquiry:
1) It, its principals, and its subcontractors providing Products and Services under this Contract are not barred from contracting with any unit of state or local government as a result of violation of either Section 33E-3 (bid-rigging) or 33E-4 (bid rotating) [720 ILCS 5/33E]; 2) It, its principals, and each of its subcontractors providing Products and Services under this Contract are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this transaction by any federal department or agency or any unit of state or local government; and 3) It, its principals, and each of its subcontractors providing Products and Services under this Contract have not violated the rules, regulations, or laws of any federal, state, or local government unit or agency.
“Principals” for the purpose of this certification means officers, directors, owners, partners, persons having primary management or supervisory responsibilities within a business entity; and if a joint venture is involved, each joint venture member and the principals of each such member.
In performing any obligations of this Contract, Bidder shall not utilize any firms that have been debarred from doing business with the Board under the Board’s Debarment Policy (08-1217-PO1), as amended.
N. Continued Disclosure Requirement: If at any time during the Term of the Contract or during any Renewal Terms, Bidder becomes aware of any change in the circumstances that makes the representations and warranties stated in this Contract no longer true, Bidder must immediately disclose such change to the Board in accordance with the Notice provisions of this Contract.
O. Survival: All warranties in this Section shall survive inspection, acceptance, payment, expiration or termination of this Contract. Nothing in the foregoing warranties shall be construed to limit any other rights or remedies available to the Board under the laws and this Contract.
13. Independent Contractor: It is understood and agreed that the relationship of Bidder to the Board is and shall continue to be that of an independent contractor and neither Bidder nor any of Bidder's staff, agents, employees or subcontractors shall be entitled to receive Board employee benefits. Bidder is the common law employer of the individuals who perform Services to the Board pursuant to this Contract. It is further understood and agreed that the Board shall not be responsible for, nor incur any liability for, any State or Federal withholding or other taxes or for FICA or State unemployment insurance for Bidder, its agents, employees or subcontractors, and the payment of any such taxes incurred or due by Bidder shall be the sole responsibility of Bidder. To the extent that Bidder is subject to taxes under Section 4980H of the Internal Revenue Code, Bidder shall be solely responsible for paying such taxes. Bidder agrees that neither Bidder nor its staff or subcontractors shall represent themselves as employees or agents of the Board. Bidder shall provide the Board with a valid taxpayer identification number as defined by the United States Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a social security number or a federal employer identification number.
Page 15 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
14. Indemnification: Bidder agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Board, its members, employees, agents, officers and officials from and against liabilities, losses, penalties, damages and expenses, including costs and attorney fees, arising out of all claims, liens, damages, obligations, actions, suits, judgments or settlements, or causes of action, of every kind, nature and character (collectively “Claims”) arising or alleged to arise out of the acts or omissions of the Bidder, its officers, agents, employees and subcontractors in the performance of this Contract. The foregoing obligation extends to and is intended to encompass any and all Claims that the Products and Services infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate any confidentiality, proprietary, or intellectual property rights of a third party.
Furthermore, in the event that the Board is determined to be liable for taxes under Section 4980H of the Internal Revenue Code as a result of its use of Bidder’s employees under this Contract, Bidder shall indemnify the Board for any such liability. And, in the event of unauthorized access, use or disclosure of the Board’s Confidential Information arising or alleged to arise from the acts or omissions of Bidder, its employees, agents, and subcontractors, in addition to the obligations provided in this Section, Bidder shall cover any costs or fees associated with (i) providing notices of a data breach to effected persons and to regulatory bodies and (ii) remedying and otherwise mitigating any potential damages or harm from the data breach, including but not limited to call centers and providing credit monitoring and credit restoration services as may be requested by the Board.
Bidder shall, at its own cost and expense, appear, defend and pay all attorney fees and, other costs and expenses arising hereunder. In addition, if any judgment shall be rendered against the Board in any such action, the Bidder shall, at its own expense, satisfy and discharge such obligation of the Board. The Board shall have the right, at its own expense, to participate in the defense of any suit, without relieving the Bidder of any of its obligations hereunder. The Board retains final approval of any and all settlements or legal strategies which involve the interest of the Board.
However, if Bidder, after receiving notice of any such proceeding, fails to immediately begin the defense of such claim or action, the Board may (without further notice to Bidder) retain counsel and undertake the defense, compromise, or settlement of such claim or action at the expense of Bidder, subject to the right of Bidder to assume the defense of such claim or action at any time prior to settlement, compromise or final determination thereof. The cost and expense of counsel retained by the Board in these circumstances shall be borne by Bidder and Bidder shall be bound by, and shall pay the amount of, any settlement, compromise, final determination or judgment reached while the Board was represented by counsel retained by the Board pursuant to this paragraph, or while Bidder was conducting the defense.
To the extent permissible by law, Bidder waives any limits to the amount of its obligations to defend, indemnify, hold harmless, or contribute to any sums due under any losses, including any claim by any employee of Bidder that may be subject to the Workers Compensation Act, 820 ILCS 305/1 et seq. or any other related law or judicial decision (such as Kotecki v. Cyclops Welding Corporation, 146 Ill. 2nd 155 (1991)). The Board, however, does not waive any limitations it may have on its liability under the Illinois Workers Compensation Act, the Illinois Pension Code, any other statute or judicial decision.
The indemnities set forth herein shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract.
15. Non-Liability of Board Officials: Bidder agrees that no Board member, employee, agent, officer and/or official shall be personally charged and/or held personally liable by Bidder, its members if a joint venture, and/or any subcontractors with any liability or expense under this Contract.
16. Insurance: Bidder, at its own expense, shall procure and maintain insurance covering all operations under this Contract, whether performed by Bidder or by subcontractors. All insurers shall be licensed by the State of Illinois and rated A-VII or better by A.M. Best or a comparable
Page 16 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS rating service. Bidder shall submit to the Board satisfactory evidence of insurance coverage prior to commencement of Services under this Contract. Minimum insurance requirements include the coverage set forth below and when applicable, any additional insurance will be specified in Section III, Specific Terms and Conditions, Insurance:
A. Workers' Compensation and Employers' Liability Insurance: Workers' Compensation Insurance affording workers' compensation benefits for all employees as required by law and Employers' Liability Insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence. The workers’ compensation policy must contain a waiver of subrogation clause.
B. Commercial General Liability Insurance: Commercial General Liability Insurance or equivalent with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence, and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage liability. Coverage shall include, but not be limited to: all operations, contractual liability, independent contractors, products/completed operations (for a minimum of two (2) years following completion), and defense. General liability insurance may not exclude coverage for sexual abuse and/or molestation.
C. Automobile Liability Insurance: Automobile Liability Insurance when any motor vehicle (whether owned, non-owned or hired) is used in connection with this Contract, with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage.
D. Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance: Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence, which will provide additional limits for general liability and auto insurance subject to that of the primary coverage stated above. Subcontractors performing work for the Bidder are not required to provide this coverage.
E. Professional Liability / Errors and Omissions: When any architects, engineers, construction managers or other professional consultants perform work in connection with this Contract, Professional Liability Insurance covering acts, errors, or omissions must be maintained with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) each claim and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate. Coverage must include contractual liability. When policies are renewed or replaced, the policy retroactive date must coincide with, or precede, start of work under this Contract. If coverage is on a "claims made" basis, a two (2) year extended reporting provision must be included.
F. Additional Insured: Bidder shall have its General and Automobile Liability Insurance policies endorsed to provide that “the Board of Education of the City of Chicago, a body politic and corporate, and its members, employees and agents, and any other entity as may be designated by the Board are named as additional insured on a primary basis without recourse or right of contribution from the Board”.
The insurance company, or its representative, shall submit an insurance certificate evidencing all coverage as required hereunder and indicating the Additional Insured status as required above. The Board reserves the right to withhold payment under this Contract pending receipt of satisfactory proof of insurance meeting the requirements set forth herein. The Certificate must provide thirty (30) days prior written notice of material change, cancellation, or non-renewal be given to:
Risk Management Board of Education of the City of Chicago 42 West Madison Ave., 2nd Floor Chicago, Illinois 60602
Copy to: Board of Education of the City of Chicago
Page 17 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Department of Procurement 42 West Madison Ave., 9th Floor Chicago, Illinois 60602 ATTN: Patricia Hernandez, CPPB
Any failure of the Board to demand or receive proof of insurance coverage shall not constitute a waiver of Bidder’s obligation to obtain the required insurance. The receipt of any certificate does not constitute agreement by the Board that the insurance requirements in this Contract have been fully met or that the insurance policies indicated on the certificate are in compliance with all contract requirements. Bidder’s failure to carry or document required insurance shall constitute a breach of the Bidder’s Contract with the Board. In the event Bidder fails to fulfill the insurance requirements of this Contract, the Board reserves the right to stop all work until proper evidence of insurance is provided, or this Contract may be terminated.
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions on referenced insurance coverage must be borne by Bidder. Any insurance or self-insurance programs maintained by the Board of Education do not contribute with insurance provided by the Bidder and subcontractors under this Contract. All Bidder and subcontractor insurance is considered by the parties to this Contract to be primary and collectible above all other coverage, including, but not limited to, the Board’s insurance and self insurance.
All subcontractors are subject to the same insurance requirements of Bidder unless otherwise specified in this Contract. The Bidder shall require any subcontractors under this Contract to maintain comparable insurance naming the Bidder, the Board inclusive of its members, employees and agents, and any other entity designated by the Board, as Additional Insureds. The Bidder will maintain a file of subcontractor’s insurance certificates evidencing compliance with these requirements.
The coverages and limits furnished by Bidder in no way limit the Bidder's liabilities and responsibilities specified within this Contract or by law. The required insurance is not limited by any limitations expressed in the indemnification language in this Contract, if any, or any limitation that might be placed on the indemnity in this Contract given as a matter of law.
The Bidder agrees that insurers waive their rights of subrogation against the Board.
Winning Bidder(s) must register with the insurance certificate monitoring company designated by the Board (see below), and must maintain a current insurance certificate on file during the entire Term of the Contract. Winning Bidder(s) must register and pay the initial annual monitoring fee to the insurance certificate monitoring company prior to performing services for the Board. The initial annual monitoring fee is currently Twelve Dollars ($12.00) per year, but the fee may be subject to change.
Each year, Board-approved, registered vendors will be notified 30 to 45 days prior to the expiration date of their required insurance coverage (highlighted on their latest submitted insurance certificate on file) in order to submit an updated insurance certificate with the insurance certificate monitoring company. Insurance certificate submissions and related annual fees are required to be made online at the dedicated website established by the certificate monitoring company (see URL below). Should you have any questions on submissions and payment options, you can contact the certificate monitoring company.
Certificate Monitoring Company: Topiary Communications Inc. 676 N. LaSalle - Suite 230 Chicago, IL 60654 Phone: (312) 494-5709 Email: [email protected]
Page 18 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
URL: http://www.cpsvendorcert.com (designated website for online registration, insurance certificate submissions and annual fee payments)
17. Non-Discrimination: It shall be an unlawful employment practice for Bidder or any of its subcontractors to fail or refuse to hire or to discharge any individual, or otherwise to discriminate against any individual with respect to compensation, or other terms, conditions, or privileges of employment, because of such individual's race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity/expression, sexual orientation, age or disability; or to limit, segregate, or classify employees or applicants for employment in any way that would deprive or tend to deprive any individual from equal employment opportunities or otherwise adversely affect an individual's status as an employee because of such individual's race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity/expression, sexual orientation, age or disability. Bidder shall particularly remain in compliance at all times with: the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C.A. § 2000a, et seq.; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C.A. § 621, et seq.; Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C.A. § 701, et seq.; the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C.A. § 12101, et seq.; the Illinois Human Rights Act, 775 ILCS 5/1-101, et seq.; the Illinois School Code, 105 ILCS 5/1-1 et. seq.; the Illinois Public Works Employment Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/0.01 et seq.; the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) 20 U.S.C.A. § 1400 et seq.; and the Chicago Human Rights Ordinance, ch. 2-160 of the Municipal Code of Chicago, all as amended, and all other applicable federal, state, and municipal statutes, regulations, ordinances and other laws. Nothing in this paragraph is intended nor shall be construed to create a private right of action against the Board or any of its employees. Furthermore, no part of this paragraph shall be construed to create contractual or other rights or expectations for the Bidder’s employees or the Bidder’s subcontractors’ employees.
18. Assignment: This Contract shall be binding on the parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, Bidder may not assign this Contract or any obligations imposed hereunder without the prior written consent of the Board.
19. Entirety of Agreement and Amendments: This Contract, including all attachments and addenda, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters contained herein. No modification of or amendment to this Contract shall be effective unless such modification or amendment is in writing and signed by the authorized representatives of both parties. Any prior agreements or representations, either written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Contract are of no force or effect. The Board shall not be bound by any terms and conditions in any packaging, service catalogue, brochure, technical data sheet or other document which attempts to impose any conditions that waive, abridge, or abrogate the terms and conditions contained in this bid solicitation or Contract, or the Board’s contractual rights as provided under state or federal law. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Contract and any other document, the terms of this Contract shall supersede and prevail.
20. Continuing Obligation To Perform: In the event of any dispute between Bidder and the Board, Bidder shall expeditiously and diligently proceed with the performance of all of its obligations under this Contract with a reservation of all rights and remedies it may have under or pursuant to this Contract at law or in equity.
21. Survival/Severability: All express representations or indemnifications made or given in this Contract shall survive the expiration or termination of this Contract for any reason. If any provision or part of this Contract is held to be unenforceable, this Contract shall be considered divisible and such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent it is deemed unenforceable, and in all other respects this Contract shall remain in full force and effect; provided, however, that if any such provision may be made enforceable by limitation thereof, then such provision shall be deemed to be so limited and shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.
Page 19 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
22. Governing Law: This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to any conflict of law or choice of law principles. Bidder irrevocably submits itself to the original jurisdiction of those courts located in the County of Cook, State of Illinois, with regard to any controversy arising out, or relating to, or in any way concerning the execution or performance of this Contract. Bidder agrees that service of process on the Bidder may be made, at the option of the Board, by either registered or certified mail to the address specified on the Bid Execution Page, by registered or certified mail addressed to the office actually maintained by the Bidder, or by personal delivery on any officer, director, or managing or general agent of the Bidder. If any action is brought by the Bidder against the Board concerning this Contract, the action shall only be brought in those courts located within the County of Cook, State of Illinois.
23. Freedom of Information Act: Bidder acknowledges that this Contract and all documents submitted to the Board related to this contract award are a matter of public record and are subject to the Illinois Freedom of Information Act (5 ILCS 140/1) and any other comparable state and federal laws and that this Contract is subject to reporting requirements under 105 ILCS 5/10- 20.44. Bidder further acknowledges that this Contract shall be posted on the Board’s Internet website.
24. Waiver: No delay or omission, or series of delays or omissions, by the Board to exercise any right hereunder shall be construed as any type of waiver of any such right, and the Board reserves the right to exercise any such right from time to time as often as may be deemed expedient.
25. Conflict of Interest: This Contract is not legally binding on the Board if entered into in violation of the provisions of 105 ILCS 5/34-21.3 which restricts the employment of, or the letting of contracts to, former Board members during the one year period following expiration or other termination of their terms of office.
26. Indebtedness: Bidder agrees to comply with the Board's Indebtedness Policy adopted June 26, 1996 (96-0626-PO3), as may be amended from time to time, which policy is hereby incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.
27. Inspector General: Each party to this Contract hereby acknowledges that in accordance with 105 ILCS 5/34-13.1, the Inspector General of the Chicago Board of Education has the authority to conduct certain investigations and that the Inspector General shall have access to all information and personnel necessary to conduct those investigations.
28. Right of Entry: Bidder and any of its employees, agents, or subcontractors supplying Products or performing Services shall be permitted to enter upon a school site or other Board property in connection with the supply of the Products or the performance of Services hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein and those rules established by the Board. Bidder shall provide advance notice to the Board whenever applicable, of any such intended entry. Consent to enter upon a school site or other Board property given by the Board shall not create, nor be deemed to imply, the creation of any additional responsibilities on the part of the Board. Bidder shall use, and shall cause each of its employees, agents, and subcontractors to use, the highest degree of care when entering upon any property owned by the Board in connection with the supply of the Products or the performance of Services. In the case of any property owned by the Board, or property owned by and leased from the Board, Bidder shall comply and shall cause each of its employees, agents, and subcontractors, to comply with any and all instructions and requirements of Board or authorized Board representative for the use of such property. Any and all claims, suits or judgments, costs, or expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, arising from, by reason of, or in connection with any such entries shall be treated in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of this Bid including without limitation the indemnification provisions contained in this Contract.
Page 20 II. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
29. Joint and Several Liability: In the event that Bidder, or its successors or assigns, if any, is comprised of more than one legal entity then, and in that event, each and every obligation or undertaking herein stated to be fulfilled or performed by Bidder shall be the joint and several obligation or undertaking of each such legal entity.
30. Board Not Subject to Taxes: The federal excise tax does not apply to the Board, and the State of Illinois sales tax does not apply to the Board by virtue of Exemption No. E9997-7109-06. The compensation set in the Bid Tabulation Pages is inclusive of all other taxes that may be levied or based on this Contract, including without limitation sales, use, nonresident, value-added, excise, and similar taxes levied or imposed on the Services to be provided under this Contract, but excluding taxes levied or imposed on the income or business privileges of the Bidder. The Bidder shall be responsible for any taxes levied or imposed upon the income or business privileges of the Bidder.
31. MBE/WBE Program: Bidder acknowledges that it is familiar with the requirements of the Board’s “Remedial Program for Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Participation in Goods and Services”, which plan is incorporated herein by reference as if fully set forth herein. Bidder agrees to adhere to the minimum participation goals set forth herein and to all other applicable MBE/WBE requirements as set forth in the plan. Bidder agrees to submit such documentation in connection with the plan as may be requested by the Board.
32. Notices: All notices required under this Contract shall be in writing and sent to (1) the Bidder at the address and to the person set forth on the Bid Execution Page or to such other addresses or person as may be designated by Bidder in writing, and (2) to the Board at the addresses set forth below. Any notice involving non-performance or termination shall be sent by hand delivery or recognized overnight courier. All notices shall be deemed to have been given when received, if hand delivered; upon confirmation of delivery, if sent by recognized overnight courier; and after three (3) business days if mailed. Refusal to accept delivery has the same effect as receipt.
IF TO THE BOARD: Chief Procurement Officer Board of Education of the City of Chicago Department of Procurement 42 W. Madison Ave., 9th Floor Chicago, Illinois 60602
Copy to: General Counsel Board of Education of the City of Chicago - Law Department One North Dearborn Street, 9th Floor Chicago, Illinois 60602
33. Force Majeure: Neither party will be liable for any failure or delay in performance under this Contract due to fire, explosion, earthquake, flood or other natural disaster, unavailability of necessary utilities or raw materials, war, insurrection, riot, act of God or the public enemy, or any other event beyond the reasonable control of the party whose performance is to be excused (each a “Force Majeure”), provided that such party gives the other party written notice thereof promptly and, in any event, within seven (7) calendar days after discovery thereof and uses its best efforts to continue to perform or cure. In the event of such a Force Majeure, the time for performance or cure will be extended for a period equal to the duration of the Force Majeure. Where the Bidder’s performance is to be excused due to a Force Majeure but such delay would substantially impair the performance of the Board’s operations under this Contract, the Board shall have the right to terminate this Contract immediately upon written notice to the Bidder.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
Page 21 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. Strategic Source Vendor: The Board intends to designate the Contract as subject to the Board’s Strategic Sourcing Policy, entered into on September 28, 2016 as Board Report 16-0928-PO2, as may be amended. If so designated, schools and departments would be required to use the successful Bidder for obtaining the Products and Services, unless the successful Bidder cannot deliver the Products and Services in a timely manner or match competitive prices.
2. Authority: Bidder understands and agrees that Bidder is not an authorized representative of the Board or the Chicago Public Schools. All agreements and approvals (written or verbal) of the Board or the Chicago Public Schools must be made by authorized Board employee(s).
3. Review of Acceptance: Bidder shall not deliver Products or commence the Services and the Board shall not be liable for any costs incurred by Bidder, without a Contract executed by the Board.
4. Account Management: Bidder must provide a single point-of-contact (Account Manager) who is assigned to oversee and manage the day-to-day activities of this relationship with the Board as well as overall management of the customer service issues and reporting. The awarded Bidder shall also be required to have periodic meetings with the Department of Procurement personnel for regular contract review meetings as well as an annual business review at a time determined by the Department of Procurement. Bidder must also provide management reporting related to the Board’s spending with the Bidder including, but not limited to, summary reports on spending trends and on expenditures of Products from the Bidder by category on a quarterly basis.
5. Principals and Authorized Personnel Right to Direct: The principals and authorized personnel of the Board (“Users”) shall have the authority, to the maximum extent possible, to direct Bidder and its subcontractors when delivering Products and performing Services on Board property.
6. Orders/Service: Within twenty-four (24) hours of the receipt of an order, Bidder must notify the User if delivery of any Products will be delayed.
7. Restocking Fees: There shall be no restocking fees permitted for any Product returned to Bidder.
8. Product Compliance: All Products shall comply with all applicable local, state and federal health and safety standards including, without limitation, the Consumer Protection Agency, Federal Trade Commission and Federal Drug Administration standards and guidelines.
9. Product Availability: If Bidder or a manufacturer/supplier cancels or discontinues a Product during the Term of the Contract or any Renewal Term, Bidder shall work with the Board’s authorized representative to find an equivalent, acceptable Product that maintains or reduces cost to the Board. The Bidder must notify the Board’s Representative (as defined below) in writing of any such manufacturer’s discontinuation or cancellation within five (5) business days of the Bidder’s knowledge of said discontinuation or cancellation. Replacement units must be made available to the Board’s Chief Facilities Officer for review and approval prior to substitution. Any agreement to replace a Product in the Contract must be documented in writing by the authorized representatives of both parties and approved by the Board’s General Counsel before it will be considered effective.
10. Warranties for Products and Services:
a. Bidder warrants that all Products furnished under the Contract shall be new and conform to the Specifications set forth herein. The Products shall be of merchantable quality and in good working order, and shall be free from defects in material, workmanship and design at the time of delivery to the Board. Bidder shall assign to the Board the benefits of any manufacturer’s warranty and shall cooperate with the Board in securing any and all remedies of such warranties for the benefit of the Board during the Term of the Contract and any Renewal Terms.
b. Signature by the department head, Principal, or his or her designee on a form comparable to those attached to this solicitation as Attachment E shall be required before certain Products and
Page 22 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Services will be deemed accepted by the Board. The Board reserves the right to reject any Products and Services that are not in conformance with the terms of this Contract or otherwise are not to the satisfaction of the Board’s Chief Procurement Officer or his or her designee.
c. Bidder shall be required to re-perform, at no additional cost to the Board, any Services that are deemed inadequate or otherwise unacceptable. Bidder’s warranty for any Services performed shall be for a minimum of sixty (60) days from the date of CPS’s acceptance.
d. Upon final acceptance of any Products delivered, Bidder shall provide to the Board Chief Operating Officer or his/her designee and the School Principal or designee every manufacturer’s warranty, guarantee, parts list, and literature for each of the Products delivered to the schools upon final acceptance. e. The following are the minimum warranties that shall be provided for specified categories of Products: (i) lifetime warranty for all furniture lines – tables, chairs, cots, etc.; (ii) ten (10) year warranty on all carpets; and (iii) five (5) year warranties on all trike vehicles. Any Product that does not fall within one of the afore-mentioned categories according to industry standards shall have a minimum warranty of one (1) year, unless the initial value of the Product was less than One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), in which case a minimum ninety (90) day warranty shall apply. Each warranty shall include, but is not limited to, the manufacturer’s name, the Board’s name, the School’s name, the product style name, the product number, the length of the warranty, the manufacturer’s contact person and the Contract number. A letter containing all warranty information must be provided with the invoice or the invoice will not be processed for that school or location. All maintenance installations for Products should be provided at that time as well per manufacturer recommendations The Manufacturers’ warranties are in addition to and not in lieu of any other of Bidder's warranties stated herein, and the Board is entitled to look to Bidder for remedy in all cases where Bidder's warranty applies regardless of whether a Manufacturer's Warranty also applies.
f. Where a warranty is in effect, the Board shall have the option to require Bidder to repair or replace defective Products without charge or expense, or to reject any defective Products and obtain a full refund or credit for any payment therefor. The warranty period for any Product replaced or repaired shall be a new warranty period of the same duration as the original warranty period from the date the repaired or replaced Product is received and accepted by the Board, or for the remainder of the Product’s original warranty, whichever is longer, unless otherwise indicated in the Specifications in Section IV. The Bidder shall be responsible for any and all transportation and other shipment charges that arise as a result of charges for shipment of any repaired or replaced Products. This warranty shall survive inspection, acceptance, payment and expiration or termination of this Contract.
11. Asset Tags: Each item must be tagged. The tagging system shall include for each item the school name, the supplier, and the delivery date.
a. All Products priced $500.00 or more will be required to have an asset barcode label affixed to the Product before the delivery of the Product to CPS.
b. Bidders should follow the tag placement guide and specifications for the asset tags that CPS will provide as part of the start of Services under this Contract. Asset tags may be purchased from the CPS approved vendor, Hayes Software Systems, 800-749-5086, [email protected]
c. Bidders will be responsible for providing the following information electronically in a spreadsheet (not PDF) to CPS within 5 days of delivery of Products priced $500 or more:
PO Number Vendor ID Purchase Date Purchase Price Building/Site ID
Page 23 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Description Manufacturer Model Number Serial (if applicable) Asset ID
12. Product Recall: In accordance with notice provisions set forth above, Bidder shall notify the Board within forty-eight (48) hours of Bidder’s receipt of any manufacturer or government issued recalls on Products purchased by the Board pursuant to the Contract. All Products purchased by the Board subject to a recall shall be replaced at no cost to the Board by Bidder with the same make and model Product within ten (10) business days of Bidder notifying the Board of the recall. If the same make and model is not available due to the recall, then Bidder shall provide a product comparable to the recalled Products in terms of quality and price. Acceptance of the comparable Product shall be at the sole discretion of the Chief Procurement Officer. If the Chief Procurement Officer rejects in writing the comparable product, Bidder shall remove all the recalled Products from the Board sites and provide a full refund for each recalled product within ten (10) business days of receiving the Chief Procurement Officer’s rejection of the comparable Products. Replacement of the recalled Products shall include delivery of the same make and model Products or the comparable Products (if accepted) to the sites where the recalled Products are located and removal of the recalled Products at no cost to the Board. Bidder shall remove all recalled Products from Board property at the time the replacement Products are delivered.
13. Tour of Facilities: At the request of the Chief Procurement Officer or designee, Bidder must provide Board personnel, as determined by the Chief Procurement Officer, with a tour of facility or facilities, including, but not limited to: (a) Bidder’s operation facility or facilities; (b) evidence of physical inventory and evidence of inventory replenishment; (c) any collection, holding, preparation, warehouse or staging areas used before, during, and after an order for Products has been requested and completed; (d) evidence of delivery channels operated by Bidder; and (e) onsite review/client work areas, and customer service areas. Such a tour must be provided in advance of the award of this Contract by the Board if requested by the Chief Procurement Officer. Thereafter, any Bidder to whom this Contract is awarded must provide such tours upon reasonable request by the Chief Procurement Officer or designee.
14. Marketplace: The Board utilizes an eProcurement system referred to as “Marketplace” for electronic order placement of goods and services via a hosted eCatalog. At the Board’s sole discretion, the Board may eliminate the use of an eProcurement system or determine that certain services or goods may not be made available for purchase by the Board through an eProcurement system. Access to Marketplace is for internal CPS use only. CPS Schools, Networks, and Departments may use Marketplace to place an order/purchase. Once the purchase is made through the Marketplace a Purchase Order (“PO”) will be sent to the vendor electronically through the CPS iSupplier portal.
Bidder shall have the option of making its Products and Services available through Marketplace; however, Bidder is not required to utilize Marketplace. Orders and purchases must still be placed using PO’s. The Marketplace is a supplemental tool for the Board’s benefit and efficiency and is not to be used in lieu of the process for placing orders or obtaining services as otherwise provided in the Contract. Use of the Marketplace by Bidder may result in greater visibility of Bidder’s Products and Services to CPS Schools, Networks, and Departments. If Bidder chooses to use Marketplace, Bidder is responsible for entering the description of the Products and Services and associated pricing into the Marketplace and must maintain its own catalog(s).
The information entered into Marketplace by Bidder must conform to the form provided by the Board’s Procurement Department. The information must be detailed information regarding the Products and Services offered and the pricing for those Products and Services. Prior to making any changes to the Marketplace information, Bidder must first submit the proposed modification or amendment to the Board’s Project Manager for review and approval, which approval must be
Page 24 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
documented by a written amendment signed in accordance with the terms of this Contract. Any addition, deletion, change, modification or substitution of Products and Services to Marketplace information by Bidder that is not made in compliance with the terms of this Contract and the agreement of the authorized representative of the Board shall be void.
All information entered into Marketplace by Bidder must be aligned and consistent with the Products and Services and pricing set forth in the Contract. Bidder may not include on the CPS Marketplace hyperlinks to any external site. Bidder recognizes that any deviation in the description of Products and Services entered into in the Marketplace by Bidder from the Products and Services identified herein that results in an order being placed will result in that order being deemed invalid by the Board and the associated costs not owed by the Board.
15. Program Monitoring and Evaluation: In order for the Board to monitor and evaluate Bidder’s performance throughout the Term of the Contract, all awarded Bidders must work closely with the Board to create project-specific measurements and reports. Bidder shall provide reports in intervals and in formats determined bythe Department of Procurement, which shall include, but not be limited to: Product(s) sold and defective parts. For each purchase, this report must include: the date of purchase, Purchase Order (P.O.) number, total P.O. amount, school/department name and an itemized list of units purchased. Bidder will submit reports to the Department of Operations - Asset Management and the Department of Procurement.
16. Participation by Other Local Government Agencies: Other local government agencies (“Local Government Agencies”) may be eligible to purchase Products pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Contract if such agencies are authorized, by law or their governing bodies, to execute such purchases, and if such authorization is allowed by the Board of Education’s Chief Procurement Officer, and if such purchases have no significant net adverse effect on the Board and result in no observed diminished ability on the Bidder to supply the Products to the Board or Board’s user departments pursuant to such purchases. Local Government Agencies shall include without limitation: City of Chicago, Chicago Park District, City Colleges of Chicago, Chicago Transit Authority, Chicago Housing Authority, Chicago Board of Elections, Metropolitan Pier & Exposition Authority (McCormick Place, Navy Pier), and the Municipal Courts. All purchases and payment transactions shall be made directly between the Bidder and the requesting Local Government Agency; the Board shall not be responsible for payment of any amounts owed by any Local Government Agency to Bidder. The Board assumes no authority, liability or obligation on behalf of any Local Government Agency.
17. Charter School Participation: Charter schools which receive funding from the Board shall be eligible to purchase Products pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Contract and, if such charter schools are authorized by their governing bodies to execute such purchases, by issuing their own purchase order(s) to Bidder. The Board shall not be responsible for payment of any amounts owed by charter schools. The Board assumes no authority, liability or obligation on behalf of any charter school.
18. Additional Copies of Invoices: In addition to the requirements in Section II, Paragraph 7, Bidder shall submit a duplicate copy of invoices electronically via email to the Department of Operations - Asset Management, and, if it is a purchase by a school, to School Principal or Principal’s designee, and the Department of Operations - Asset Management to apply against the Contract.
19. Delivery/ Payment/Cost for Late Delivery: Bidder shall meet the following delivery requirements:
A. Delivery of the Products must be made within the time specified in the Purchase Order. All deliveries shall be coordinated among the Board representative, a representative from each receiving school, and the Bidder delivering Products at the location at least two (2) weeks and twenty-four (24) hours prior to delivery in order to ensure that the location is accessible and that the authorized Board representative is on site during delivery and assembly. Any costs associated with deliveries that are not identified in the Bid Tabulation
Page 25 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Page and the Purchase Order shall be the responsibility of the Bidder. If the parties agree in writing it is not possible to meet the timeframes specified below, approximately two (2) weeks after the date of order; an actual delivery date will be established. At this time, a written alternate delivery, assembly and placement schedule will be generated by Bidder, including items to be delivered, date and time of delivery, assembly and placement. Also, upon delivery, all written manufacturers’ acknowledgements of the order must be provided to the Board. This delivery schedule shall be updated and sent to the Board via facsimile four (4) weeks as well as twenty-four (24) hours prior to delivery. The following time restrictions will apply to the delivery of the certain categories of Products:
Classroom, Early Childhood and office furniture must be delivered no later than six (6) weeks from the date the order has been placed by an authorized Board representative from the Department of Operations – Asset Management, or School Principal or his or her designee.
Library furniture items must be delivered no later than delivered within six (6) weeks, but in no event more than eight (8) weeks from the date that the order has been placed by an authorized Board representative from the Department of Operations - Asset Management, or School Principal or his or her designee.
B. Specialty areas including Office, Library, Computer Labs, and Cafeteria require electronic layouts. Bidder will be required to provide drawings indicating layouts to the Board representative per Board requirements within one week of Board’s request for such; this must be completed before that order can be placed.
C. If Bidder neglects, fails or refuses to complete delivery within the time herein specified or otherwise agreed in writing, then the Bidder agrees, as partial consideration for the awarding of this Contract, to pay the Board the cost incurred for rental furniture used as a temporary substitution, including but not limited to any costs associated with storage, cleanup, delivery and shipping of the rental furniture and to hold harmless the Board for any cost for such.
D. Upon completion of the delivery of the Products during the established Board delivery dates, a walk through must be performed by the Bidder and Board or school representatives, and all items that have not been delivered and/or installed will be documented in writing and faxed to the authorized Board representative within 24 (twenty- four) hours, with approximate dates of completion.
E. If Bidder misses the confirmed delivery dates for final installation, Bidder will be responsible for any overtime for afterhours cost to meet original date of installation.
20. Prevailing Wages: If in performance of the Contract, there is any underpayment of wages or salaries by Bidder, the Board may withhold from the Bidder, out of payments due it, an amount sufficient to pay employees underpaid the difference between salaries required to be paid and salaries actually paid for the total number of hours worked. The amounts withheld from the Bidder shall be disbursed by the Board to the respective employees to whom they are due. In the event the Board is required to withhold and disburse said amounts of underpaid salaries to employees of Bidder, the Board shall also withhold a sum equal to the Board’s cost to administer the payment of said balances of salaries due.
21. Minimum Wage: Bidder must comply with the City of Chicago Minimum Wage Ordinance (01-24) as may be amended and the Board’s Minimum Wage Resolution (14-1217-RS2) and any applicable regulations issued by the Board’s CPO. The Board’s resolution adopts Chicago Mayoral Executive Order 2014-1. As of December 17, 2014 the minimum wage to be paid pursuant to the Resolution is $13.00 per hour (the “Minimum Wage”). A copy of the Mayoral Order may be downloaded from
Page 26 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
the Chicago City Clerk’s website at: http://chicityclerk.com/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Executive- Order-No.-2014-1.pdf; the Board’s Resolution may be downloaded from the Chicago Public School’s website at: http://www.cpsboe.org/content/actions/2014_12/14-1217-RS2.pdf. In the event of any discrepancy between the summary below and the Resolution and Order, the Resolution and Order shall control.
Bidder must: (i) pay its employees no less than the Minimum Wage for work performed under the Contract; and (ii) require any subcontractors, sublicensees, or subtenants, to pay their employees no less than the Minimum Wage for work performed under the Contract.
The Minimum Wage must be paid to: 1) All employees regularly performing work on property owned or controlled by the Board or at a Board jobsite and 2) All employees whose regular work entails performing a service for the Board under a Board contract.
Beginning on July 1, 2015, and every July 1 thereafter, the Minimum Wage shall increase in proportion to the increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers most recently published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of Labor, and shall remain in effect until any subsequent adjustment is made. On or before June 1, 2015, and on or before every June 1 thereafter, the City of Chicago may issue bulletins announcing adjustments to the Minimum Wage for the upcoming year.
The Minimum Wage is not required to be paid to employees whose work is performed in general support of Bidder’s operations, does not directly relate to the services provided to the Board under the Contract, and is included in the contract price as overhead, unless that employee's regularly assigned work location is on property owned or controlled by the Board or at a Board. It is also not required to be paid by employers that are 501(c)(3) not-for-profits.
The term ‘employee’ as used herein does not include persons subject to subsection 4(a)(2), subsection 4(a)(3), subsection 4(d), subsection 4(e), or Section 6 of the Illinois Minimum Wage Law, 820 ILCS 105/1 et seq., in force as of the date of this Contract or as amended. Nevertheless, the Minimum Wage is required to be paid to those workers described in subsections 4(a)(2)(A) and 4(a)(2)(B) of the Illinois Minimum Wage Law.
The Minimum Wage is not required to be paid to employees subject to a collective bargaining agreement that provides for different wages than those required by the Board’s Resolution, if that collective bargaining agreement was in force prior to December 17, 2014 or if that collective bargaining agreement clearly and specifically waives the requirements of the Resolution.
If the payment of a prevailing wage is required and the prevailing wage is higher than the Minimum Wage, then the Bidder must pay the prevailing wage.
22. Recycling Waste and Energy Conservation. Bidder shall give preference to the use of recycled products in the performance of any Services in accordance with applicable Environmental Protection Agency guidelines as promulgated in 40 CFR Parts 247-254. Bidder shall, to the extent feasible, mulch and compost all landscaping waste and shall comply with any applicable requirements of City ordinances. In addition, Bidder shall comply with any applicable mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency under the State of Illinois Energy Conservation Plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6321 et seq. In particular, Bidder shall give preference to energy efficient and low-emission equipment, vehicles and fuel.
23. Installation and the Multi-Project Labor Agreement. Bidder may provide installation of certain Products at the Board’s direction and at the costs stated in the Bid Tabulation Pages. Bidder shall provide to the receiving school, department or other Board facility advance notice before a Purchase Order is submitted if any existing conditions in the building where the Product is to be installed prevents complete installation to be completed by Bidder pursuant to this Contract or if
Page 27 III. SPECIFIC TERMS AND CONDITIONS
any extraordinary accessories, tools, or other materials must be provided by the receiving site in order for the installation of the Product to continue. The Board has entered into a Multi-Project Labor Agreement (“MPLA”) with various trade unions regarding construction projects. A copy of the MPLA is available on the Board’s website at: http://www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing/documents/MultiProject_Labor_Agreement.pdf. Bidder acknowledges familiarity with the requirements of the MPLA, its applicability to certain Services performed by Bidder, and shall comply in all respects.
Page 28 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Any bidder that is awarded a contract with the Board of Education of the City of Chicago, commonly known as Chicago Public Schools (“Board” or “CPS”) under this Specification is expected to furnish and deliver office, classroom, music, library, early childhood classroom, and health and therapeutic furniture (“Products”) to any Board location identified by the Board in its Purchase Order and provide related Services, which may include installation. All Products and Services must be in conformance with the Specification of Products and the Scope of Services set forth below, as applicable.
I. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS A. General Product Information 1. The specifications provided below are to establish the general quality required. Items of equal or better specifications will be considered provided that each Bidder clearly states on the face of the proposal exactly what it proposes to furnish or forwards with the bid a cut, illustration, or other descriptive matter that will clearly indicate the character of the article covered by the bid. The CPO will be the sole determiner as to whether the substituted item is of equal or better specification.
2. Quantities/amounts shown on the Bid Tabulation Page or in this Bid Solicitation are estimates. Bidders are advised that the actual number purchased/required may vary from those indicated herein, depending upon the needs of the Board and the availability of funds. Bid prices included in the Bid Tabulation Pages shall apply regardless of any increase or decrease in the quantities actually ordered compared to the estimates provided herein.
3. If after the award of the bid there is a decrease in the price of product from the manufacturer, or a rebate, the successful bidder will pass that price decrease and/or rebate onto the Board.
B. Categories of Products: Bidder may bid on any or all of the categories in Section VIII, Bid Tabulation pages; however, Bidder is required to bid on all line items within the individual category. The categories of Products with related Services are as follows:
1. Category 1 – Office Furniture and Related Accessories and Services 2. Category 2 – Classroom Furniture and Related Accessories and Services 3. Category 3 – Music Furniture and Related Accessories and Services 4. Category 4 – Library Furniture and Related Accessories and Services 5. Category 5 – Early Childhood Classroom Furniture and Related Accessories and Services 6. Category 6 – Health & Therapeutic Furniture and Related Accessories and Services
C. Specification of Products 1. General Requirements for Furniture: The following requirements shall apply to furniture items included in this specification: a) All furniture must comply with the latest applicable testing and material standards, such as, but not limited to, ANSI, ASTM, NFPA, BIFMA, AHA, DOC, NEMA, LMA, CAL 117, and any other standard or code applicable to individual products or assemblies. Bidders shall provide documentation of compliance upon request from the Board. b) Low Emitting Materials: All lines of furniture should be certified by the GREENGUARD Environmental Institute to support lower emission standards, reducing chemical pollutants and helping to improve the indoor air quality. Engineered and composite wood products, including but not limited to medium- density fiberboard (MDF), particleboard, and plywood, shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Organic Emissions from Various Sources
Page 29 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," and be certified as low-emitting materials. c) Adhesives: Adhesives used in the fabrication of furniture items shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers," and be certified as low-emitting materials. d) Component Materials: i. Wood Products: Wood for Transparent Finish: Red oak, plain sliced/plain sawn; or white maple, plain sliced/plain sawn; or Baltic birch, plain sliced/plain sawn. Wood shall be straight grain stock and veneer, free from knots, checks, and other defects that would affect durability or aesthetics.
Veneers shall be Grade A. Veneers shall be laid up in either book- match balance-match or slip-match balance-match, with grain oriented vertically in finished cabinet door and panels, and oriented in long dimension of rails, boards, and drawer fronts. Veneers for use on an individual furniture piece shall be carefully selected for uniformity of grain, texture, and figure, and matched for consistency of coloration and grain. Sharp contrast in color between flitches or components shall not be accepted.
Solid wood components and veneers shall be carefully matched for consistency of coloration, grain, texture, and figure. Sharp contrast in color between components shall not be accepted.
ii. Medium-Density Fiberboard (MDF): American National Standards Institute - ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, made with binders that contain no urea formaldehyde.
iii. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2-Exterior Glue.
iv. Hardboard: AHA A135.4.
v. Plywood: DOC PS1.
vi. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3. Grade HGS for all exposed horizontal and vertical surfaces. Grade BKH for backer sheets. High-pressure decorative laminate finish shall be available in multiple colors and finishes within manufacturer's standard range. Final selection of laminate shall be made by the Board.
vii. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Thermally fused, melamine- impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT-1.
e) Upholstered Furniture: i. Upholstery Fabric: All upholstery fabric shall be "extreme wear upholstery" grade with less than 30% cotton content. Upholstery fabric shall pass not less than 80,000 double rubs per the Wyzenbeek test method. Upholstery fabric shall be classified as a Class I Cover Fabric, when tested in accordance with NFPA 260, and shall meet California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117), Section E, Part I.
Page 30 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
ii. Polyurethane Foam: All polyurethane foam shall meet California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117), Section A, Part I and Section D, Part II.
f) Fabrication: Wood furniture shall be fabricated with either doweled or mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; with corners reinforced with solid wood corner blocking. i. Tolerances for Dimensions: Dimensions given in the furniture specifications are to be considered as "approximate" dimensions for assembled furniture items. Acceptable tolerance/range for dimensions of physical furniture item, in comparison to specified dimensions, shall be: -1/2-inch / +2-inches. Furniture items that fall outside of that range may be considered non-compliant when evaluated by the Board.
ii. Finish materials, both clear, resinous coatings and opaque coatings (paints) shall be lead-free; non-toxic; low- or zero-VOC; coatings acceptable to the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CSPC) for use on furniture and other items used by children.
iii. Furniture to have transparent finish shall receive two coats of sealer, and two coats of clear, non-yellowing, acrylic lacquer; all parts shall be sanded between coats. All finish materials shall be lead-free, with documentation provided by Bidder when requested by the Board.
iv. All edges shall be eased/rounded and sanded smooth. Edges of items fabricated from sheet metal shall be hemmed or folded to eliminate exposed edges of metal. Sharp edges or corners shall not be accepted.
v. Panels, tables, and other substrates with decorative wood veneer or high-pressure decorative laminate finish shall be balanced assembly to maximize dimensional stability of the panel and to minimize warping due to humidity. Assemblies where the opposite is not readily visible (a semi exposed surface) shall be finished with matching wood veneer or backer grade laminate sheet.
vi. Panels with clear finished wood veneers shall be finished with matching wood veneers on side opposite finish veneers.
vii. Panels with plastic laminate finish shall be finished with plastic laminate sheets, either matching sheets or backer grade (BKH) sheets, on side opposite exposed finish side.
2. Warranties: a) Lifetime warranty on all furniture lines, tables, chairs, and cots.
b) 10-year warranty on all carpets.
c) 5-year warranty on all trikes vehicles.
d) Unconditional Satisfaction Guarantee on all purchases.
e) Any product that does not fall within one of the afore-mentioned categories according to industry standards shall have a minimum warranty of one (1)
Page 31 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
year, unless the initial value of the Product was less than One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), in which case a minimum ninety (90) day warranty shall apply.
3. General Requirements for Product Technical Data Sheets (TDS): a) Data Sheets: Bidders shall provide data sheets that clearly address all requirements and product characteristics indicated in the Specification and clearly indicate how the item being submitted either meets or exceed the specified requirements. i. It shall be the Bidder's responsibility to clearly demonstrate compliance with the Specification within their submittal package.
ii. Items for which data sheets are submitted that do not clearly indicate compliance with the Specification shall be considered nonconforming.
iii. Product brochure pages are not acceptable.
b) When a Bidder's data sheet includes more than the item being submitted, the Bidder shall clearly identify the item for which the data sheet is being submitted by crossing out unrelated products and clearly indicating, or otherwise highlighting, which product(s) is related to the Bidder's submittal.
c) Data Sheets shall include, in the upper-right-hand corner, a clear and legible hand- or type-written notation of the "Item Code" from the furniture specification that applies to the item shown on that page.
d) Data Sheets page shall be used to submit one item only. If a Bidder's or manufacturer's submittal page includes more than one item from the furniture specification, a separate copy of the page shall be submitted for each item individually.
e) When the specification item includes upholstery the data sheet will clearly indicate the upholstery including image of product, fabric content, fire rating, and Wyzenbeek test results.
f) Visual Representation: Data Sheets for each furniture item shall include visual representation of the furniture item being submitted as part of the Bid.
i. Visual representations shall be photographs, either black and white or color.
ii. Line drawings, renderings, or other types of visual representations are not acceptable.
g) Material Samples: Upon the request of Board’s representative, material samples shall be submitted for each material or finish identified or requested. Where finishes involve normal color and/or texture variations, sample sets showing the full range of variations expected shall be submitted.
i. Samples of fabric or upholstery items shall be actual pieces of the material, not less than 6-inch-square.
ii. Samples of wood finishes shall be same thickness of material, and finish, to be supplied when ordered. Wood samples shall include at least one finished edge.
Page 32 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
iii. Samples of exposed metal finishes shall be same thickness and metal to be supplied when ordered.
II. SCOPE OF SERVICES
The Bidder shall provide complete service for ordering, delivering and assembling of furniture for Chicago Public Schools or a portion of that service as directed by the authorized representative of the Board’s Department of Facilities or other designed department (“Board Representative”). The following list is a list of the tasks to be performed within the scope of services.
A. Project Planning:
1. The Bidder shall meet with the Board Representative to establish the criteria and schedule for the assignment. 2. Obtain from the Board Representative drawings for the area(s) designated to receive furniture. When drawings of the existing school are not available or when drawings of the existing school are not in AutoCAD (2010 or more recent version), the Bidder shall prepare drawings of the area(s) designated to receive furniture. The Bidder shall field measure the site to verify dimensions, including doorways and corridors that may be used during delivery of the furniture. Site visits by the Bidder shall be approved by the Board Representative. This information is to be accurately detailed on the drawing along with scaled furniture drawn with accurate architectural CAD blocks for items listed in the “Bid Tabulation” sheets. All accessible clearances or routes are to be noted and dimensioned. 3. The Board Representative may elect to have the Architect of Record prepare space plans for use by the Bidder. To facilitate this, at the beginning of the Contract with the Board, the Bidder shall provide the Board with a set of accurate architectural CAD blocks for items listed in the “Bid Tabulation” sheets. 4. The Board Representative shall provide a list of furniture that may be purchased for the project. 5. The Board Representative shall coordinate, and attend, a meeting with the Bidder and the representative of the relevant CPS school or site (“School Representative”) to review and select the furniture and finishes, if required. No substitutions of the furniture may be made unless the Board Representative approves the substitution in writing and the furniture being substituted is included within the Bid Contract. 6. Following the meeting, the Bidder shall prepare the order in a form that is consistent with the Checklist Form that is included as part of Attachment E. Both the School and the Board Representative must approve the completed Checklist Form in writing prior to submitting for a Purchase Order. 7. The Bidder shall place the order with the various manufacturer(s) within two (2) business days of receiving a Purchase Order number from the Board. Within two (2) business days of placing the order, the Bidder shall provide dated manufacturer confirmation order(s) to the Board Representative. 8. Maximum allowed time between receipt of a Purchase Order number (approval) and delivery of furniture to the site shall be six (6) weeks, unless specifically agreed otherwise in advance in writing by the Board Representative.
Page 33 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
B. Delivery and Assembly:
1. The Board Representative shall coordinate delivery dates and times with the Bidder. If the Bidder varies from the agreed upon schedule that results in a delay that negatively impacts the school’s operations, the Bidder shall provide a temporary alternate solution that is satisfactory to the School Representative and the Board Representative. 2. Two (2) weeks prior to delivery, the Bidder shall confirm the delivery dates with the Board Representative. Not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to delivery, the Bidder shall confirm the time of the delivery with the Board Representative and/or School Representative. 3. If the school cannot accept delivery at the allotted time due to unforeseen conditions or events, the Bidder shall store the furniture items for a period of time at their own warehouse location and at no additional cost to CPS, as directed by the Board Representative. 4. If the Bidder cannot meet the agreed upon delivery date, the Bidder is to notify the Board Representative immediately to arrange for a new delivery time. If the Bidder does not notify the Board Representative with two (2) weeks prior to delivery of the delay, the Bidder may be responsible for any additional cost due caused by the delay. 5. Not less than seven (7) days prior to delivery, the Bidder shall provide to the Board Representative a document showing the agreed upon furniture layout per room; a list with the type and quantity of the furniture in each room; and pictures of the furniture that is to be delivered to each room. 6. The Bidder shall deliver the furniture based on the agreed upon schedule. The Bidder shall be responsible for providing all equipment and personnel required to bring the furniture into the building, deliver it to its designated destination, and assemble as required. 7. The school’s elevator shall not to be used as part of the delivery process. 8. Prior to delivery, the Bidder shall assess building conditions and appropriately document any existing damage to floors, walls, doors, etc. and provide such document to the Board Representative and/or the School Representative for their approval 9. The Bidder shall be responsible for the protection of all areas of the school, and finishes within those areas, throughout delivery and assembly process. Proper protection, such as floor protection and wall padding, shall be used throughout the delivery and assembly process. The Bidder shall document any damage due to their installation and immediately notify the Board Representative. The Bidder shall be solely responsible for repairing or correcting damage to school property during furniture delivery and assembly process. 10. The furniture shall be brought to the point of use, unboxed, set up and assembled in the location(s) shown on the drawings, ready for use. All boxing materials and debris shall be removed on a daily basis from the site and legally disposed of by the Bidder at the Bidder’s cost. 11. The Bidder shall be responsible for removing defective or damaged furniture as directed by the Board Representative or School Representative either at the time of delivery of the defective or damaged furniture, at the time of notification by the Board Representative or School Representative of the issue, or when the replacement pieces are delivered, assembled, and ready for use.
Page 34 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
12. When required by project changes or unforeseen events at the school, and upon written notification from the Board Representative, the Bidder shall provide furniture, as requested by the Board Representative, within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of the written notification. When furniture items requested by the Board Representative are not available within the timeframe noted, alternate furniture items shall be provided by the Bidder, if agreed to in writing by the Board Representative prior to delivery.
C. Review and Correction:
1. Bidder shall document completion of delivery and, where applicable, installation or additional Services as part of the purchase of the Products, by completing a punch list consistent with the punch list form included in Attachment E. Bidder shall supply all information in the form to document the delivery and/or installation and provide it to the Board Representative for signature as acceptance. The Bidder shall accompany the Representative(s) during the punch list walk-thru. Where appropriate, the School Representative and/or Board Representative will list items on the punch list to be resolved before the order is deemed completed. The punch list will note pieces of furniture that are not the correct items ordered, pieces that are defective and/or damaged, and damage to the building or site. 2. The Bidder shall correct all items on the punch list within thirty (30) days of the date of issuance of the punch list by the Board Representative and/or School Representative. 3. Upon receiving written notification from the Bidder that the punch list items have been corrected, the Board Representative and/or School Representative will coordinate a walk-thru to review the punch list work. If the Board Representative or School Representative determines that the punch list is complete, they will sign the punch list form denoting acceptance of the completion of the order. If the Board Representative or School Representative determines that the punch list work is not complete, they will notify the Bidder, who will have forty-eight (48) hours to complete the outstanding work items. 4. Bidder shall submit copies of the fully completed forms that are accepted and signed by the Board Representative and/or School Representative with any invoices for the associated Products and Services. The Board shall not be required to pay for any Products and Services when this form is not submitted with the invoice.
Page 35 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
CATEGORY 1 – OFFICE FURNITURE Product: BOOKCASES Item Code: OF-BC-1 – OF-BC-3 Description: Bookcases, including shelves, shall be fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet, minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), with welded box frame construction, flush inner liner, and adjustable shelves. Back and top shall be seamless with reinforced corners. Shell shall be minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge). Shelves shall be minimum 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), formed to be not less than 1/2-inch thick (front edge). Shelves shall be capable of supporting not less than a 150-pound load (50 lbs./foot) without deflecting, and shall be adjustable on 1/2-inch to 1-inch increments, with no special tools required. Finish: Powder coat finish. Units shall be available in multiple colors, with final color to be selected by the Board. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA standards. Dimensions: OF-BC-1 36" W x 12" D x 30" H One Adjustable Shelf OF-BC-2 36" W x 12" D x 42" H Two Adjustable Shelves OF-BC-3 36" W x 12" D x 72" H Four Adjustable Shelves Product: TASK CHAIR WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-1 Controls: Chair to have a minimum of the following controls: 360-degree swivel, pneumatic seat height adjustment, tension control for a firmer or softer recline, and tilt lock that allows chair to lock in an upright position for full tasking support. Seat: Fully-upholstered seat shall be constructed of a molded plywood seat board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Back: Fully-upholstered back is constructed of a molded plywood board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Back shall be adjustable in height. Seat Foam: Minimum 3-1/2 inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 2.5 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 38-45 pounds required. Back Foam: Minimum 3-inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 1.8 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 23-32 pounds required. Upholstery: Contents shall be a synthetic blend. Olefin only shall be used as a blended fiber as a percentage of overall content. All upholstery fabrics shall be a minimum of 54-inches wide. Upholstery fabric shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, including solid color, solid/texture pattern, and small-scale multi-color pattern. Upholstery fabric shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Base: 5-Star base shall be a minimum of 24-inch diameter, molded nylon with casters for carpet flooring. Arms: Arms are capped with a molded polyurethane or urethane pad and shall be height adjustable. Swivel feature not required. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.1. Dimensions: 17" H – 21" H, minimum height adjustment. Seat shall be not less than 19-inches wide. Product: TASK CHAIR WITHOUT ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-2 Controls: Chair to have a minimum of the following controls: 360-degree swivel, pneumatic seat height adjustment, tension control for a firmer or softer recline, and tilt lock that allows chair to lock in an upright position for full tasking support. Seat: Fully-upholstered seat shall be constructed of a molded plywood seat board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Back: Fully-upholstered back is constructed of a molded plywood board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Back shall be adjustable in height. Seat Foam: Minimum 3-1/2 inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 2.5 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 38-45 pounds required.
Page 36 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Back Foam: Minimum 3-inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 1.8 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 23-32 pounds required. Upholstery: Contents shall be a synthetic blend. Olefin only shall be used as a blended fiber as a percentage of overall content. All textiles shall be a minimum of 54-inches wide. Upholstery fabric shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, including solid color, solid/texture pattern, and small- scale multi-color pattern. Upholstery fabric shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Base: 5-Star base shall be a minimum of 24-inch diameter, molded nylon with casters for carpet flooring. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.1. Dimensions: 17" H – 21" H, minimum height adjustment. Seat shall be not less than 19-inches wide. Product: EXECUTIVE HIGH BACK CHAIR Item Code: OF-CHR-3 Controls: Chair to have a minimum of the following controls: 360-degree swivel, pneumatic seat height adjustment, internal back height adjustment, adjustable back angle, tension control, tilt lock to allow locking in any position, and forward tilt. Seat: Fully-upholstered seat shall be constructed of a molded plywood seat board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Back: Fully-upholstered back is constructed of a plywood board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Seat Foam: Minimum 3-1/2 inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 2.5 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 38-45 pounds required. Back Foam: Minimum 3-inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 1.8 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 23-32 pounds required. Upholstery: Contents shall be a synthetic blend. Olefin only shall be used as a blended fiber as a percentage of overall content. All textiles shall be a minimum of 54-inches wide. Upholstery fabric shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, including solid color, solid/texture pattern, and small- scale multi-color pattern. Upholstery fabric shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Base: 5-Star base shall be a minimum of 24-inch diameter, molded nylon with casters for carpet flooring. Arms: Arms are capped with a molded polyurethane or urethane pad and shall be height adjustable. Swivel feature not required. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.1. Dimensions: 17" H – 21" H, minimum height adjustment. Seat shall be not less than 19-inches wide. Product: SIDE CHAIR WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-4 Frame: Four-legged, minimum 1-inch outside diameter tubular steel, not less than 0.078-inch thick (14- gauge). Finish shall be a factory applied powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Seat: Fully-upholstered seat shall be constructed of a molded plywood seat board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) or molded polypropylene seat board with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Back: Fully-upholstered back is constructed of a plywood board (minimum 1/2-inch thick, 5 ply hardwood plywood) with polyurethane foam molded onto it. Seat Foam: Minimum 1-1/2 inches thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 3.0 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 45-55 pounds required. Back Foam: Minimum 1-inch thick overall; slab or molded; high resilience type polyurethane foam with a minimum 1.8 lbs./ft3 density. Indentation force deflection (IFD) of 28-36 pounds required. Arm Rests: Molded of polyurethane or thermoplastic.
Page 37 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upholstery: Contents shall be a synthetic blend. Olefin only shall be used as a blended fiber as a percentage of overall content. All upholstery fabrics shall be a minimum of 54-inches wide. Upholstery fabric shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, including solid color, solid/texture pattern, and small-scale multi-color pattern. Upholstery fabric shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.1. Dimensions: 21.5" W x 24" D x 17.5" SH x 33.25" OH. Seat shall be not less than 19 inches wide. Product: HIGH DENSITY STACKER Item Code: OF-CHR-5 Seat / Back: Seat and back shall be molded polypropylene plastic, minimum 0.20-inch thick. Seat and back shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Frame: Minimum 1/2-inch cold rolled steel wire frame, with sled base. Each base shall have two (2) nylon glides. Metal Finish: Powder coat or polished chrome finish. Finish to be selected by the Board. Stacking: Minimum of 40 chairs high. Dimensions: Seat height not less than 17-inches; chair not less than 17" W x 22" D x 31" H. Product: LOUNGE SEATING Item Code: OF-CHR-6 - OF-CHR-8 Seat Construction: Shall be constructed with hardwood plywood front and back rails, attached to steel tubing side rails, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge). Seat suspension to have sheet webbing stapled to the perimeter. Seat Cushion: Cushion consists of a polyurethane foam, minimum 2.6 lbs./ft3 density, with topper foam. Cushion shall be zippered on one side and attached to the seat. Upholstered Front Panel: The upholstered front panel shall consist of 3/4-inch oriented strand board. The upholstered front panel shall be covered with minimum 1/2-inch thick foam of minimum 1.8 lbs./ft3 density. Upholstered Back Panel: Constructed of 3/4-inch oriented strand board. The foam on the front shall be a minimum of 1.8 lbs./ft3 density with a contour cut of 1.1 lbs./ft3 density and 18 ILD laminated to it. The outside of the panel assembly shall be wrapped with 1/4-inch thick 18 lbs./ft3 density and 50 ILD foam. Upholstery: Contents shall be a synthetic blend. Olefin only shall be used as a blended fiber as a percentage of overall content. All textiles shall be a minimum of 54-inches wide. Upholstery fabric shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, including solid color, solid/texture pattern, and small- scale multi-color pattern. Upholstery fabric shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.4. Dimensions: OF-CHR-6 32” H x 33” W x 32” D x 17-1/2” Seat Height Single Seat OF-CHR-7 32” H x 54” W x 32” D x 17-1/2” Seat Height Double Seat OF-CHR-8 32” H x 75” W x 32” D x 17-1/2” Seat Height Triple Seat
Product: FLEX BACK CHAIR, STACKING, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-9a Description: Nesting/Stacking flex back chair. Polymer seat and back shell. No arms. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 23” D x 21” W x 32-1/4” H
Page 38 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: FLEX BACK CHAIR, STACKING, WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-9b Description: Nesting/Stacking flex back chair. Polymer seat and back shell. Arms with plastic arm rests. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 23” D x 21” W x 32-1/4” H Product: CAFÉ STOOL, 4 LEGS, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-10a Description: 4-leg stool. Polymer seat and back shell. No arms. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimension: 23” D x 21” W x 44-1/2” H; Seat Height 30” Product: CAFÉ STOOL, 4 LEGS, WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-10b Description: 4-leg stool. Polymer seat and back shell. Arms with plastic arm rests. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimension: 23” D x 21” W x 44-1/2” H; Seat Height 30” Product: OTTOMAN, SQUARE Item Code: OF-CHR-11 Description: Fully upholstered ottoman. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Tapered square satin chrome legs. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300lbs. Dimensions: 25” D x 25” W x 18-1/2” H Product: SQUARE LOUNGE CHAIR Item Code: OF-CHR-12 Description: Fully upholstered lounge chair. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Tapered square satin chrome legs. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 28-1/2” D x 24-1/4” W x 28” H Product: CAFÉ STOOL, ROUND BASE, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-13 Description: Stool on round base with footrest. Satin chrome base, frame and footrest. Polymer shell back. No arms. Upholstered seat. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Colors to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 18” D x 18” W x 39-1/8” H; Seat Height 30” Product: TASK STOOL, ADJUSTABLE, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-14 Description: Upholstered adjustable task stool with footrest. Pneumatic lift, swivel and tilt adjustment. Adjustable foot rest. No arms. Black plastic frame. Carpet casters. Upholstered seat and mesh back. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 250 lbs. Dimensions: 29-1/2” D x 27” W x 49-7/8” H; Seat Height 24”-33” Product: GUEST CHAIR, STACKING Item Code: OF-CHR-15 Description: Stacking chair with arms. Tubular steel frame. Upholstered seat and back. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 250 lbs.
Page 39 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 22-1/2” D x 27-1/4” W x 33” H Product: TASK STOOL, ADJUSTABLE, WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-16 Description: Upholstered adjustable task stool with footrest. Pneumatic lift, swivel and tilt adjustment. Adjustable foot rest. Adjustable back height. Adjustable arm rests. Black plastic frame. Carpet casters. Upholstered seat and back. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 27-1/2” D x 27-1/2” W x 53” H; Seat Height 24”-33” Product: CHAIR, STACKING, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-17 Description: Armless stacking chair. One-piece solid, molded resin with curved back and contoured seat pan. Outdoor rated for UV exposure. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 21-1/2” D x 19-1/2” W x 30” H Product: STOOL, HEAVY-DUTY Item Code: OF-CHR-18 Description: Heavy-duty stool. 12-gauge chrome plated tubular steel frame. U-shaped sled base with thermoplastic polyurethane glides. Blow-molded seat, black. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 16-3/4” W x 16-1/4” D x 18” Seat Height Product: TASK CHAIR, ADJUSTABLE, WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-19 Description: Upholstered adjustable task chair with arms. Pneumatic lift, swivel and tilt adjustment. Adjustable arm rests. Black plastic frame. Carpet casters. Upholstered seat and back. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 38” D x 27” W x 46-1/2” H; Seat Height 24”-33” Product: CAFÉ STOOL, UPHOLSTERED Item Code: OF-CHR-20 Description: Upholstered stool. Steel tube frame. No arms. Upholstered seat and back. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 23” D x 25” W x 46-1/2” H; Seat Height 30” Product: SIDE CHAIR WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-21 Description: Upholstered side chair with arms. Black tubular steel frame with non-marking glides and sculpted urethane arm pads. Contoured upholstered seat and back cushions. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 25-1/2” W x 28” D x 36-1/2” H
Page 40 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: LOUNGE CHAIR, MODULAR, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-22 Description: Fully upholstered sectional lounge chair. No arms. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Tapered square satin chrome legs. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 28-1/2” D x 25” W x 28” H Product: OTTOMAN, ROUND Item Code: OF-CHR-23 Description: Fully Upholstered round mini ottoman. Satin texture chrome hidden disk glides. Provide mid- range fabric graded in upholstery. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard . Dimensions: 17” H x 18-1/2” Diameter Product: CHAIR, STACKING, ARMLESS Item Code: OF-CHR-24 Description: Stacking chair. Steel tube frame with rubber glides. Polymer seat and back shell. No arms. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 23” D x 21” W x 32-1/4” H Product: BENCH, 3-SEAT Item Code: OF-CHR-25 Description: Upholstered 3-seat bench. Laminated maple or mahogany frame. Upholstered cushions. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 350 lbs. Dimensions: 20-3/8” D x 66-1/2” L x 23” H Product: LOUNGE CHAIR, MODULAR, CORNER RIGHT Item Code: OF-CHR-26 Description: Fully upholstered sectional lounge chair. Right corner section. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Tapered square satin chrome legs. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 28-1/2” D x 28-1/2” W x 28” H Product: LOUNGE CHAIR, MODULAR, CORNER LEFT Item Code: OF-CHR-27 Description: Fully upholstered sectional lounge chair. Left corner section. Provide mid-range fabric graded in upholstery. Tapered square satin chrome legs. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 28-1/2” D x 28-1/2” W x 28” H Product: TASK CHAIR, ADJUSTABLE, WITH ARMS Item Code: OF-CHR-28 Description: Upholstered adjustable task chair with arms. Pneumatic knee tilt, tilt tension, tilt lock, lift, and swivel adjustment. Height and width adjustable arm rests. Black plastic frame. Carpet casters. Mesh-upholstered seat and back with integrated lumbar support. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Max. load 450 lbs. Dimensions: 25-5/8” D x 30-1/4” W x 42-7/8” H
Page 41 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: CHAIR, STACKING, CASTERS Item Code: OF-CHR-29 Description: Stacking chair. Steel tube frame with 4 casters. Polymer seat and back shell. No arms. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 23” D x 21” W x 32-1/4” H Product: STAFF DESK (FULL MODESTY PANEL) Item Code: OF-DSK-1 – OF-DSK-8 STAFF DESK (SHORT MODESTY PANEL) Item Code: OF-DSK-1-SM – OF-DSK-8-SM Work surface: Horizontal work surface shall be fabricated with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and PVC edge banding (3mm) on all exposed edges. Each work surface shall have not less than two (2) openings with plastic grommets, black in color, not less than 3-inch diameter, with snap-in covers. Decorative laminate and PVC edge banding shall be available in multiple patterns and colors. Final selection to be made by the Board. Pedestals: Desk shall include either one full height locking pedestal and one end panel, or two full height locking pedestals. Pedestal types shall be configured as noted below per item code except right hand or left hand determination will be made at time of purchase. Pedestals shall be fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet; pedestal sides shall be minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge); drawer fronts shall be minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge) and shall be removable, allowing replacement; file sides shall be minimum 0.052-inch thick (18-gauge). All components shall be welded construction. Drawers: All drawers shall include progressive slide, steel ball bearing slides. Box and pencil drawers shall have 3/4 extension slides; file drawers shall have full extension slides. Slides shall have not less than 100-pound capacity for box drawers. File drawers shall have high sides and/or rails to accommodate hanging file folders. Center pencil drawers shall be fabricated from not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge) steel sheet, with not less than a 0.040-inch thick (20- gauge) drawer front. All drawers shall lock; with four (4) copies of keys provided for each lock. All bridges, returns and corner units to include necessary hardware for attachment to desk. Modesty Panel: Modesty panel shall be available in full height and partial height options, consisting of a minimum of 0.052-inch-thick (18-gauge) steel sheet. The full height modesty panel shall extend to within 3-inches of the floor. The partial height modesty panel shall allow full access to wall from finished floor to not less than 20-inches above finished floor (other than at storage pedestal locations). The partial height modesty panel is indicated as "SM" for short modesty panel. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish. Components shall be available in multiple colors in manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Accessories: All hardware, components, and accessories required or recommended by the manufacturer's design and installation guides or instructions to attach and secure components to one another and provide a complete assembly shall be provided with the workstations, regardless of their being indicated or listed in this specification. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.5. Dimensions: Desk - Full Modesty Panel OF-DSK-1 48" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-2 60" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-3 66" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-4 60" W x 30" D x 29" H Double Pedestal – Box/Box/File & File/File
Page 42 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
OF-DSK-5 72" W x 30" D x 29" H Double Pedestal – Box/Box/File & File/File OF-DSK-6 72" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-7 42" W x 24" D x 29" H Return – Box/Box/File Pedestal OF-DSK-8 48" W x 24" D x 29" H Return (Left) – Box/Box/File Pedestal Desk - Short Modesty Panel (SM) OF-DSK-1-SM 48" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-2-SM 60" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-3-SM 66" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal (Left) – Box/Box/File OF-DSK-4-SM 60" W x 30" D x 29" H Double Pedestal – Box/Box/File & File/File OF-DSK-5-SM 72" W x 30" D x 29" H Double Pedestal – Box/Box/File & File/File OF-DSK-6-SM 72" W x 30" D x 29" H Single Pedestal– Box/Box/File OF-DSK-7-SM 42" W x 24" D x 29" H Return– Box/Box/File Pedestal OF-DSK-8-SM 48" W x 24" D x 29" H Return– Box/Box/File Pedestal Product: CREDENZA W/ HUTCH Item Code: OF-DSK-9 – OF-DSK-14 Work surface: Horizontal work surface shall be fabricated with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and PVC edge banding (3mm) on all exposed edges. Each work surface shall have not less than two (2) openings with plastic grommets, black in color, not less than 3-inch diameter, with snap-in covers. Decorative laminate and PVC edge banding shall be available in multiple patterns and colors. Final selection to be made by the Board. Pedestals: Credenza shall include one of the following: one full depth locking pedestal and one end panel, two full depth locking pedestals, or two full depth locking pedestals and center swing doors with storage. Pedestal types as noted below per item code. Pedestal sides shall be steel, not less than 0.040-inch thick (20- gauge). Drawer fronts shall be a minimum 0.040-inch thick (20- gauge) steel and shall be removable, allowing replacement. File sides shall be a minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge) steel. All drawers operate on full extension progressive slide steel ball bearing suspensions. Slides shall have not less than 100-pound capacity for box drawers. File drawers have high sides to accommodate hanging file folders. Actual depth of the credenza pedestal is approximately 22-3/4-inches. All drawers shall lock; with four (4) copies of each keys provided for each lock. All sheet metal components are cold rolled steel. All components are welded construction. Modesty Panel: Credenza Modesty Panel shall be half height, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.050- inch thick (18-gauge). The half-height modesty panel shall allow full access to wall from finished floor to minimum 20-inches above finished floor (other than at storage pedestal locations).
Page 43 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Hutch Unit: Overhead storage unit – for use with both desks and credenzas. All-steel construction consisting of sliding or flip-up doors for storage; end panels designed to be secured to work surface. All storage doors shall lock. Hutch unit to include full panel tackboard. Storage bottom shelf shall be fabricated from cold-rolled steel, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge). Hutch unit shall be designed to receive concealed task lights. One (1) task light shall be provided with each overhead hutch unit. Tackboard: The tackboard shall be covered in fabric and framed in steel. Fabric shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, including solid color, solid/texture pattern, and small-scale multi-color pattern. Fabric shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.5. Dimensions: Credenza OF-DSK-9 60" W x 24" D x 29" H Single Pedestal – (1) Box/Box/File OF-DSK-10 60" W x 24" D x 29" H Credenza/Storage – (2) Box/Box/File, Center Storage with Doors OF-DSK-11 72" W x 24"D x 29" H Single Pedestal - (1) Box/Box/File OF-DSK-12 72" W x 24" D x 29" H Credenza/Storage - (2) Box/Box/File, Center Storage with Doors Hutch - Overhead Storage with Tackboard. OF-DSK-13 60" W Hutch w/ Doors and Tackboard OF-DSK-14 72" W Hutch w/ Doors and Tackboard Product: VERTICAL LEGAL FILES Item Code: OF-FL-1 – OF-FL-2 Case: All cabinets shall be equipped with an interlock safety mechanism. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements are welded into rigid box frame. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements shall be fabricated from steel sheet, with uprights not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), and top and bottom reinforcements not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge). Seamless back and top with reinforcements. File unit to have manufacturer’s standard floor leveling glides. Drawers: Drawer fronts shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge), with pulls and label holders. Each drawer to have tall sides to accommodate hanging files and spring loaded compressors, minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge). Drawer body shall be minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge) steel with standard integral drawer pulls. Seamless top and back with reinforced corners. Drawers shall be removable but designed to prevent unintentional removal. Each drawer shall be provided with a stop that prevents the drawer from falling out when fully extended. Suspension: Fully progressive steel ball bearing suspension with anti-rebound device. Locks: Removable cores and each file unit shall be keyed unique. Four (4) copies of each key shall be provided. Finish: Powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.3. Dimensions: OF-FL-1 18” W x 30” D x 29” H Two Drawer Vertical File, Legal OF-FL-2 18” W x 30” D x 49” H Four Drawer Vertical File, Legal Keywords: Office, Classroom, Personalized Learning, Music Product: LATERAL FILES Item Code: OF-FL-3 – OF-FL-6 Case: All cabinets shall be equipped with an interlock safety mechanism. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements are welded into rigid box frame. Uprights and top and bottom reinforcements shall be fabricated from steel sheet, with uprights not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), and
Page 44 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
top and bottom reinforcements not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge). Seamless back and top with reinforcements. File unit to have manufacturer’s standard floor leveling glides. Drawers: Drawer fronts shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge), with pulls and label holders. Each drawer to have tall sides to accommodate hanging files and spring loaded compressors, minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge). Drawer body shall be minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge) steel with standard integral drawer pulls. Seamless top and back with reinforced corners. Drawers shall be removable but designed to prevent unintentional removal. Each drawer shall be provided with a stop that prevents the drawer from falling out when fully extended. Suspension: Fully progressive steel ball bearing suspension with anti-rebound device. Locks: Removable cores and each file unit shall be keyed unique. Four (4) copies of each key shall be provided. Finish: Powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: OF-FL-3 36”W x 18”D x 29”H Two Drawer Lateral File OF-FL-4 36”W x 18”D x 40”H Three Drawer Lateral File OF-FL-5 36”W x 18”D x 52”H Four Drawer Lateral File OF-FL-6 36”W x 18”D x 64”H Five Drawer Lateral File Product: FIRE PROOF FILES Item Code: OF-FL-7 Fire Rating: File shall have UL Class 350 – 2-hour fire rating, and have UL impact rating. Insulation: Insulation shall be encapsulated within body of cabinet and drawers, and shall be concealed from view when drawers are open. Suspension: Suspensions shall be sturdy, free-rolling, and non-binding. Drawer Bodies: Each vertical drawer shall accommodate A-2, Folio, Letter, or Legal Filing without additional parts or accessories. Drawers shall be fabricated with high sides to accommodate hanging folders without additional internal components. Drawer Heads: Drawer heads shall be formed from welded steel sheets, insulated, and removable, allowing replacement. Locks: Removable cores and each file unit shall be keyed unique. Four (4) copies of each key shall be provided. Locking of cabinet shall secure all drawers. Finish: Powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: OF-FL-7 21"W x 32"D x 57"H Four Drawer Legal. Product: LUNCH ROOM SAFE Item Code: OF-MISC-1 Description: To have a UL Class 350 – 1-hour fire rating, and have UL RSC burglary rating. Safe to have the following security features: 3-way bolt work and a UL-listed relocking device with an integrated door hard plate. Standard dial combination lock. Dimensions: Interior: 18"W x 12"D x 22"H, minimum. Exterior: 24"W x 21"D x 27"H, minimum. Capacity: Not less than 2.75 cubic feet. Product: FIRE SAFE Item Code: OF-MISC-2 Description: 1.23 cubic foot combination fire safe. Dual mechanical combination lock and key. 4 large 1” bolts with pry-resistant hinge bar. Bolt-down kit included. Interior locking drawer. Multi-position shelf, key rack, door tray, and door pocket. Classifications: UL classified 1-hour fire protection. ETL verified water resistant up to 8 in. for 24 hours.
Page 45 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
ETL verified for 1-hour fire protection of CD’s, DVD’s, memory sticks, and USB drives up to 1700 degrees F. ETL verified to pass 15-foot drop test to ensure contents remain intact and locked. Dimensions: Min. inside dimensions 12-1/2” W x 11-1/2” D x 13-1/2” H Product: LOCKING STORAGE CABINET, HALF HEIGHT Item Code: OF-STO-1 Description: Lockable half-height steel storage cabinet. 2 doors with pulls. 1 adjustable shelf. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Frame: Frame shall be minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel Shelves: 14-gauge steel shelves, shelf supports adjustable in 1” increments. Dimensions: 30” W x 18” D x 28”H Product: LOCKING STORAGE CABINET Item Code: OF-STO-2 Description: Lockable full-height steel storage cabinet. Slow-close heavy-duty hinges. 1 fixed and 3 adjustable full-depth steel shelves. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Frame: Frame shall be minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel Shelves: 14-gauge steel shelves, shelf supports adjustable in 1” increments. Dimensions: 36” W x 23-1/2” D x 72” H Product: STORAGE SHELVING UNIT Item Code: OF-STO-3 Description: Full-height steel frame storage shelving unit with adjustable shelves. Tool-less assembly. Frame: Frame shall be minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel Shelves: 14-gauge steel shelves, shelf supports adjustable in 1” increments. Dimensions: 48” W x 24” D x 72” H
Product: STEEL STORAGE SHELVING Item Code: OF-STO-4 - OF-STO-5 Shelves: Each unit to have four (4) adjustable shelves, adjusting on approximately 1-inch centers, containing one-piece compression style clips. Shelves shall be a minimum 0.040-inch thick (20- gauge) steel and have turned edges. Shelves to have an integral box beam structure and two- point suspension and spring locking for additional strength. Frame: Frame shall be minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel and pre-punched on 1-inch centers. Each unit to include four posts, two pair of side braces, and one pair of back cross braces. Finish: Powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.9. Dimensions: OF-STO-4 36"W x 12"D x 84"H OF-STO-5 36"W x 18"D x 84"H Product: DISPLAY CASE, WALL-MOUNT Item Code: OF-STO-6 Description: Wall-mounted aluminum-framed glass display case. Anodized aluminum framing. Sliding tempered glass doors with lock. Tempered glass sides. Includes steel standards and brackets. Frame color and back panel option to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Shelves: 4 half-length adjustable tempered glass shelves on steel brackets. Dimensions: 60” W x 16” D x 48” H
Page 46 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: DISPLAY CASE Item Code: OF-STO-7 Description: Full-height wood and glass display case. Solid oak or hardwood frame. Sliding tempered glass doors. Tempered glass sides. Built-in locks and levelers. Wood color and back panel option to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Shelves: 4 half-length adjustable tempered glass shelves on steel brackets Dimensions: 48” W x 18” D x 70” H Product: CONFERENCE TABLES Item Code: OF-TAB-1 – OF-TAB-7 Top: Tops shall be constructed of a minimum 1-1/8-inch thick particleboard core with a high pressure decorative laminate top surface and flat vinyl edge. Vinyl edge colors and standard laminate pattern options shall be available from manufacturer's standard range. Color shall be selected by the Board. Base: Fixed base type as indicated per product number below. X-Base and T-Base shall be minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel with powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space beneath the tabletop. Knee space shall be not less than 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and apron shall be outside of the required knee space. Dimensions: OF-TAB-1 96"W x 48"D x 29"H Racetrack, (2) Double T-Base OF-TAB-2 96"W x 42"D x 29"H Rectangular, (2) Double T-Base OF-TAB-3 72"W x 36"D x 29"H Rectangular, (2) X-Base OF-TAB-4 42"W x 42"W x 29"H Square, (1) X-Base OF-TAB-5 48"W x 48"W x 29"H Square, (1) X-Base OF-TAB-6 42" Diameter x 29"H Round, (1) X-Base OF-TAB-7 48" Diameter x 29"H Round, (1) X-Base Product: FOLDING TABLE, MULTI-PURPOSE Item Code: OF-TAB-8 – OF-TAB-10 Top: 5/8” thick particle board top with high-pressure laminate finish and flat vinyl edge. Color shall be selected by the Board. Legs: 14-gauge steel tube folding legs with positive locking system. 16-gauge steel form channel frame. Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space beneath the tabletop. Knee space shall be not less than 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and apron shall be outside of the required knee space. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x7.1 Dimensions: OF-TAB-8 60"L x 30"D x 29"H OF-TAB-9 72"L x 30"D x 29"H OF-TAB-10 96"L x 30"D x 29"H Product: FOLDING TABLE STORAGE CART Item Code: OF-TAB-11 – OF-TAB-13 Description: Storage cart for OF-TAB-8 – OF-TAB-10 Construction: Fully welded, All-steel construction, not less than 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge). Cart shall have cross members for supporting table capacity and steel handle for pulling. Steel handle shall be fabricated from tubular steel, not less than 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge). All exposed steel to have powder coat finish. Cart shall have four casters, approximately 4-inches diameter x 1-1/4- inch wide; two casters shall be swiveling and two fixed. Dimensions: OF-TAB-10 60"L x 31” W x 36"H 10-12 Table Capacity (for 60" table)
Page 47 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
OF-TAB-11 74"L x 31” W x 36"H 10-12 Table Capacity (for 72" table) OF-TAB-11 97"L x 31” W x 36"H 10-12 Table Capacity (for 96" table) Product: FOLDING TABLE Item Code: OF-TAB-14 Top: 1-3/4”-thick molded plastic top with lightly textured grey finish. UV resistant. Frame/Legs: 17-gauge steel frame. 18-gauge steel legs. Grey textured powder coat finish. Non-marring foot caps Dimensions: 60” L x 30” D x 29-1/2” H Product: FOLDING TABLE Item Code: OF-TAB-15 Top: 1-3/4”-thick molded plastic top with lightly textured grey finish. UV resistant. Legs: 17-gauge steel frame. 18-gauge steel legs. Grey textured powder coat finish. Non-marring foot caps Dimensions: 72” L x 30” D x 29-1/2” H Product: FOLDING TABLE, SEMINAR Item Code: OF-TAB-16 Top: 2”-thick plastic molded top with lightly textured grey finish. UV resistant. Legs: 18-gauge steel frame. 16-gauge steel legs. Grey textured powder coat finish. Non-marring foot caps Dimensions: 60” L x 18” D x 29-1/2” H Product: FOLDING TABLE, SEMINAR Item Code: OF-TAB-17 Top: 2”-thick plastic molded top with lightly textured grey finish. UV resistant. Legs: 18-gauge steel frame. 16-gauge steel legs. Grey textured powder coat finish. Non-marring foot caps Dimensions: 72” L x 18” D x 29-1/2” H Product: CAFÉ TABLE, ROUND Item Code: OF-TAB-18 Top: Round table top, plastic laminate finish with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Textured satin chrome disc base Dimensions: 30” Diameter x 42” H Product: CAFÉ TABLE, ROUND Item Code: OF-TAB-19 Top: Round table top, plastic laminate finish with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Textured satin chrome disc base Dimensions: 18” Diameter x 42” H Product: CAFÉ TABLE, ROUND Item Code: OF-TAB-20 Top: Round table top. Plastic laminate finish with PVC edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Charcoal standing height aluminum X-leg base Dimensions: 36” Diameter x 42” H Product: CAFÉ TABLE, ROUND Item Code: OF-TAB-21 Top: Round table top. Plastic laminate finish with PVC edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Charcoal standing height aluminum X-leg base
Page 48 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 42” Diameter x 42” H Product: CAFÉ TABLE, SQUARE Item Code: OF-TAB-22 Top: Square table top. Plastic laminate finish with PVC edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Charcoal standing height aluminum X-leg base Dimensions: 36” Square x 42” H Product: OCCASIONAL END TABLE AND COFFEE TABLE Item Code: OF-TAB-23 – OF-TAB-24 Top: Top shall be solid maple (M), minimum 3/4-inch thick with solid wood edges. Apron: Support perimeter aprons shall be solid maple, approximately 3/4-inch by 4-1/2-inch with eased edges. Apron rails and corner blocking are secured using dovetail joinery. Legs: Legs shall be solid maple approximately 1-3/4-inch by 1-3/4-inch, with eased or square edges. Joining to concealed corner blocking using bolts. To have nylon glides. Stain: All exposed surfaces shall be stained. Multiple stain colors shall be available, with color to be selected by the Board. Dimensions: OF-TAB-23 22"W x 22"D x 22"H End Table OF-TAB-24 48"W x 22"D x 18"H Coffee Table Product: OCCASIONAL TABLE, CYLINDER Item Code: OF-TAB-25 Top: Cylinder shaped side table. Plastic laminate finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Tapered square satin chrome legs Dimensions: 26” Diameter x 17-1/8” H Product: OCCASIONAL TABLE, CUBE Item Code: OF-TAB-26 Top: Cube-shaped side table. Plastic laminate finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Tapered square satin chrome legs Dimensions: 24” Square x 17-1/8” H Product: STANDING HEIGHT TABLE Item Code: OF-TAB-27 Top: Rectangular HPL top with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Double standing height textured satin chrome disc base with oval connecting foot ring Dimensions: 96” L x 33" D x 41” H Product: TABLE, ADJUSTABLE Item Code: OF-TAB-28 Top: Rectangular HPL top with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel with powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Height adjustable with removable crank. Dimensions: 60” L x 24” D; height adjustable 25-1/2”” to 51-1/2””.
Product: TABLE, FLIP-TOP Item Code: OF-TAB-29 Top: Rectangular HPL top with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Flip-Top base with casters. Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel with powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards.
Page 49 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 60” L x 24” D x 30” H
Product: TABLE, FLIP-TOP Item Code: OF-TAB-30 Top: Rectangular HPL top with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Flip-Top base with casters. Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel with powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 72” L x 24” D x 30” H Product: TABLE, ROUND Item Code: OF-TAB-31 Top: Round HPL top with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel with powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 42” Diameter x 29” H Product: TABLE, RECTANGULAR Item Code: OF-TAB-32 Top: Rectangular HPL top with flat vinyl edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Legs: Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel with powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 48” L x 30” D x 29” H Product: TABLE, RECTANGULAR Item Code: OF-TAB-33 Top: 1-1/4” particle board top with HPL finish and flat vinyl edge. Laminate and vinyl edge color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Frame/Legs: Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel. Fully welded 16-gauge steel frame. Powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 72” L x 30” D x 29” H Product: TABLE, RECTANGULAR Item Code: OF-TAB-34 Top: 1-1/4” particle board top with HPL finish and flat vinyl edge. Laminate and vinyl edge color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Frame/Legs: Legs shall be minimum 14-gauge steel. Fully welded 16-gauge steel frame. Powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 72” L x 24” D x 29” H ______END of CATEGORY 1 – OFFICE FURNITURE ______
CATEGORY 2 – CLASSROOM FURNITURE
Product: STUDENT STACK CHAIRS Item Code: CL-CHR-1 – CL-CHR-4 Shell: Seat and back to be a continuous one-piece shell, fabricated from injection molded, static free, high-density polypropylene. Chair shall have double contour seat and waterfall front. Chair shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board.
Page 50 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Legs: Chair legs shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), with polished chrome finish. Chair shall be four leg design, with leg fabricated from a continuous steel tube extending from side to side of the chair. Legs shall be welded to steel plate base support assembly, minimum 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge), which shall be securely anchored to the seat shell with fasteners concealed from view. Each leg shall have a self-leveling, swiveling glide with nylon or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Stacking: Chairs shall be capable of stacking, not less than ten (10) high. Dimensions: CL-CHR-1 Seat height not less than 13”. Legs not less than 3/4-inch diameter. CL-CHR-2 Seat height not less than 15”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. CL-CHR-3 Seat height not less than 17”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. CL-CHR-4 Seat height not less than 18”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. Product: STUDENT CHAIRS Item Code: CL-CHR-5 – CL-CHR-8 Seat & Back: Separate seat and back to be fabricated from solid, molded, through-color, thermoset plastic, not less than 5/8-inch thick, with contoured saddle seat. Seat and back shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Seat and back shall be secured to steel tube support frame. Frame/Legs: Chair frame and legs shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 3/4-inch diameter and 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge). Frame and legs shall be all-welded construction, with four leg design; all components shall have polished chrome finish. Frame and legs shall be welded to steel plate support assembly, minimum 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge), which shall be securely anchored to the seat and back with fasteners concealed from view. Each leg shall have a self- leveling, swiveling glide with nylon or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Dimensions: CL-CHR-5 Seat height not less than 13”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. CL-CHR-6 Seat height not less than 15”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. CL-CHR-7 Seat height not less than 17”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. CL-CHR-8 Seat height not less than 18”. Legs not less than 1-inch diameter. Product: CLASSROOM CHAIRS – CANTILEVERED Item Code: CL-CHR-9 – CL-CHR-11 Description: Stackable, forward-flexing, cantilevered student chair. Chair shall stack not less than five (5) high. Chair shall provide forward and backward movement by the user, with forward movement accommodated by the frame and backward movement accommodated by flexing of the seat back. Seat/Back: Chair seat shall be fabricated as single, continuous piece that incorporates seat and back. Seat/back assembly shall be fabricated from a single, thin shell of injection-molded polypropylene, with exposed reinforcement at juncture between seat and back to accommodate stresses experienced during normal use. Back shall be fabricated with integrated hand-hole for use when moving chair. Seat shall be fabricated with a slightly concave, textured seat surface and flexible waterfall front edge. Back shall be contoured to provide positive lumbar support for the user. Seat/back assembly shall be available in multiple colors. Final colors shall be selected by the Board. Frame: The cantilevered frame’s sled-base legs shall be formed from 1” x 12-gauge tubular steel. The frame shall include a 7/8” x 13-gauge steel seat support tube, which shall be welded on both ends to the formed legs. Two 15-gauge steel seat support brackets shall be welded across the upper portion of the legs and the seat support tube. The seat support brackets shall enable seat attachment by means of six steel screws, three on each side. Chair frame shall be available in chromed or with a powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. The base shall be equipped with four swiveling, self-leveling, nylon-base glides, two of which shall cover the ends of the frame tubes. The rear glides shall have a decorative nylon cover. Dimensions: CL-CHR-9 Seat height not less than 13-inches.
Page 51 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
CL-CHR-10 Seat height not less than 15-inches. CL-CHR-11 Seat height not less than 18-inches. Product: CLASSROOM CHAIR, PNEUMATIC Item Code: CL-CHR-12 – CL-CHR-13 FOR 22”-28” H WORK SURFACES Description: Forward/rearward flexing chair, adjustable in height. Seat/Back: Chair seat shall be fabricated as single, continuous piece that incorporates seat and back. Seat/back assembly shall be fabricated from a single, thin shell of injection-molded polypropylene, with exposed reinforcement at juncture between seat and back to accommodate stresses experienced during normal use. Back shall be fabricated with integrated hand-hole for use when moving chair. Seat/back assembly shall be attached to a base assembly with tamper-proof screws. The base shall provide 360-degree rotation of the seat. Seat shall be fabricated with a slightly concave, textured seat surface and flexible waterfall front edge. Back shall be contoured to provide positive lumbar support for the user. Seat/back assembly shall be available in multiple colors. Final colors shall be selected by the Board. Frame/Base: Chair base shall include a pneumatic, gas lift column assembly, securely attached to the base of the seat/back assembly. Chair shall have five-star base, either molded nylon or aluminum construction, with fixed feet and glides with non-marking plastic inserts. Glides and inserts shall be replaceable. Dimensions: CL-CHR-12: Adjustable seat height 13"H – 16'H CL-CHR-13: Adjustable seat height 16"H – 20"H Product: CLASSROOM STOOL, PNEUMATIC Item Code: CL-CHR-14 FOR 32”-40” H WORK SURFACES Description: Forward/rearward flexing stool, adjustable in height. Seat/Back: Stool seat shall be fabricated as single, continuous piece that incorporates seat and back. Seat/back assembly shall be fabricated from a single, thin shell of injection-molded polypropylene, with exposed reinforcement at juncture between seat and back to accommodate stresses experienced during normal use. Back shall be fabricated with integrated hand-hole for use when moving stool. Seat/back assembly shall be attached to a base assembly with tamper-proof screws. The base shall provide 360-degree rotation of the seat. Seat shall be fabricated with a slightly concave, textured seat surface and flexible waterfall front edge. Back shall be contoured to provide positive lumbar support for the user. Seat/back assembly shall be available in multiple colors. Final colors shall be selected by the Board. Frame/Base: Stool base shall include a pneumatic, gas lift column assembly, securely attached to the pivoting base of the seat/back assembly. Stool shall have five-star base, either molded nylon or aluminum construction, with fixed feet and glides with non-marking plastic inserts. Glides and inserts shall be replaceable. Stool base shall have a foot ring, fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 1/2-inch diameter and not less than 0.050-inch thick (18 gauge). Foot ring shall be adjustable in height, with manually operated knob for use in setting height. Foot ring support and base column shall have a powder coat finish, black in color. Foot ring shall have polished chrome finish. Dimensions: Adjustable seat height 19"H – 28'H. Product: TEACHER CHAIR, ADJ. HT, DESK TO LECTERN Item Code: CL-CHR-15-PL Description: Reinforced Black Plastic Base with chrome foot ring and casters. Contoured molded polypropylene seat & back shell. Chrome arms with padded armrests. Pneumatic seat height adjustment. Seat color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard.
Page 52 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 26” W x 26” D x 35-3/4”-43” H. Seat Height adjustable from 19-1/2” to 30”. Product: CHAIR, WITH BOOKRACK Item Code: CL-CHR-16 Description: 16-gauge Tubular steel legs. 5/8”-thick contoured solid plastic seat and back shell. Nickel-plated steel rivets to connect seat to frame. Nylon swivel glides. Steel wire book rack under seat. Seat color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: Seat height 17-1/2” Product: STOOL, ADJUSTABLE Item Code: CL-CHR-17 Description: 7/8” diameter, 18- gauge steel tubing with optional back rest. Adjustable stool with hardboard metal back. Self-leveling steel guides. Foot ring 5/8” diameter steel tubing. Dimensions: Adjustable 18”, 24” or 30” H; Seat 14” full diameter with 11-1/2” diameter Masonite recessed board; Back 6” H x 12” W; Optional backrest: 6” H, 12” Wide. Product: STUDENT CHAIR/ COLLABORATIVE DESK, MOBILE Item Code: CL-CHR-18 Description: One-piece molded polypropylene fiberglass reinforced seat shell. Lower polypropylene shelf with oversized front opening for backpacks and personal items. Mobile base with 6 casters. Adjustable tablet surface for right and left-handed students. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: Overall: 31-7/8” D x 23-1/2” W x 34-1/2” H Seat Height: 18” H Tablet Size: 12-1/2” D x 23-1/4” W Product: CAFÉ STOOL, STACKABLE Item Code: CL-CHR-19-PL Description: One-piece injection-molded polypropylene seat and back shell. 4-leg stackable frame with lower support bar; 14-gauge 3/4”-diameter tubular steel legs with black propylene glides. Dimensions: 16-1/2” W x 18-1/2” D x 43-1/2” H. Seat Height 29”. Product: STUDENT LAB STOOL Item Code: CL-CHR-20 FOR 32”-40” H WORK SURFACES Seat: Seat shall be fabricated from solid, molded, through-color, thermoset plastic, not less than 5/8- inch thick. Seat shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Frame/Legs: Frame and legs shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 1-inch diameter and 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), except for foot ring, which shall be minimum 3/4-inch diameter and 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge). Legs shall be telescoping design, tapped on 1-inch increments, providing the specified height adjustment. Foot ring shall be welded to each leg, to outer tube of telescoping leg. Legs shall be welded to steel plate base assembly, minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge), which shall be securely anchored to the seat with fasteners concealed from view. Leg and frame assembly shall have polished chrome finish. Each leg shall have a self-leveling, swiveling glide with nylon or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Seat Height: Seat height shall be adjustable through range of 19-inches to 28-inches high. Product: STUDENT LAB STOOL WITH BACK Item Code: CL-CHR-21 FOR 32”-40” H WORK SURFACES Seat: Seat shall be fabricated from solid, molded, through-color, thermoset plastic, not less than 5/8- inch thick. Seat shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Seat shall rotate 360-degrees. Back: Back shall be fabricated from solid, molded, through-color, thermoset plastic, not less than 5/8- inch thick. Back shall match seat color. Back shall be mounted to tubular steel frame with bracket that allows back to swivel/pivot, not less than 10 degrees. Swiveling bracket shall be fabricated from sheet steel, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge).
Page 53 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Frame/Legs: Frame and legs shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 1-inch diameter and 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), except for foot ring, which shall be minimum 3/4-inch diameter and 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge). Legs shall be telescoping design, tapped on 1-inch increments, providing the specified height adjustment. Foot ring shall be welded to each leg, to outer tube of telescoping leg. Legs shall be welded to steel plate base assembly, minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge), which shall be securely anchored to the seat with fasteners concealed from view. Leg and frame assembly shall have polished chrome finish. Each leg shall have a self-leveling, swiveling glide with nylon or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Seat Height: Seat height shall be adjustable through range of 19-inches to 28-inches high. Product: STUDENT LAB CHAIR, PNEUMATIC Item Code: CL-CHR-22 FOR STANDARD 29”-30” H WORK SURFACES Seat / Back: Seat and back shall be fabricated from solid, molded, through-color, thermoset plastic, not less than 5/8-inch thick, with contoured saddle seat. Seat shall be securely anchored to steel base plate assembly, minimum 0.108-inch thick (12-gauge), with fasteners concealed from view. Seat shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Frame: Back support frame shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 3/4-inch diameter and 0.064- inch thick (16-gauge), and shall be welded to the seat base plate assembly. Chair base shall include a pneumatic, gas lift column assembly attached to the seat support assembly and 5-star base with fixed glides and non-slip feet. Adjustable height foot ring, minimum 16-inch diameter, shall be fabricated from tubular steel, with polished chrome finish. Metal Finish: Except as noted, metal frame components shall receive powder coat finish, black in color. Seat Height: Seat height shall be adjustable through range of 15"H – 22"H. Product: STUDENT LAB CHAIR, PNEUMATIC Item Code: CL-CHR-23 FOR 32”-40” H WORK SURFACES Seat / Back: Seat and back shall be fabricated from solid, molded, through-color, thermoset plastic, not less than 5/8-inch thick, with contoured saddle seat. Seat shall be securely anchored to steel base plate assembly, minimum 0.108-inch thick (12-gauge), with fasteners concealed from view. Seat shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Frame: Back support frame shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 3/4-inch diameter and 0.064- inch thick (16-gauge), and shall be welded to the seat base plate assembly. Chair base shall include a pneumatic, gas lift column assembly attached to the seat support assembly and 5-star base with fixed glides and non-slip feet. Adjustable height foot ring, minimum 16-inch diameter, shall be fabricated from tubular steel, with polished chrome finish. Metal Finish: Except as noted, metal frame components shall receive powder coat finish, black in color. Seat Height: Seat height shall be adjustable through range of 20-inches to 30-inches high. Product: WOBBLE STOOL Item Code: CL-CHR-24-PL – CL-CHR-26-PL Description: Ergonomic plastic stool; convex base allows for movement in all directions; lightweight polypropylene body; soft base padding; foam seat surface; stackable Dimensions: CL-CHR-24 Seat Height 12” CL-CHR-25 Seat Height 15” CL-CHR-26 Seat Height 18” Product: BALL CHAIR Item Code: CL-CHR-27 Description: 17-1/2” anti-burst plastic exercise ball, durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex-, Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material. Powder coated steel legs, polypropylene base, stationary glides. PVC ball, 100% Polyester. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 22-1/2” Diameter x 23” H. Seat 17-1/2” Diameter
Page 54 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: BALANCE BALL CHAIR, ADULT Item Code: CL-CHR-28 Description: Balance ball on mobile base with back rest; anti-burst balance ball, durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex-, Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material; stable base made from molded PVC; lockable caster wheels; ergonomic back support. Base and ball color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 22” W x 22” D x 31” H; 52 cm Ball Diameter Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. Product: BALANCE BALL CHAIR, KIDS Item Code: CL-CHR-29 Description: Balance ball on mobile base with back rest; anti-burst balance ball, durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex-, Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material; stable base made from molded PVC; lockable caster wheels; ergonomic back support. Base and ball color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 18” W x 21” D x 24” H; 35 cm Ball Diameter Weight Capacity: 175 lbs. Product: TRAPEZOID SHAPE MODULAR OTTOMAN Item Code: CL-CHR-30-PL Description: Hardwood/Plywood construction with foam padding. Vinyl fabric upholstery. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Dimensions: 36” W x 18” D x 18”H Product: FLOOR CUSHIONS, BUNDLE OF 3 Item Code: CL-CHR-31 Description: 3 floor cushions with strap to tie cushions into bundle. 100% polyurethane foam pads. Fire- retardant polyester fabric. Adjustable leather strap. Cushion color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Meets California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Dimensions: 18” W x 18” D x 20” H (Bundle of 3) Product: FLOWER SHAPED MODULAR OTTOMAN SET Item Code: CL-CHR-32-PL – CL-CHR-34-PL Description: Beech plywood sub-base with closed cell Styrofoam, wrapped with high density fire resistant foam padding, flame resistant vinyl or fabric. Black plastic adjustable lever stem legs. Fabric & Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: CL-CHR-32-PL Bloom Round: 16-3/4” W x 16-3/4” D x 16-3/4” H CL-CHR-33-PL Bloom Moon: 16-3/4” W x 16-3/4” D x 16-3/4” H CL-CHR-34-PL Bloom 2-Seater: 47-5/8” W x 24-5/8” D – 16-3/4” H Product: MODULAR TIERED STEP SEATING Item Code: CL-CHR-35-PL – CL-CHR-38-PL Description: Tiered modular seating; fabric-covered foam with upholstery-grade FSC plywood core, box joint and corner block construction; CFC-free upholstery foam; adjustable glides; ganging brackets; complies with CAL 117 Dimensions: CL-CHR-35-PL Two-Tiered Step 36” W x 40” D x 34” H CL-CHR-36-PL Three-Tier Step 36” W x 40” D x 34” H CL-CHR-37-PL Two-Tier Inside Corner 40” W x 40” D x 34” H CL-CHR-38-PL Two-Tiered Outside Corner 40” W x 40” D x 34” H Product: STEEL FOLDING CHAIR, UPHOLSTERED Item Code: CL-CHR-39 Description: 18-gauge, 7/8 in. round tubular powder-coated frame with 2-1/2” frame strengthener on each side. Three double riveted U-shaped braces, non-marring glides. 1-1/4” upholstered seat and back. Fabric and foam CAL 117 rated. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 18-3/4” W x 20-1/4” D x 29-1/2” H; Seat Height 17-3/4”
Page 55 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Weight Capacity: 480 lbs. Product: STEEL FOLDING CHAIR Item Code: CL-CHR-40 Frame: U-shaped primary frame, forming front chair legs and support for chair back, fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), not less than 3/4-inch diameter. Rear legs shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), with formed rubber or nylon caps where rear legs meet primary frame. Chair shall have not less than three (3) u- shaped cross braces, fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), 3/4- inch diameter, which shall be double riveted to legs. Seat / Back: Waterfall seat pan, minimum 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge), with hemmed edges. Seat pan shall be attached to the front and rear leg assemblies. Back pan, minimum 0.028-inch thick (24- gauge), shall be contoured shape, with hemmed edges, and shall be welded to the primary frame. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish. Chair shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Seat height not less than 17-inches; chair not less than 18-1/4" W x 20-1/4" D x 29-1/2" H. Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. Product: STEEL FOLDING CHAIR STORAGE CADDY Item Code: CL-CHR-41 Frame: Double tier chair caddy, with a capacity of not less than 84 steel folding chairs. Caddy frame to be fabricated from steel, minimum 0.079-inch thick (14-gauge). Steel shapes may vary (i.e. channel or tube) as required to provide capacity specified. Chair caddy shall be coordinated with the steel folding chair (CL-CHR-29). Casters: Minimum 4-inch diameter caster wheels, non-marking. Two casters shall be swivel type and 2 shall be fixed. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish, black in color. Dimensions: Not less than 66"W x 33"D x 70"H. Dimensions: 48"W x 24"D x 31"H – 36"H, adjustable. Product: FOLD-DOWN SEAT, WALL-MOUNTED Item Code: CL-CHR-42-PL Description: Wall-mounted fold-down cantilevered seat. Birch plywood seat and back frame. Upholstered seat and back. Fabric to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max. capacity 600 lbs. Dimensions: 19-3/4” W x 18-1/4” D x 38” H; seat height 17”. Product: STUDENT CHAIR/DESK COMBINATION Item Code: CL-DSK-1 – CL-DSK-2 Desk Top: Top shall be of solid, molded thermoset plastic, or hard plastic, with color thru, minimum 5/8- inch thick. Top to be 18-inch by 24-inch, and have rounded edges and pencil groove. Frame/Legs: Side and back frame shall be chrome-plated, approximately 1-inch outside diameter and minimum 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge) tubular steel. Legs to be a minimum 1-1/8-inch outside diameter and minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge) tubular steel. Seat & Back: Thermoset melamine plastic, 5/8-inch thick minimum with radius edges. Book Rack: Fully welded, chrome-plated approximately 7mm diameter solid steel wire welded to steel frame underside of chair. Glides: Self leveling, swivel tilt glides. Provide a nylon glide for desks used on hard flooring. Provide a steel glide for desks used on carpet flooring. Dimensions: CL-DSK-1 17-1/2" Seat Height CL-DSK-2 18-1/2" Seat Height
Page 56 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: STUDENT DESK WITH BOOK BOX Item Code: CL-DSK-3 Desk Top: Top to be of solid, molded thermoset plastic, or hard plastic, with color thru, minimum 5/8-inch thick. Top to be 18-inches by 24-inches, and have rounded edges. Book Box: One-piece steel, not less than 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), with rounded edges welded to frame. Approximately 22-inches wide by 14-3/4-inches deep by 4-inches high. Frame/Legs: Legs to be minimum 1-1/8-inch outside diameter steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18- gauge). Chrome-plated leg inserts to be minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge) steel tubing, tapped at 1-inch increments. Frame Finish: Powder coat finish. Glides: Self leveling, swivel tilt glides. Provide a nylon glide for desks used on hard flooring. Provide a steel glide for desks used on carpet flooring. Dimensions: 24"W x 18"D x 22"H – 30"H, adjustable Product: STUDENT DESK WITHOUT BOOK BOX Item Code: CL-DSK-4 Desk Top: Top to be of solid, molded thermoset plastic, or hard plastic, with color thru, minimum 5/8-inch thick. Top to be 18-inches by 24-inches, and have rounded edges. Frame/Legs: Legs to be minimum 1-1/8-inch outside diameter steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18- gauge). Chrome-plated leg inserts to be steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), tapped at 1-inch levels. Frame Finish: Powder coat finish. Glides: Self leveling, swivel tilt glides. Provide a nylon glide for desks used on hard flooring. Provide a steel glide for desks used on carpet flooring. Dimensions: 24"W x 18"D x 22" - 30"H Product: STUDENT DESK, ACCESSIBLE Item Code: CL-DSK-5 Desk Top: Top to be of solid, molded thermoset plastic, or hard plastic, with color thru, minimum 5/8-inch thick. Top to be 20-inches deep by 36-inches wide, and have rounded edges. Frame/Legs: Legs to be minimum 1-1/8-inch outside diameter steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18- gauge). Chrome-plated leg inserts to be steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), tapped at 1-inch levels. Frame Finish: Powder coat finish. Glides: Self-leveling, swivel tilt glides. Provide a nylon glide for desks used on hard flooring. Provide a steel glide for desks used on carpet flooring. Book Box: To be provided with a book compartment option when requested, maintaining all ADA clearances. Height: 26" to 30" height adjustable in one-inch increments. Accessibility: Each desk shall provide a clear knee space between the bottom of the lowest obstruction to the floor of not less than 30" W x 20” D x 24” H. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Product: STUDENT DESK, ACCESSIBLE Item Code: CL-DSK-6 Desk Top: Top to be of solid, molded thermoset plastic, or hard plastic, with color thru, minimum 5/8-inch thick. Top to be 20-inches deep by 36-inches wide, and have rounded edges. Frame/Legs: Legs to be minimum 1-1/8-inch outside diameter steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18- gauge). Chrome-plated leg inserts to be steel tubing, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), tapped at 1-inch levels. Back Pack Hook. Frame Finish: Powder coat finish. Glides: Self-leveling, swivel tilt glides. Provide a nylon glide for desks used on hard flooring. Provide a steel glide for desks used on carpet flooring.
Page 57 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Book Box: To be provided with a book compartment option when requested, maintaining all ADA clearances. Height: 29" – 34” height adjustable in one-inch increments. Accessibility: Each desk shall provide a clear knee space between the bottom of the lowest obstruction to the floor of not less than 30"W x 20” D x 24” H. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Product: STUDENT DESK, TRAPEZOID Item Code: CL-DSK-7 Description: 16-gauge steel frame legs with welded curved cross-braces. 5/8” thick through-color thermoset plastic top with rounded edges. Book bag hook. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 28” W x 21” D Trapezoid; Height adjustable from 22” to 32” Product: STUDENT DESK, FLIP-TOP, CASTERS Item Code: CL-DSK-8-PL CL-DSK-8ADA-PL Description: Metal-to-metal construction. The legs include welded inserts for strength, with bezels for height adjustment and plastic molded end caps and casters. Surface/ Edge: 3/4" HPL with 3 mm edge band (square corners) or t-mold edge (rounded corners), Frame: Powder coat finish, flattened oval set of two t-legs using oval tube. Height adjustment is achieved with 8 contact points on plastic-molded bezels. Accessories: Back pack hook Dimensions: CL-DSK-8-PL 27” W x 20” D x 25-1/2” – 35-1/2” H CL-DSK-8ADA-PL 36” W x 20” D x 25-1/2” – 35-1/2” H. Min. 30” clear width between legs for wheelchair access Product: TEACHER DESK / PODIUM COMBO Item Code: CL-DSK-9-PL – CL-DSK-11-PL Description: Desk: Desk surface consist of 3/4" HP Laminate with T-mold edge. Frame constructed of powder coated steel with flattened oval adjustable single-post legs on casters. Desk modesty panel made from 16 gauge perforated metal. Pencil Drawer Podium: Top and bottom consist of 3/4" HP Laminate with T-mold edge. Sides are 3/4" thermally fused melamine with 3mm PVC edgeband. Front and back of lectern are made from 16 gauge perforated metal. Adjustable shelf and a locking door. Tablet tilt kickstand. Independent movement of desk and podium with magnetic connection to attach to either side. Mobile File Pedestal: Box/Box/File pedestal on casters. Lockable. Organizer tray. HPL to match desk and podium. Dimensions: CL-DSK-9-PL Ambidextrous Desk: 48” W x 24” D x 24”-34” H. CL-DSK-10-PL Ambidextrous Podium: 24” W x 30” D x 40” H. CL-DSK-11-PL Mobile File Pedestal: 15-1/2” W x 21-1/2” D x 25” H Product: 2-STUDENT PEDESTAL DESK Item Code: CL-DSK-12 Description: 16-gauge rectangular steel frame with welded cross- brace; nylon glides. 1-1/4” thick high pressure laminate top with vinyl edge; Polyethylene book boxes. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 48” W x 24” D; Adjustable height 22” to 29” Product: STUDENT DESK, ADJUSTABLE, WITH BOOK BOX Item Code: CL-DSK-13 Work surface: 5/8”-thick MDF top with durable, chemical-, fire- and impact-resistant thermoplastic laminate. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Pedestals: Welded steel construction with black powder coat finish; nylon leveler feet. Accessories: 1/4”-thick phenolic storage shelf, 26” W x 8” D Steel book box, 22” W x 15” D x 4-3/4”
Page 58 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
5/8” dia. Steel tube swinging pendulum foot rest bar Dimensions: Desk top 28” W x 20” D. Desk top height adjustable from 26” H to 42” H. Product: STANDING STUDENT DESK, ADJUSTABLE Item Code: CL-DSK-14 Work surface: Hard plastic resin activity surface with built-in pencil groove. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Pedestals: Welded steel construction with black powder coat finish; self-leveling nylon glides Accessories: non-pivoting foot rest Dimensions: Desk top 28” W x 22” D. Desk top height adjustable from 34” H to 42” H. Product: SIT/STAND STUDENT DESK, ADJUSTABLE Item Code: CL-DSK-15-PL Work surface: HPL top with flat vinyl edge; Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Pedestals: Steel frame with silver powder coat finish; Dimensions: Desk top 24” W x 18” D. Desk top height adjustable from 22” H to 29” H. Product: SIT/STAND STUDENT DESK, ADJUSTABLE, ADA Item Code: CL-DSK-16-PL Work surface: HPL top with flat vinyl edge; Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Pedestals: Steel frame with silver powder coat finish; Dimensions: Provide Desk and frame with wheelchair clearance under desk of min. 30” W x 20” D x 26” H Product: PORTABLE STAGE PLATFORM Item Code: CL-MISC-1 – CL-MISC-4 Description: Portable stage platforms, multiple heights, fabricated with a plywood core, not less than 3/4-inch thick that can be singularly or combined into multiple configurations. Decking: To be a solid, plywood core 3/4-inch thickness, surfaced with black, textured polypropylene. The perimeter of the decking shall be routed to allow the frame to fit flush with the top surface. Frame/Support: Frame shall be fabricated from formed steel channel, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge), approximately 1-3/4-inch high and reinforced with a minimum 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge) steel angle, spot welded to the inside of the channel. The frames shall be secured to the top, bottom and edges of the platform's perimeter. All areas where frame members are joined together shall be reinforced with steel plates. Additional supports, consisting of steel channels, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge), shall be provided on the underside of the platform, as required to support the required loading. Leg Assembly: Each leg assembly shall be constructed of steel tubing, not less than 1-1/4-inch diameter, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge), with self-leveling glides with high impact, non-marking plastic inserts. Legs shall be capable of folding flat against underside of platform when not in use; shall positively lock in place with extended; and shall be braced diagonally as required or recommended by manufacturer for lateral stability. Each stage platform shall be provided with not less than six (6) legs. Structural: Platform assembly shall be capable of supporting a live load of not less than 200 pounds per square foot. Metal Finish: Factory applied epoxy powder coat finish, black in color. Dimensions: CL-MISC-1 48"W x 96"L x 8"H. CL-MISC-2 48"W x 96"L x 16"H. CL-MISC-3 48"W x 96"L x 24"H. CL-MISC-4 48"W x 96"L x 32"H. Product: PORTABLE STAGE STAIR SET Item Code: CL-MISC-5 – CL-MISC-7 Description: Fixed stairs with non-slip surfacing and handrails. Steps shall provide not less than 36-inches clear between handrails. Each tread shall be not less than 11-inches deep. Handrail shall be provided on both sides of the stairs.
Page 59 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Stairs shall be provided with all hardware and accessories required to securely anchor stairs to edge of stage platform assembly. Structural Criteria: Stair handrails shall be engineered, designed, and fabricated to resist the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses: 1. Uniform load of 50 PSF applied in any direction. 2. Concentrated load of 200 LbF applied in any direction. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to the loads indicated above, all handrails shall comply with requirements of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Dimensions: CL-MISC-5 39"W (36" clear) x 1 step high. CL-MISC-6 39"W (36" clear) x 2 steps high. CL-MISC-7 39"W (36" clear) x 3 steps high. Product: PORTABLE STAGE GUARDRAILS Item Code: CL-MISC-8 Description: Steel tube guardrails designed for installation at exposed edges, backs and ends, of stage platforms. Guardrails shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 14-gauge, with powder coat finish, black in color. Guardrails shall be designed and fabricated to extend full length or depth of each platform, and be not less than 42"H, measured from surface of stage platform. Guardrails shall be designed and fabricated to coordinate with mobile folding stage platforms (MISC-1 and MISC-2) and to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Structural Loads: Guardrails shall be engineered, designed, and fabricated to resist the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses: Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: 1. Uniform load of 50 PSF. applied in any direction. 2. Concentrated load of 200 LbF applied in any direction. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Infill of Guards: A. Concentrated load of 50 LbF applied horizontally on an area of 1 square foot. B. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to the loads indicated above, all guardrails shall comply with all requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Product: GUARDRAIL CART Item Code: CL-MISC-9 Description: Manufacturer's standard cart for storing and transporting stage guardrails. Cart shall accommodate not less than four (4) guardrails (CL-MISC-12). Cart shall have rubber-wheeled casters, with two fixed and two swiveling; 2 casters shall be lockable. When loaded, cart shall fit through a standard 36"W door. Product: ADA STAGE RAMP Item Code: CL-MISC-10 Description: ADA accessibility ramp for use with portable stage platforms. Ramp shall coordinate with portable stage platforms, and shall comply with accessibility codes and regulations of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Ramp shall include and be provided with continuous handrails on each side of the ramp, including landing edges. Edges of ramp and landing platforms shall extend up from the platform surface, to form a 4-inch high curb. Surfaces: Surfaces of ramp and landing platforms, and transitions shall be firm, stable, and slip-resistant, as determined by the Board. Modifications required by the Board to provide an acceptable surface shall be the responsibility of the manufacturer, at no additional cost to the Board. Landings: Ramp landings shall be not less than 60-inches in length, measured along the direction of travel of the ramp run leading to it.
Page 60 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Landings in straight-run ramps shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading to it, and not less than 60-inches in length. Landings in L-shaped (90 degree turn) ramps shall be not less than 60-inches by 60-inches. Landings in switchback ramps shall be not less than 60-inches long by full width of the switchback ramp assembly (both runs). Handrails: Handrails shall be provided and shall be continuous on both sides of the ramp surface. Handrails shall be rigidly secured to the edge of the ramp surface and shall be engineered, designed, and fabricated to resist the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses: 1. Uniform load of 50 PSF. applied in any direction. 2. Concentrated load of 200 LbF applied in any direction. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to the loads indicated above, all handrails shall comply with requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Framing/Legs: Support framing and legs shall be fabricated to match support framing and legs of portable stage platforms, above, including finish. Accessories: Accessibility ramp shall be provided with all hardware and other accessories required or recommended by the manufacturer for a complete and rigidly secured assembly. Provide transitions, including ramps and thresholds as required to create smooth and continuous transitions from floor or stage platform surfaces. Product: LECTERN W/ PORTABLE AMPLIFIER Item Code: CL-MISC-11 Description: Lectern is constructed of solid oak or maple, or consisting of a plywood core with high-pressure plastic laminate finish. Includes four concealed casters for mobility. Power Output: 40 watts minimum. Microphone: Two (2) condenser type microphones, handheld, shall be provided, with a 9-feet long cable (approx.), and a tie clip or lavalier with 10-feet long cable. Speakers: Four full range speakers, 6-inch diameter. Inputs: Three microphone jacks and one auxiliary. Wireless: Switchable; two frequencies. Controls: Volume (Four levels); bass/treble; and on/off switch. Outputs: Line 1: Extension Speaker. Line 2: Tape Recorder. Fuse: Internally Mounted, 2 amps. Power Supply: 117 Volt AC; 2 V DC w/ Optional Battery. Recharger: Internally Mounted; with LED indicator. Dimensions: 22"W x 17"D x 42"H Product: PORCELAIN ENAMEL MARKERBOARD Item Code: CL-MISC-12 – CL-MISC-14 Description: Porcelain enamel steel with a white dry-erase surface that is low glare and magnetic. Surface shall be cleanable with dry cotton cloth or eraser. Construction: Fabricated with particleboard or MDF core, not less than 3/8-inch thick. Markerboard surface shall be fabricated with a steel sheet, not less than 0.019-inch thick (28 gauge), that is finished on both sides with a porcelain enamel hard coat that is furnace fired to be permanently bonded to the steel sheet. Frame: Frames and trim to be aluminum, with approximately 7/8-inch wide leg exposed, with tightly mitered corners. Finish to be manufacturer's standard satin anodized finish. Tray: Continuous box type aluminum tray with slanted front and cast aluminum end closures.
Page 61 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Map Rail: Full length map rail to include a continuous cork display rail approximately 1-inch, integral with the map rail. Provide one end stop at each end of map rail, and (2) map hooks with flexible metal clips for each 4-foot of map rail or fraction thereof. Installation: Shall comply with manufacturer's instructions. Provide all clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim and accessories necessary for a complete installation. Dimensions: CL-MISC-12 48"W x 48"H. CL-MISC-13 72"W x 48"H. CL-MISC-14 96"W x 48"H. Product: VINYL TACKBOARD Item Code: CL-MISC-15 – CL-MISC-16 Vinyl Tack Surface: Vinyl tack surface to be a minimum 20-ounce, Type II material. Surface to be treated to resist bacteria, mold and mildew. Color or pattern to be available from manufacturer's standard offering, to be selected by the Board. Frame: Frames and trim to be approximately 7/8-inch wide by 5/8-inch thick aluminum alloy, with mitered corners. Finish to be manufacturer's standard satin anodized finish. Core: Approximately 1/2-inch thick insulation board. Installation: Shall comply with manufacturer's instructions. Provide all clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim and accessories necessary for a complete installation. Dimensions: CL-MISC-15 48"W x 48"H CL-MISC-16 72"W x 48"H Product: MOBILE REVERSIBLE WHITEBOARD Item Code: CL-MISC-17 – CL-MISC-18 Description: Mobile, reversible whiteboard with magnetic dry-erase surfaces, also with a marker and eraser holder Frame: Frame shall be fabricated from tubular steel, minimum 1-1/2-inch diameter and not less than 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge). Vertical supports shall be capped and shall have T-shaped bases with swiveling casters, with minimum 3-inch diameter, non-marking rubber wheels; two (2) casters shall be locking. Frame shall have horizontal bracing, fabricated from tubular steel fully welded to vertical support. Bracing member shall be formed to provide a marker tray or shall be provided with separate marker tray. Frame shall have powder coat finish, with final color to be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Whiteboard: Whiteboard shall be fabricated from steel sheet with low glare, porcelain enamel finish, white in color. Whiteboard surface edges shall be captured by steel frame with mitered corners. Frame surrounding whiteboard shall be finished to match main support frame. Operation: Whiteboard shall be manually operated, pivoting horizontally around centerline, with manually operated knob on both supports. Tightening of knob will hold whiteboard in any position. Dimensions: CL-MISC-17 72"W x 48"H – whiteboard. CL-MISC-18 96"W x 48"H – whiteboard. Product: REPLACEMENT GLIDES – FELT Item Code: CL-MISC-19 Description: Replacement glides capable of being installed either over an existing glide or as a complete replacement to an existing glide on chairs and tables, either existing or new, within the Board's facilities. Glides shall be leveling type and shall be available with multiple modes of attachment, accommodating furniture of both metal and wood construction. Metal shall have chrome finish. Exposed bottom surface of replacement glides shall be commercial grade felt, not less than 1/8- inch thick; color to be gray or slightly off-white. Product: REPLACEMENT GLIDES – RUBBER Item Code: CL-MISC-20 Description: Replacement glides capable of being installed either over an existing glide or as a complete replacement to an existing glide on chairs and tables, either existing or new, within the Board's
Page 62 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
facilities. Glides shall be leveling type and shall be available with multiple modes of attachment, accommodating furniture of both metal and wood construction. Metal shall have chrome finish. Exposed bottom surface of replacement glides shall be rubber (non-marking), not less than 1/8- inch thick; color to be gray. Product: REPLACEMENT GLIDES – NYLON Item Code: CL-MISC-21 Description: Replacement glides capable of being installed either over an existing glide or as a complete replacement to an existing glide on chairs and tables, either existing or new, within the Board's facilities. Glides shall be leveling type and shall be available with multiple modes of attachment, accommodating furniture of both metal and wood construction. Metal shall have chrome finish. Exposed bottom surface of replacement glides shall be nylon (non-marking), not less than 1/8- inch thick; color to be white or slightly off-white. Product: ART DRYING RACK Item Code: CL- MISC-22– CL- MISC-24 Description: Mobile cart with open, gridded wire mesh drying racks, cantilevered from rear support frame on one (single-sided rack) or two sides (double-sided rack). Storage/drying racks shall project horizontally (slight upward angle) and hinge upward for placing/removing wet artwork. Each shelf shall lock in place in upward position to allow for unobstructed placing or removing of artwork. Cart frame shall be fabricated from steel framing (vertical supports and horizontal base), and have not less than four (4) heavy-duty, swivel rubber wheel casters (non-marking), with two locking. Cart framing and shelves shall have a powder-coat finish; final color shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Cart shall have 30 – 50 shelves on each side. Dimensions: CL-MISC-22 Shelf: 9" x 18" Cart: Not less than 18"W x 22"D x 40"-65"H (double-sided) CL-MISC-23 Shelf: 18" x 24" (double sided) CL-MISC-24 Shelf: 18" x 24" (single sided) Product: WHITEBOARD, MOBILE, NESTING Item Code: CL- MISC-25-PL Description: Silver powder-coated steel frame with 4 swivel casters (2 lockable). Double-sided, magnetic, white, porcelain coated steel writing surface. Accessory tray, storage box. Height adjustable from 65” to 72”. Dimensions: 34-3/4” W x 24” D x 65”-72” H. Product: PRINTER STAND WITH STORAGE Item Code: CL- MISC-26 Description: Steel stand with laminate top; 4 dual wheel casters (two locking). Dimensions: 25” W x 20” D x 23-3/4” H Product: UNDERCOUNTER CORROSIVE/ACID STORAGE Item Code: CL- MISC-27 Description: 18-gauge double wall construction and seamed joints, 1-1/2” air space throughout the cabinet design, 2” deep leak proof sill, two 2” vents with flash arrestors, 3 point self-latching door(s), zinc plated adjustable leveling legs, flush mounted locking handle, heavy duty piano hinges. NFPA compliant 5/16-18 ½” Zinc plated grounding bolt Dimensions: 43” W x 18” D x 44” H Product: UNDERCOUNTER FLAMMABLE SAFETY CABINET Item Code: CL- MISC-28 Description: 18-gauge double wall construction and seamed joints, 1 ½” air space throughout the cabinet design, 2” deep leak proof sill non-sparking, 3 point self-latching door(s), fusible link assembly, NFPA compliant 5/16-18 ½” Zinc plated grounding bolt, zinc plated adjustable leveling legs, flush mounted locking handle, heavy duty piano hinges. Dimensions: 44” H x 43” W x 18” D Product: STORAGE CABINET WITH LOCK Item Code: CL- MISC-29 Description: Welded steel construction. Powder coat finish. Two fully adjustable shelves. Three-point door lock system. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards.
Page 63 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 36” W x 18” D x 42” H Product: CLASSROOM RUG Item Code: CL- MISC-30-PL – CL-MISC-35-PL Description: Cut pile area rug; Stainmaster BCF; type 6-6 2-ply nylon; 26 oz., 1/8-gauge, 0.36” pile height; SoftFlex backing system to eliminate wrinkling and curling; Lotus FX fiber shield; antimicrobial protection; bound and serged edges; Green Label Plus certified; Class 1 fire rating; Pattern and color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: CL-MISC-30-PL Rectangle 13’-2” x 10’-9” CL-MISC-31-PL Round 7’-7” Diameter CL-MISC-32-PL Rectangle 10’-9” x 7’-8” CL-MISC-33-PL Oval 10’-9” x 7’-8” CL-MISC-34-PL Rectangle 7’-8” x 5’-4” CL-MISC-35-PL Oval 7’-8” x 5’-4” Product: MONITOR STAND, MOBILE Item Code: CL- MISC-36-PL Description: 72” H aluminum pole on K base with 4 locking casters. Laptop shelf. Height-adjustable flat panel mount for 37”-52”/100 lb. monitor. Dimensions: 48” W x 28” D x 80” H Product: ART EASEL, WOOD Item Code: CL- MISC-37 Description: Solid oak A-frame easel; foldable; holds canvas up to 54” high; 16” L x 2” D tray. Dimensions: 12” W x 26” D x 70” H Product: ART DISPLAY EASEL, ALUMINUM Item Code: CL- MISC-38 Description: Aluminum tripod easel; holds artwork up to 48” H; can be set up on table or floor; 12” W carriage tray with two height settings; spring-loaded top clamp; non-skid feet; carry bag with shoulder strap. Dimensions: 58” W x 50” D x 69” H in fully extended position Product: PEDESTAL ART DISPLAY, SMALL Item Code: CL- MISC-39 Description: Solid cube style pedestal; solid-color high-pressure laminate finish on maple or birch plywood frame. Color to be selected by Board from standard HPL color range. Dimensions: 12” W x 12” D x 36” H Product: PEDESTAL ART DISPLAY, MEDIUM Item Code: CL- MISC-40 Description: Solid cube style pedestal; solid-color high-pressure laminate finish on maple or birch plywood frame. Color to be selected by Board from standard HPL color range. Dimensions: 12” W x 12” D x 348” H Product: PEDESTAL ART DISPLAY, TALL Item Code: CL- MISC-41 Description: Solid cube style pedestal; solid-color high-pressure laminate finish on maple or birch plywood frame. Color to be selected by Board from standard HPL color range. Dimensions: 12” W x 12” D x 60”” H Product: THREE-PANEL MOBILE DISPLAY TOWER Item Code: CL- MISC-42 Description: Three 22-inch panels; steel frame; fiberglass over honeycomb with fabric surface; fabric accepts tacks, push pins and staples; lockable casters Dimensions: 3’-8” W x 6’-5” H
Page 64 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: DISPLAY PARTITION, FREE-STANDING Item Code: CL- MISC-43 Description: Double-sided tackable board; fabric-covered light weight 1-1/4” honeycomb core; anodized aluminum frame; free standing feet; multiple connector options. Dimensions: 48” W x 72” H Product: PEDESTAL LECTERN, MOBILE Item Code: CL- MISC-44 Description: Plywood core with HPL finish and PVC edge; 16-gauge height adjustable pole on X base; adjustable floor glides Dimensions: 20” W x 16” D x 30”-44” H Product: PODIUM, MOBILE Item Code: CL- MISC-45 Description: Mobile podium lectern with storage shelves; plywood construction with wood veneer finish; grommets in top and shelves for cable management; two rear casters for tilt-and-move capability; Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Dimensions: 25-1/2” W x 23-1/2” D x 47-1/2” H Product: DRAFTING TABLE, PORTABLE Item Code: CL- MISC-46 Description: Portable drafting table top; maple base; high pressure laminate top with PVC edge and pencil ledge; can be positioned flat or at 30, 45 or 60 degrees; rubber feet. Dimensions: 24” W x 20” D Drafting Surface Product: PROJECTION SCREEN, MOBILE Item Code: CL- MISC-47 Description: Portable tripod projector screen; flame-retardant, mildew-resistant matte white surface and black border; black metal tripod base; black metal screen case. Dimensions: Screen size: 60” W 60” H Product: STORAGE / WARDROBE CABINET Item Code: CL-STO-1 – CL-STO-3 Construction: All-welded steel construction. Doors, adjustable shelves, and raised base shall be fabricated from cold-rolled steel, not less than 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge). Top, back, and sides shall be fabricated from cold-rolled steel, not less than 0.027-inch thick (24-gauge). Three knuckle hinges, or equivalent. Polished or brushed chrome handles. Shelves: Four (4) adjustable shelves per unit, adjusting on 2-inches centers. Shelves to have turned edges. Wardrobe: Minimum 1-1/4-inch diameter steel hang-rod. (Storage/Wardrobe Cabinet) Locks: 3-Point locking system. Finish: Powder coat finish. Testing: Meets or exceeds ANSI/BIFMA x5.9 Dimensions: CL-STO-1 36"W x 18"D x 72"H Storage Cabinet CL-STO-2 36"W x 24"D x 72"H Storage Cabinet CL-STO-3 36"W x 24"D x 72"H Storage/Wardrobe Cabinet Keyword: Classroom, Personalized Learning Product: CHEMICAL STORAGE CABINET Item Code: CL-STO-4 – CL-STO-5 Description: Lockable storage cabinet to house chemicals used in science classrooms. Cabinet: Cabinet shall be steel construction, welded, with side-hinged doors (pair) and four (4) adjustable shelves and a fixed bottom shelf. Cabinet body shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), with perforated or slotted ventilation openings in each side panel. Cabinet body shall be fabricated with a flush panel raised base, not less than 6-inches high. The cabinet shall provide spill containment, with the bottom shelf recessed 2-inches, with all seams and joints continuously welded and sealed to maintain containment, and a 2-inch high vertical
Page 65 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
lip at the door opening. Cabinet shall have threaded post glides that provide not less than 1/2- inch adjustability, with nylon or rubber inserts. Doors: Doors shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge), with a full- length stiffener welded to interior door face. The active leaf door shall have a lever handle latch that provides 3-point latching and that has a removable key cylinder. The inactive leaf shall have a dummy lever trim matching the active leaf lever. Doors shall have continuous piano hinges, welded to door and cabinet frames. Lever handles shall have a chrome finish. Provide three (3) keys for the door lock. Shelves: Shelves shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), with a raised front lip. Shelves shall be adjustable on a 2-inch increment and shall have a load capacity of 250 pounds. Finish: Cabinet, doors, and shelves shall have a powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Dimensions: CL-STO-4 Not less than 36"W x 18"D x 65"H. CL-STO-5 Not less than 48"W x 18"D x 65"H. Product: FLAT FILE STORAGE Item Code: CL-STO-6 – CL-STO-7 Description: Multi-drawer storage for large format papers or boards. Cabinet: Cabinet shall be steel construction, welded, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.034-inch thick (22-gauge), all sides, with five (5) drawers, each 2-inches high. Internal drawer rails, mounted to each side wall, shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge). Cabinets shall be designed to stack, with means to secure (e.g. bolt) stacked units/modules together for safety. Drawers: Drawers shall be steel construction, welded, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.040- inch thick (20-gauge), with two (2) surface-mounted u-shaped pull handles (chrome finish), and an integral label holder in the center of the drawer face. Drawers shall travel on roller glides, full extension. Each drawer shall be provided with a movable plate/depressor (not less than 3- inches) at the front and a fixed hood (not less than 4-inches) at the rear of the drawer to control and retain material. Drawers shall have positive closure to keep each closed/shut. Base: Flush panel, four-sided box design; fabricated from steel sheet; not less than 4-inches high; capable of supporting not less than three (3) stacked and fully loaded cabinets. Finish: Cabinet, doors, and shelves shall have a powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Dimensions: CL-STO-6 Cabinet: 46"W x 35"D x 16"H (approximate). Drawers shall accommodate media sized 42"W x 30"D. CL-STO-7 Cabinet: 52"W x 42"D x 16"H (approximate). Drawers shall accommodate media sized 48"W x 36"D. Product: BOOK SHELF, MOBILE Item Code: CL-STO-8-PL Description: Cabinet construction is composed of 3/4"-thick particleboard core finished with high-pressure laminate on both sides. Edges are finished with 1 mm PVC edge. Cabinet has 2 compartments with 2 shelves each. Grey casters are 4” high with thermoplastic elastomer wheel thread, 2 casters lock. Casters are mounted to a steel plate which is then attached to the underside of the cabinet body to ensure durability and to provide additional strength to the cabinet. Cabinet back is composed of steel which is finished with a white powder coat dry-erase finish. Cabinet color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Dimensions: 58” W x 18” D x 42” H Product: STORAGE CUBBIES Item Code: CL-STO-9-PL Description: Mobile storage unit; composed of particleboard core with grey high-pressure Laminate and matching1 mm PVC edge. Steel back with white powder-coat dry-erase finish. 4 casters, 2 with brakes. Polystyrene bin inserts in various colors. Cabinet holds 36 bins. Plastic bin colors to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard.
Page 66 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 56” W x 18” D x 42” H; Bin Size: 12” W x 16” D x 3” H Product: ART TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-1 Top: Minimum 1-3/4-inch Solid Maple Top, with UV finish. Base: Two solid maple pedestal-style panel legs with adjustable, leveling floor glides, supported by solid maple center support bar and two solid truss bars. Glides shall have nylon or rubber inserts for hard flooring or steel insert for carpet, and shall provide not less than 1/2-inch height adjustability. Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear knee space between the bottom of the lowest obstruction to the floor of not less than 27"H by 30"W by 19"D. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Dimensions: 60"W x 42"D x 30"H Product: CAFETERIA FOLDING TABLE – BENCHES Item Code: CL-TAB-2 – TAB-5 Description: Mobile, folding cafeteria tables with bench style seating that simultaneously folds open for use with table. Table Tops: Top surfaces shall consist of high-pressure decorative laminate bonded to a particleboard core (not less than 3/4-inch thick), and backed with matching high-pressure plastic laminate. Table edge shall be a seamless, continuous, poured resin edge, permanently bonded to the table edge. Resin edge and plastic laminate shall be available in multiple colors and patterns, with final colors and pattern to be selected by the Board. Tops shall be supported by steel channel framing, not less than 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) with powder coat finish, black in color. Benches: Bench surfaces shall consist of high-pressure laminate bonded to a particleboard or MDF core, and backed with matching high-pressure plastic laminate. Edges shall be a polyurethane resin edge, or vinyl or rubber edging. Edge and plastic laminate color to be selected by the Board. Bench sections to be approximately the same length as the table sections. Vertical and horizontal bench supports to be approximately 1-1/4-inch diameter and minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel tubing. Leg Assembly: Leg assembly bases shall be a minimum 0.108-inch thick (12-gauge) tubular steel. All other steel framing or components to be approximately 1-inch diameter tube steel, not less than 0.078- inch thick (14-gauge). Locking: Locking shall be accessible from either side of the table, and also consisting of an intermediate locking feature to allow tables to be locked in partially folded positions. Table units shall have no moving parts that can pinch operator's hands while functioning. Casters: Casters shall be hard rubber wheels approximately 4-inches in diameter. Each caster shall have a minimum rated load capacity of 275 pounds, and shall lift from the floor when the unit is in use. Casters that extend beyond bench or table surfaces are prohibited. Safety Requirement: Tables must be tested and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and must display UL labels with a valid UL file number. Metal Finish: Metal components shall be available with a powder coat finish, with the color to be selected by the Board. Accessibility: Standard (Rectangular) Tables: For accessibility, table benches shall be removable to allow wheelchair access at the long sides of the table. In addition to removable benches, each rectangular cafeteria table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space beneath the tabletop, at each end of the table, allowing wheelchair access at both ends of the table. At 27"H tables, that knee space shall be 24"H x 30"W x 19"D; at 29"H tables, that knee space shall be 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Round/Oval Tables: Each round/oval cafeteria table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space beneath the tabletop. At 27"H tables, that knee space shall be 24"H x 30"W x 19"D; at 29"H tables, that knee space shall be 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space.
Page 67 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Round/oval tables shall either have not less than two (2) openings (no attached bench) that provide the required clear, unobstructed knee space for accessible seating, or allow removal of individual benches to provide accessible seating. Dimensions: CL-TAB-2 96” L x 30" W x 29" H CL-TAB-3 120” L x 30" W x 29" H CL-TAB-4 144” L x 30" W x 29" H CL-TAB-5 60" diameter/oval x 29" H Product: CLASSROOM ACTIVITY TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-6 – CL-TAB-18 Top: Tops to be constructed of minimum 1-inch thick particleboard core, surfaced with high pressure plastic laminate and backed with a phenolic sheet. Edge banding shall be a continuous, seamless resin, permanently bonded to edges. Edging and plastic laminate color to be selected by the Board. Legs: Legs constructed of approximately 1-1/8-inch diameter, minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge) steel tube, welded to a minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel mounting plate. Adjustable leg inserts to be a minimum 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge) steel tube, tapped at 1-inch increments. Legs shall provide adjustability of tabletop height, from 22-inches to 30-inches high. Accessibility: Each table shall provide clear, unobstructed knee spaces, as indicated, beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee spaces. Each table shall provide clear knee spaces that are not less than 30” W x 19” D x 24"H. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish with chrome plated leg inserts. Glides: Self leveling, swivel tilt glides, with nylon or rubber inserts for hard flooring and steel inserts for carpet. Dimensions: CL-TAB-6 48"W x 30"D Rectangular CL-TAB-7 60"W x 30"D Rectangular CL-TAB-8 72"W x 30"D Rectangular CL-TAB-9 60"W x 36"D Rectangular CL-TAB-10 72"W x 36"D Rectangular CL-TAB-11 42" Diameter Round CL-TAB-12 48" Diameter Round CL-TAB-13 60" Diameter Round CL-TAB-14 72"W x 48"D Kidney CL-TAB-15 60"W x 66"L Horseshoe CL-TAB-16 48" Clover CL-TAB-17 48" x 24" x 24" Trapezoid CL-TAB-18 60" x 30" x 30" Trapezoid Product: CLASSROOM COMPUTER TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-19 – CL-TAB-22 Top: Tops shall be constructed of minimum 1-inch thick particleboard core, with high pressure decorative laminate finish and backer sheet on underside. Edge banding to be a minimum 3mm vinyl. Edge banding and decorative laminate to be available in multiple colors, with final color to be selected by the Board. Legs/Frame: Legs shall be adjustable in height from 24-inches to 32-inches, adjustable in 1-inch increments. Legs shall be telescoping and fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18 gauge). Legs shall be secured to steel mounting plates that shall be secured to underside of tabletop with not less than four (4) screws at each mounting plate. Legs shall have leveling
Page 68 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
glides, adjustable not less than 1/2-inch in height, with nylon or rubber insert for hard flooring or steel insert for carpet. Accessibility: Each table shall provide clear, unobstructed knee spaces, as indicated, beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee spaces. Each table shall be capable of providing clear knee spaces that are not less than 24"H x 30"W x 19"D and 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Grommets: Each table shall have two (2) grommets, not less than 3-inch diameter, with trim ring and removable cover; plastic; black in color. Modesty Panel: Minimum 10-inches high, minimum 0.050-inch thick (18 gauge) steel or particleboard core with high pressure plastic laminate. Raceway: Each table shall be provided with a rectangular, metal surface-mounted raceway, approximately 2-inches by 4-inches, equal in length to the table work surface. Each raceway shall be internally divided to separate low-voltage and high-voltage cabling and wiring, in accordance with the requirements of the Chicago Building Code, and shall have two (2) separate knock-outs, not less than 2-inches in diameter, at each end. Raceways shall be fabricated from steel sheet and shall have a powder coat finish, in color to be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Raceway channels shall be not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), with a snap-on, removable, continuous cover, not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge); internal dividers shall be not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge). Raceways shall be provided with all accessories, including tamper-resistant/security screw anchors, required for a complete installation. Raceways shall be mounted to the underside of the work surface, not less than 20 inches from the front edge of the work surface. Raceways shall be configured in the field, including installation of standard power and data receptacles and cover plates, in accordance with requirements of CPS ITS. Table shall be provided with surface-mounted raceway installed. The Board shall provide electrical and low-voltage wiring separately. Metal Finish: Powder coat finish. Color to be selected by the Board. Dimensions: CL-TAB-19 36"W x 30"D x 22"H-30"H. CL-TAB-20 48"W x 30"D x 22"H-30"H. CL-TAB-21 60"W x 30"D x 22"H-30"H. CL-TAB-22 72"W x 30"D x 29"H. Product: TABLE CASTERS Item Code: CL-TAB-23 Description: Minimum 3-inches dual wheel rubber or nylon casters. Provide hard caster type for carpet flooring. Provide soft caster type for hard flooring. TYPICAL: Coordinate casters with CL-TAB-19 thru CL-TAB-22 classroom computer tables, comply with manufacturer's recommendation. Product: CPU HOLDER Item Code: CL-TAB-24 Description: CPU Holder to adjust approximately 7-inches to 10-inches wide and 17-inches to 21-inches high. Installed to the underside of table work surface with steel mounts, and contains a steel frame/case that locks CPU in place. Product: CPU HOLDER - ADJUSTABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-25 Description: CPU holder is fixed to the underside of the work surface. The mounting bracket is approximately 13-1/4-inches deep by 10-1/2-inches wide. Side panels are adjustable to accommodate CPUs of the following sizes, 11-inches to 21-inches vertical and 2-inches to 10-1/2-inches horizontal. Side panels to be a minimum of 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge) steel. The forward slide mechanism is constructed of minimum 0.078-inch thick (14-gauge) steel.
Page 69 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: POWERED COMPUTER TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-26-P – CL-TAB-29-P NON-POWERED COMPUTER TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-26 – CL-TAB-29 Description: The computer table shall consist of horizontal work surface, with a divided and enclosed raceway for electrical wiring and data cabling, and leg assemblies. Tables may be set individually or tied/ganged together within individual classrooms, as needs require and space allows. Computer tables shall be fabricated such that, when tied/ganged together, the electrical/low voltage raceways shall tightly align, allowing installation and/or extension of data cabling and electrical wiring without gaps between raceway segments or wiring exposed to view. Worksurface: Tops shall be constructed with particleboard core, not less than 1-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and vinyl edge banding. Corners shall be rounded and exposed edges eased. Each work surface shall have two (2) openings with plastic grommets, black in color, not less than 3-inches in diameter, with removable covers. Worksurface shall be provided with modesty panels, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18-gauge), not less than 8-inches high, extending full length of the work surface. Legs/Base: Legs shall be provided at each end of the table. Leg assemblies shall be telescoping; adjustable in height from 24-inches to 34-inches (finish floor to surface of table), adjustable in 1-inch increments; fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.060-inch thick (18 gauge). Legs shall be secured to steel mounting plates, not less than 0.078-inch thick (14 gauge), that provide for not less than four (4) screws/anchors (tamper resistant type) to attach legs to underside of worksurface. Legs shall have adjustable, leveling glides with rubber or nylon inserts for hard flooring or steel inserts for carpet. Glides shall provide not less than 1/2-inch height adjustment, for leveling of tables. Legs shall have powder coat finish, black in color. Accessibility: Each table shall provide clear, unobstructed knee spaces, as indicated, beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee spaces. Each table shall be capable of providing clear knee spaces that are 24"H x 30"W x 19"D and 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Raceways: Each table shall be provided with a continuous, fully enclosed, metallic raceway to serve as housing for electrical wiring and data cabling. Raceways shall be internally divided to separate electrical wiring and data cabling, in accordance with the requirements of the Chicago Building Code, be equal in length to the table worksurface, have two (2) knockouts, not less than 2-inches in diameter, at each end to accommodate electrical wiring and data cabling, including conduit as required, and have removable cover(s), not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge), to provide access to wiring/cabling. Raceways shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.050- inch thick (18-gauge), and shall have a powder coat finish, in color to be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Raceways shall be provided with all accessories, including tamper-resistant/security screw anchors, required for a complete installation, and shall be mounted to the underside of the worksurface, not less than 20 inches from the front edge. Raceways shall allow for installation of standard electrical and data receptacles and cover plates, in accordance with requirements of CPS ITS. Tables shall be provided with raceways installed. The Board shall provide for installation of electrical wiring and data cabling separately, following placement of the tables. Dimensions: Non-Powered Tables CL-TAB-26 30"W x 30"D x 29"H CL-TAB-27 48"W x 30"D x 29"H CL-TAB-28 60"W x 30"D x 29"H CL-TAB-29 72"W x 30"D x 29"H Powered Tables CL-TAB-26-P 30"W x 30"D x 29"H CL-TAB-27-P 48"W x 30"D x 29"H CL-TAB-28-P 60"W x 30"D x 29"H
Page 70 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
CL-TAB-29-P 72"W x 30"D x 29"H Product: LABORATORY TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-30-M - CL-TAB-45-M CL-TAB-30-O - CL-TAB-45-O Work Surface Options, depending on use: Chemically Resistant High-Pressure Laminate Top: Particleboard core, surfaced with chemical- resistant, high-pressure plastic laminate, complying with NEMA LD 3, Test Procedure 3.4.5; top shall have phenolic or melamine backer sheet, and PVC edge banding, 3mm thick; total thickness shall be not less than 1-1/8 inch. Plastic laminate finish shall be available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and solid colors; PVC edge banding shall be available in multiple colors. Final finish and color(s) shall be selected by the Board. Epoxy Resin Top: Factory molded, modified epoxy-resin formulation with smooth, non-specular finish. Epoxy resin material shall comply with ratings when tested with indicated reagents in accordance with NEMA LD 3, Test Procedure 3.4.5. Top shall be not less than 1-inch thick, with straight edge profile, and beveled edges and corners. Top shall overhang apron/base by not less than 1-inch. Top shall be black in color. TRESPA Top: TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus highly chemical resistant worktop, 1-inch thick with polished edges; inherent antibacterial properties and highly resistant to a wide variety of aggressive chemicals; FSC™ and PEFC™ certified. Base / Frame: Table shall be solid wood construction, either maple (M) or oak (O). Perimeter table frame rails to be a minimum 3/4-inch by approximately 4-1/2-inches maple or oak hardwood with attached steel corner braces. Bottom rail edges to be radiused. Accessibility: Each table shall provide clear, unobstructed knee spaces, as indicated, beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee spaces. 30-inch high tables shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space that is not less than 24"H x 30"W x 19"D. 34-inch high tables shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space that is not less than 27"H x 30"W x 19"D. Legs: Legs to be hardwood construction, not less than 2-inches by 2-inches, fastened to perimeter rails at corners with hanger bolts and braced with steel corner brackets. Leg shoes to be extruded vinyl or rubber, black in color, open bottom type. Legs to have adjustable glides that provide not less than 1/2-inch adjustability for leveling table. Dimensions: CL-TAB-30-M 54"W x 24"D x 30"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-30-O 54"W x 24"D x 30"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-31-O 54"W x 24"D x 30"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-31-M 54"W x 24"D x 30"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-32-O 54"W x 24"D x 30"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-32-M 54"W x 24"D x 30"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top
CL-TAB-33-M 60"W x 42"D x 30"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-33-O 60"W x 42"D x 30"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-34-M 60"W x 42"D x 30"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-34-O 60"W x 42"D x 30"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-35-M 60"W x 42"D x 30"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-35-O 60"W x 42"D x 30"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top
CL-TAB-36-M 54"W x 24"D x 34"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-36-O 54"W x 24"D x 34"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate
Page 71 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
CL-TAB-37-M 54"W x 24"D x 34"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-37-O 54"W x 24"D x 34"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-38-M 54"W x 24"D x 34"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-38-O 54"W x 24"D x 34"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top
CL-TAB-39-M 60"W x 42"D x 34"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-39-O 60"W x 42"D x 34"H Chemically Resistant High Pressure Laminate CL-TAB-40-M 60"W x 42"D x 34"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-40-O 60"W x 42"D x 34"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-41-M 60"W x 42"D x 34"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-41-O 60"W x 42"D x 34"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top
CL-TAB-42-M 54"W x 24"D x 36"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-42-O 54"W x 24"D x 36"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-43-M 54"W x 24"D x 36"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-43-O 54"W x 24"D x 36"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top
CL-TAB-44-M 60"W x 42"D x 36"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-44-O 60"W x 42"D x 36"H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-45-M 60"W x 42"D x 36"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-45-O 60"W x 42"D x 36"H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top Product: LABORATORY TABLE - STEEL Item Code: CL-TAB-46 – CL-TAB-49 Work Surface: Epoxy Resin Top: Factory molded, modified epoxy-resin formulation with smooth, non-specular finish. Epoxy resin material shall comply with ratings when tested with indicated reagents in accordance with NEMA LD 3, Test Procedure 3.4.5. Top shall be not less than 1-inch thick, with straight edge profile, and beveled edges and corners. Top shall overhang apron/base by not less than 1-inch. Top shall be black in color. TRESPA Top: TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus highly chemical resistant worktop, 1-inch thick with polished edges; inherent antibacterial properties and highly resistant to a wide variety of aggressive chemicals; FSC™ and PEFC™ certified. Base / Frame: Steel Frame- 14-gauge 1” x 2” steel tubing. 1/4" steel gussets. Height adjustable legs. Legs: Adjustable glides, 1-1/2” diameter 14-gauge steel tubing with threaded inserts Dimensions: CL-TAB-46 24" W x 54" D x 24-36" H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-47 24" W x 54" D x 24-36" H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top CL-TAB-48 42" W x 60" D x 24-36" H Epoxy Resin Top CL-TAB-49 42" W x 60" D x 24-36" H TRESPA® TOPLAB® Plus Top Product: FLOWER SHAPED ACTIVITY TABLE, LOW Item Code: CL-TAB-50 Work Surface: 1-1/4” high pressure laminated top surface with black vinyl T-mold edge bands. 1-1/4” 16-gauge tubular steel legs. Nylon base glides. Dimensions: 60” diameter, 18”-25” H Product: FLOWER SHAPED ACTIVITY TABLE, HIGH Item Code: CL-TAB-51 Work Surface: 1-1/4” high pressure laminated top surface with black vinyl T-mold edge bands. 1-1/4” 16-gauge tubular steel legs. Nylon base glides. Dimensions: 60” diameter, 22”-30” H
Page 72 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: RECTANGLE TABLE ON CASTERS Item Code: CL-TAB-52 Description: 16-gauge welded frame. 16-gauge stretcher bars. 1-1/4” thick high pressure laminated top with T-mold edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 72” L x 30” D. Adjustable height 22” – 30” Product: CREATIVE LEARNING POD Item Code: CL-TAB-53 Description: Learning pod consists of one square table and one half-round table; tables to include grommets and wire management system. 16-gauge Dimensions: Square Table: 48” L x 48” D x 30” H Half-Round Table: 48” Diameter x 30” H Product: CREATIVE LEARNING POD WITH MONITOR Item Code: CL-TAB-54-PL Description: Large bullet-shaped work surface with monitor panel. Table: HPL top with PVC edge; silver powder coated steel pedestal base; black plastic glides. Monitor Panel: Plywood frame structure covered with choice of graded-in textiles; pop-up power unit includes (1) power and (2) USB charging ports; additional grommets for cable management; removable back panel. Dimensions: Bullet-shaped Table: 72” L x 40” D x 30” H Monitor Panel: 42” W x 3” D x 66” H Product: COMPUTER TABLE, WIRED Item Code: CL-TAB-55 – CL-TAB-56 Description: 1-1/4” high pressure laminate top with 3/8” T-mold edge. 14-gauge steel tube legs and 16-gauge steel lower leg. Perforated wire management tray. Wiring: Each student computer station shall be provided with one duplex IG receptacle and one data jack; wiring devices shall be located on furniture; feeders for power and data devices shall originate from wall or column activation points; no floor or overhead feeders shall be included Dimensions: CL-TAB-55 60” L x 30” D. Adjustable height 24-1/2” – 35-1/2” CL-TAB-56 72” L x 30” D. Adjustable height 24-1/2” – 35-1/2” Product: WEDGE FLOWER TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-57 Description: 14-gauge steel tube with 16-gauge steel lower leg1-1/4” with molded plastic end caps. High- pressure laminate top with 3/8” T-mold bumper edge. Dimensions: 50” W x 35” D. Adjustable height 24-1/2” – 35-1/2” Product: DIAMOND SHAPE TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-58 Description: Adjustable aluminum legs with glides. High pressure laminate top with solid urethane edge. Color to be selected by Board from Manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 40” W x 36” W. Adjustable Height 25” - 32” Product: RECTANGLE TABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-59 Description: Adjustable aluminum legs on glides. High pressure laminate top with solid urethane edge. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards Dimensions: 60” W x 27” D. Adjustable Height 18” - 32” Product: MITRE BOX BENCH Item Code: CL-TAB-60 Description: Solid Maple top with UV-resistant finish. Solid maple legs with non-skid adjustable glides and rubber leg boots. Holds up to a 26” W Miter Saw. 24” x 24” height-adjustable work surface on each side of saw. . Dimensions: 72” W x 24’ D x 33-3/4” H
Page 73 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: WORK BENCH, ADJUSTABLE Item Code: CL-TAB-61 Description: Powder coated steel frame and bracing. Heavy-duty leveling glides. Bolted height adjustability. 1-3/4” Butcher block top. Dimensions: 120” L x 36” D. Adjustable height 30”-36” Product: WORK BENCH Item Code: CL-TAB-62 Description: Powder coated steel frame and lateral bracing. 1-3/4” maple butcher block top with safety edge. Mineral oil protective finish Dimensions: 60” W x 30” D x 34” H. Product: CAFÉ TABLE, RECTANGLE Item Code: CL-TAB-63-PL Description: 1-1/4”-thick rectangular HPL top with 3mm edge banding in matching color. Steel column with cast iron disc base with plastic glides. Two bases required for tables over 42” long. Dimensions: 54” L x 40” D x 42” H Product: TABLE, MOBILE NESTING Item Code: CL-TAB-64 Description: Flip-top steel base on locking casters. Powder coated steel legs. High-pressure laminate top with PVC edge banding. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 60” L x 24” D x 29” H
END of CATEGORY 2 – CLASSROOM FURNITURE
CATEGORY 3 – MUSIC FURNITURE
Product: MUSIC CHAIR Item Code: MU-CHR-1 Description: Metal frame, student music chair. Frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge) with 14 gauge rear seat brace for added strength and stability, with powder coat finish, black in color. Chair seat and back shall be polypropylene, black in color, with the seat contoured and the back providing a posture angle of 97-degrees, approximately. Chair shall have self-leveling glides, with rubber or vinyl insert, on all feet. Chair shall be capable of stacking, up to 18 chairs total. Dimensions: Chair: Not less than 19"W x 22"D x 32"H. Seat: Not less than 16"W x 16"D. Seat height = 17-1/2". Product: INTENTIONALLY OMITTED Item Code: MU-CHR-2
Product: TABLET ARM Item Code: MU-CHR-3 – MU-CHR-4 Description: Tablet/worksurface on tubular steel arm that can be secured to music chairs (MU-CHR-01 and MU-CHR-02) and that can fold to allow tablet/worksurface to be stored behind the music chair when not in use. Tablet arm shall be from same manufacturer as music chairs (MU-CHR-01 and MU-CHR-02); shall include a bent steel tube arm with chrome finish and tablet/worksurface with manufacturer's standard high-pressure decorative laminate finish. Tablet arm shall be available in either a left-hand or a right-hand model. Tablet arm assembly shall include rotating fittings that allow tablet/work surface to be turned up, folded back, and stored behind the music chair when not in use. Dimensions: MU-CHR-3 (Left-Hand): Not less than 13"W x 17"H x 1/2"-thick work surface.
Page 74 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
MU-CHR-4 (Right-Hand): Not less than 13"W x 17"H x 1/2"-thick work surface. Product: MUSIC CHAIR STORAGE CART Item Code: MU-CHR-5 Description: Mobile storage cart capable of holding not less than eighteen (18) chairs. Frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 16-gauge, with powder coat finish, black in color. Cart shall have not less than four (4) heavy-duty, swivel casters (non-marking). Cart shall be coordinated with music chair MU-CHR-1 and music chair MU-CHR-2, and comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Dimensions: Not less than 66"L x 32"W x 70"H (approximate), when loaded with 18 chairs. Product: BENCH Item Code: MU-CHR-6 Description: Bench. Solid wood construction, oak or maple. Solid wood seat. Open rail back and side arms Finish to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: Nominal 52” L Product: BENCH Item Code: MU-CHR-7 Description: Bench. Solid wood construction, oak or maple. Solid wood seat. Open rail back and side arms. Finish to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: Nominal 63” L Product: BALL CHAIR Item Code: MU-CHR-8 Description: Anti-burst exercise ball chair. Black vinyl cover. Includes pump. Dimensions: Seat height 17”. Overall diameter 22-1/2” Product: CONDUCTOR’S CHAIR Item Code: MU-CHR-9 Description: Adjustable conductor’s chair with foot rest; base constructed of fiberglass reinforced plastic; post constructed of 16-gauge steel with powder coat finish; inner post constructed of extruded aluminum alloy; polyurethane foam seat and back padding; olefin upholstery fabric; foot rest, seat height & tilt and back height & angle adjustable; 90-degree swivel range (45 degree left and right of center). Dimensions: Seat height adjustable from 26” to 35-1/2”. Overall footprint: 28” Overall height: 39”-51” Product: MUSIC CONDUCTOR SYSTEM Item Code: MU-MISC-1 Description: Combination of chair, stand, and podium for music conductor. Components: Chair: Chair shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 14-gauge, with powder coat finish, black in color. Chair shall have contoured seat and back, with commercial grade fabric facing; fabric color to be black or grey. Chair shall have pneumatic height adjustment, providing seat height ranging from 24" to 36"; and shall swivel, with capability of locking in position. Chair shall have foot rail fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 14-gauge, 5/8" diameter tubing, with polished chrome finish; foot rail shall be height adjustable. Chair base shall be 24" diameter, 5-star base with chrome-finished, self-leveling glides. Glides shall have rubber or vinyl inserts for use on hard flooring; glides shall be steel for use on carpet. Stand: Stand shall be fabricated with clear acrylic or polycarbonate top, or top with high- pressure decorative laminate finish over particleboard core. Top shall be 24"W- 27"W x 21"H-24"H; be capable of adjusting through a range of angles, as well as locking at chosen angle; and have a continuous lip along bottom edge, full width. Frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 16-gauge, 1-1/4" diameter tubing, with powder coat finish, black in color; stand shall have a 3- or 4- star base, with powder coat finish, black in color, with integral wheels for mobility. Stand shall be telescoping, adjustable in height from 36"H to 61"H, approximately.
Page 75 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Podium: Podium shall be two-piece, stacking podium fabricated from plywood, not less than 19/32-inch thick, with manufacturer's standard non-slip deck finish or carpet, and perimeter steel edging, not less than 16-gauge. Front edge of podium shall allow base of conductor stand to slide underneath. Podium shall have built-in, heavy- duty, swivel casters (non-marking) for mobility. Upper podium shall have detachable guardrail fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 16-gauge, with powder coat finish, black in color; guardrail to be 36"H. Product: CONDUCTOR’S STAND Item Code: MU-MISC-2 Description: High-pressure laminate desk; dual-lock rotation; tilt from flat to vertical; height adjustable; cast iron base with wheels. Dimensions: Desk Size: 27” W x 20” D Height adjustable from 30” to 48” Product: CHORAL RISERS Item Code: MU-MISC-3 General: Three-tier risers feature three 18-inches deep steps, unit to be tapered model. Step heights to measure at 8-inches, 16-inches, and 24-inches high, and are permanently joined with hinges for steps to open and fold together. Decking: Decking is constructed of a minimum 3/4-inch thick plywood and surfaced with manufacturer's standard carpet flooring. Decks are supported by approximately 1-13/16-inch high channels of a minimum 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge) steel. Frame: Risers to be supported by approximately 1-inch by 1-inch steel, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16-gauge). Each riser unit shall be ganged with a steel hinge, not less than 0.108-inch thick (12-gauge), and secured with bolts and locking nuts. Casters: Each riser unit to include a set of integral wheels for mobility when folded, and allow ease of positioning when in use. Operation: Each Riser Unit to operate with a gas cylinder mechanism. Safety Lock: Automatically lock upon opening to prevent the unit from folding while in use. Lock release used with horizontal force, approximately 48 lbs. when beginning to fold the unit. Guardrails: Provide guardrail assemblies to be attached to top risers. Frame Finish: Factory applied epoxy powder coat finish. Dimensions: 72"W x 55"D; Risers at 8"H, 16"H, and 24"H Product: MUSIC RISERS Item Code: MU-MISC-4 – MU-MISC-11 Description: Multiple unit configurations. Units as indicated. Components: Riser Platforms: Straight and angled-end units shall be provided, allowing for at least, but not limited to, straight, horseshoe, winged, or semicircular configurations. Platforms shall be provided with cam-type locks, one per side, to provide positive engagement and locking to adjacent platforms. Platform Decks: Platform decks shall be fabricated from plywood, minimum 23/32-inch thick, with a slip-resistant finish surface, black in color. Platform decks shall be provided with integrated chair stops. Closure Panels: All riser platforms shall be provided with both front and end closure panels, finished to match riser platforms. Front closure panels shall be provided for all riser platforms, with side closure panels provided when sides of risers are exposed to view. Frame/Legs: Folding leg assembly designed to firmly lock in place when in use. Guardrails: Guardrails shall be provided for installation at backs and ends of platforms. Load Capacity: Riser platforms and decks shall be engineered, designed, and fabricated to support a minimum live load of 250 pounds / square foot, applied anywhere on platform.
Page 76 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Finish: All metal surfaces exposed to view shall receive powder coat finish, black in color, unless noted otherwise. Dimensions: MU-MISC-4: 72"W x 36"D x 8"H. MU-MISC-5: 72"W x 36"D x 16"H. MU-MISC-6: 72"W x 36"D x 24"H. MU-MISC-7: 96"W x 48"D x 8"H. MU-MISC-8: 96"W x 48"D x 16"H. MU-MISC-9: 96"W x 48"D x 24"H. MU-MISC-10: 3-tier, 30-degree pie-shaped section, with 36" deep risers. MU-MISC-11: 3-tier, 30-degree pie-shaped section, with 48" deep risers. Product: STORAGE CART – MUSIC RISERS Item Code: MU-MISC-12 Description: Rolling storage cart; all steel frame with powder coat finish, black in color. Cart shall be capable of carrying, transporting, and storing not less than eight (8) risers. Storage cart shall have not less than four (4) heavy duty, rubber (non-marking) casters, with two that swivel. Product: MUSIC RISER GUARDRAILS Item Code: MU-MISC-13 – MU-MISC-14 Description: Steel tube guardrails designed for installation at exposed edges, backs and ends, of riser platforms. Guardrails shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 14-gauge, with powder coat finish, black in color. Guardrails shall be designed and fabricated to extend full length or depth of each riser platform, and be not less than 42"H, measured from surface of riser platform. Guardrails shall be designed and fabricated to coordinate with music risers (MD-1 thru MD-8) and to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Structural Loads: Guardrails shall be engineered, designed, and fabricated to resist the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses: Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: 1. Uniform load of 50 PSF. applied in any direction. 2. Concentrated load of 200 LbF applied in any direction. 3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Infill of Guards: A. Concentrated load of 50 LbF applied horizontally on an area of 1 square foot. B. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to the loads indicated above, all guardrails shall comply with all requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Dimensions: MU-MISC-13: Guardrails for 96"L decking. MU-MISC-14: Guardrails for 30-degree pie section. Product: MUSIC RISER STEPS Item Code: MU-MISC-15 – MU-MISC-16 Description: Fixed stairs with non-slip surfacing and handrails. Steps shall provide not less than 36-inches clear between handrails. Each tread shall be not less than 11-inches deep. Handrail shall be provided on both sides of the stairs. Stairs shall be provided with all hardware and accessories required to securely anchor stairs to edge of stage platform assembly. Structural Criteria: Stair handrails shall be engineered, designed, and fabricated to resist the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses: 1. Uniform load of 50 LbF/ft. applied in any direction. 2. Concentrated load of 200 LbF applied in any direction.
Page 77 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
3. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to the loads indicated above, all handrails shall comply with requirements of Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Dimensions: MU-MISC-15: 39"W (36" clear) x 1 step high. MU-MISC-16: 39"W (36" clear) x 2 steps high. Product: MUSIC LIBRARY SYSTEM Item Code: MU-MISC-17 Description: High density, roll-out storage system, with fixed and adjustable shelves for storage of sheet music of various sizes. Frame shall be constructed of steel tubing, not less than 16-gauge, with vertical and horizontal supports housing each shelving unit. Cabinet shall be constructed of laminate clad panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick; cabinet back panels shall be 1/2-inch thick, minimum. Panels shall be faced with high-pressure decorative laminate, available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and standard colors. Final finish shall be selected by the Board. Cabinets shall be provided with seven (7) storage shelves, and shall include hardware for securely anchoring unit(s) to a wall to prevent tipping or overturn. Operable shelving units shall not require floor-mounted tracks to operate; shall include cushioned/controlled stopping at both open and closed positions; and shall be accessible from both sides when open. Shelves shall be constructed of laminate clad panels, particleboard core, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and PVC edge banding. Shelves shall be adjustable on not less than 1-inch increments; include retention hardware to prevent tipping; and include a divider. Dimensions: Cabinet: Not less than 15"W x 43"D x 92"H (approximate) – closed position. Cabinet shall be 78"D in fully open position. Product: MUSIC LAB WORKSTATION Item Code: MU-MISC-18 Description: Mobile workstation desk to accommodate computer keyboard, electric keyboard, and computer monitor. Workstation frame shall be constructed of steel tubing, 14-gauge minimum; workstation panels shall be wood panels, particleboard core, minimum 3/4-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish, available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and standard colors. Final finish shall be selected by the Board. Workstation shall include a primary work surface, with minimum 16-inch deep clear work area capable of holding a 61-key electronic keyboard, and a raised shelf capable of holding a computer monitor. Workstation shall include a pullout keyboard shelf and separate pullout writing shelf; 8-outlet power strip, UL-listed; clear acrylic music holder, not less than 20"W x 11"H; cable management clips; and four (4) heavy-duty, non-marking, rubber wheeled, swivel casters, with front two lockable. Dimensions: Workstation: Not less than 61-1/2”"W x 32"D x 45"H. Work surface: Not less than 48"W x 32"D. Raised Shelf: Not less than 26"W x 10"D. Product: MUSIC STAND Item Code: MU-MISC-19 Description: Steel music stand. Stand music display surface shall be aluminum Display surface shall be capable of being adjusted to desired viewing angle. Stand frame shall be constructed of telescoping steel tubes, not less than 18-gauge, providing adjustable height range of 24-inches to 48-inches. Stand base shall be welded steel, not less than 12-gauge, with not less than three (3) feet with nylon caps, black in color. Base cylinder attaches with screw-on attachment, no tools needed. Music stand shall have powder coat finish, black in color. Dimensions: Display Surface: Not less than 20"W x 12"H. Product: MUSIC STAND STORAGE CART Item Code: MU-MISC-20 Description: Wheeled storage cart capable of holding not less than eighteen (18) music stands. Cart shall be constructed of steel tubes, not less than 16-gauge. Cart shall be capable of being loaded from either end, or both ends simultaneously, and be capable of fitting through standard doorway (36"W max.) when fully loaded. Cart shall include padded handles at both ends, allowing cart to be operated from either end; not less than four (4) heavy-duty, non-marking, rubber wheels, with two fixed and two swiveling type casters. Cart frame shall have powder coat finish.
Page 78 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: 68"L x 27"W x 48"H (approximate). Product: MOBILE STEREO WORKSTATION Item Code: MU-MISC-21 Description: Cabinet shall be constructed of wood panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and PVC edge banding. Laminate finish material shall be available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and standard colors, with final finish to be selected by the Board. Cabinet shall have four (4) heavy-duty, non-marking, rubber wheeled, swivel casters. Cabinet shall include locking top panel; two hinged, locking doors; not less than two (2) pullout drawers, two (2) fixed shelves, and two (2) open compartments. Drawers shall have heavy-duty, full extension, ball bearing drawer slides. Dimensions: Not less than 25"W x 25"D x 40"H. Product: ELECTRONIC KEYBOARD STAND Item Code: MU-MISC-22 Description: Portable, collapsible stand for support of electronic keyboard. Stand shall be steel construction with powder coat finish, black in color, and shall be either an "X" or "Z" configuration. Stand shall be capable of being set to multiple heights, ranging from 24-inches to 36-inches (minimum), and shall lock in place at each height. Stand shall collapse, without requiring use of special tools, and lay flat for transport; and have non-slip rubber feet and non-slip grips on the support arms. Stand shall be capable of supporting 250 pounds and accommodate up to an 88-key keyboard. Product: MOBILE FOLIO CABINETS Item Code: MU-STO-1 – MU-STO-5 Description: Mobile, rolling storage cabinet for choral, band, and orchestra music on adjustable shelves. Unit shall be constructed of laminate clad panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with front and back of each panel clad with matching laminate and edges to receive PVC edge banding, minimum 3mm thick. Unit back panel shall be not less than 1/2-inch thick. Panels shall be faced with high-pressure decorative laminate, available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and solid colors. Final finish shall be selected by the Board. Unit shall have not less than four (4) heavy-duty, rubber (non-marking), swivel casters, with front two casters lockable. Doors shall be constructed of laminate clad panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with front and back of each panel clad with matching laminate and edges to receive PVC edge banding, minimum 3mm thick. Laminate shall match unit body. Doors shall have heavy- duty, five knuckle hinges; and shall be lockable, with not less than three (3) keys provided. Shelves shall be constructed from 1/8-inch thick hardboard, and shall be adjustable on metal standards in approximately 3/4-inch increment. . Shelves to be supported by steel tubes under front and back of every shelf spanning the width of the cabinet.
Dimensions: Shelves: Band shelves: Not less than 14"W x 14"D (approximate). Choral shelves: Not less than 10"W x 12"D (approximate). Unit: MU-STO-1: 27"W x 18"D x 51"H (choral cabinet – two columns). MU-STO-2: 40"W x 18"D x 51"H (choral cabinet – three columns). MU-STO-3: 52"W x 18"D x 51"H (choral cabinet – four columns). MU-STO-4: 32"W x 18"D x 50”H (band cabinet – two columns). MU-STO-5: 47"W x 18"D x 50"H (band cabinet – three columns). Product: MUSIC INSTRUMENT CABINETS Item Code: MU-STO-6 – MU-STO-20 Description: Fixed cabinetry for storage of musical instruments. Unit shall be constructed of laminate clad wood panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with front and back of each panel clad with matching laminate and edges to receive PVC edge banding, minimum 3mm thick. Unit back panel shall be not less than 1/2-inch thick. Panels shall be faced with high-pressure decorative laminate, available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and solid colors. Final finish shall be selected by the Board.
Page 79 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Doors shall be provided on all cabinets, sized to fit individual cabinets, with hasp to receive padlock (provided by the Board). Door hardware shall be through-bolted, not face-screwed, to door panels with tamper-resistant anchors; hinges shall be heavy-duty, five-knuckle hinges. Doors shall be one of the following types, as specified: SD (solid door): Constructed of laminate clad panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4- inch thick, with front and back of each panel clad with matching laminate and edges to receive PVC edge banding, minimum 3mm thick. Finish to match cabinet body finish. OG (open grille): Steel grille, fabricated from 3/16-inch diameter (minimum) steel bar, welded; with powder coat finish, black in color. Shelves shall be fabricated from molded polyethylene, with bullnose front edge. Shelves shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick; fixed to cabinet with continual offset support channels; with continuous ventilation grooves full depth. Dimensions: MU-STO-6: For clarinets, flutes, piccolos, and oboes. 15 equal compartments: 3 across x 5 down. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 19"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 8"W x 17"D x 14"H. MU-STO-7: For clarinets, flutes, piccolos, and oboes. 15 equal compartments: 3 across x 5 down. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 19"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 8"W x 17"D x 14"H. MU-STO-8: For clarinets, flutes, piccolos, oboes, and snare drums. 9 equal compartments, with one large bottom compartment. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 29"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 8"W x 27"D x 14"H. MU-STO-9: For trumpets, cornets, and alto saxophones. 10 equal compartments; 2 across x 5 down. Cabinet: Not less than 21"W x 29"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 9"W x 27"D x 14"H. MU-STO-10: For trombones, bassoons, bass clarinets, violins, violas, tenor saxophone, and alto clarinets. 10 equal compartments; 2 across x 5 down. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 29"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 12"W x 27"D x 14"H. MU-STO-11: For trombones, bassoons, bass clarinets, violins, violas, tenor saxophone, alto clarinets, and drums. 6 equal compartments with 1 large bottom compartment. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 39"D x 84"H. MU-STO-12: For French horns, alto horns, and snare drums. 3 equal compartments: 1 across x 3 down. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 29"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 26"W x 27"D x 24"H. MU-STO-13: For baritones, euphoniums, and mellophones. 3 equal compartments: 1 across x 3 down.
Page 80 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Cabinet: Not less than 28"W x 39"D x 84"H Compartments: Not less than 26"W x 38"D x 25"H. MU-STO-14: For baritone saxophones, bass clarinets, bassoons, and field drums. 3 equal compartments: 1 across x 3 down. Cabinet: Not less than 48"W x 29"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 46"W x 27"D x 24"H. MU-STO-15: For trumpets, cornets, and alto saxophones. 5 equal compartments: 1 across x 5 down. Cabinet: Not less than 15"W x 40"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 12"W x 38"D x 14"H. MU-STO-16: For trumpets, cornets, and alto saxophones. 5 equal compartments: 1 across x 5 down. Cabinet: Not less than 15"W x 40"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 12"W x 27"D x 14"H. MU-STO-17: For bass drums, field drums, and snare drums. 2 equal compartments: 1 across x 2 down. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 39"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 25"W x 37"D x 37"H. MU-STO-18: For bass drums, field drums, snare drums, tubas, and sousaphones. 2 equal compartments: 1 across x 2 down. Cabinet: Not less than 48"W x 29"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 46"W x 27"D x 37"H. MU-STO-19: For guitars, clarinets, flutes, piccolos, and oboes. 6 equal compartments: 3 across x 1 down, stacked over 3 tall, equal compartments. Cabinet: Not less than 28"W x 40"D x 84"H. Compartments: Not less than 8"W x 27"D x 14"H. Not less than 8"W x 27"D x 47"H MU-STO-20: For acoustic guitars. 6 equal compartments: 3 across x 2 down. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 39"D x 84"H. Product: MOBILE PERCUSSION CABINET Item Code: MU-STO-21 Description: Cabinet shall be constructed of wood panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and PVC edge banding. Laminate finish material shall be available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and standard colors, with final finish to be selected by the Board. Cabinet shall have four (4) heavy-duty, non-marking, rubber wheeled, swivel casters, with two lockable. Cabinet shall include two hinged, locking doors; a padded top surface (cured neoprene); not less than four (4) pullout drawers, and four (4) open compartments capable of holding standard parade and snare drums. Drawers shall have heavy-duty, full extension, ball bearing drawer slides. Dimensions: Cabinet: Not less than 48"W x 26"D x 36"H.
Page 81 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Drawers: Not less than 20"W x 20"D x 3-1/2"H. Product: MUSIC UNIFORM CABINET Item Code: MU-STO-22 – MU-STO-27 Description: Cabinetry for storage of uniforms and other garments. Unit shall be constructed of wood panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish, available in manufacturer's standard range, including wood finishes and solid colors. Final finish shall be selected by the Board. Panels shall have matching laminate on front and back surfaces (balanced), with edges to receive PVC edge banding, minimum 3mm thick. Cabinet back panel shall be not less than 1/2-inch thick. Each cabinet shall have internal hanging rod(s) capable of supporting a 200-pound load, suspended anywhere along the length of the rod; an integral base; ventilation holes; and self-leveling glides. Doors shall be provided on all cabinets, sized to fit individual cabinets, with hasp to receive padlock (provided by the Board). Door hardware shall be through-bolted, not face-screwed, to door panels with tamper-resistant anchors; hinges shall be heavy-duty, five-knuckle hinges. Doors shall be one of the following types, as requested by the Board: SD (solid door): Constructed of laminate clad panels, particleboard core, not less than 3/4- inch thick, with front and back of each panel clad with matching laminate and edges to receive PVC edge banding, minimum 3mm thick. Finish to match cabinet body finish. OG (open grille): Steel grille – straight, fabricated from 3/16-inch diameter (minimum) steel bar, welded; with powder coat finish, black in color. Shelves shall be fabricated from molded polyethylene, with bullnose front edge. Shelves shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick; fixed to cabinet with continual offset support channels; with continuous ventilation grooves full depth. Dimensions: MU-STO-22: One (1) compartment with single hanging rod and upper shelf. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 29"D x 84"H. MU-STO-23: One (1) compartment with double-height hanging rod. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 29"D x 84"H. MU-STO-24: Three (3) compartments (each 11"H) stacked over one (1) compartment (39"H) with hanging rod. Cabinet: Not less than 27"W x 29"D x 84"H. MU-STO-25: One (1) compartment with single hanging rod and upper shelf. Cabinet: Not less than 48"W x 29"D x 84"H. MU-STO-26: One (1) compartment with double-height hanging rod. Cabinet: Not less than 48"W x 29"D x 84"H. MU-STO-27: Three (3) compartments (each 11"H) stacked over one (1) compartment (39"H) with hanging rod. Cabinet: Not less than 48"W x 29"D x 84"H. Product: METAL LOCKER, TRIPLE-TIER Item Code: MU-STO-28 – MU-STO-29 Description: Triple tier steel locker. Prime grade mild cold-rolled sheet steel (ASTM A1008). Low- or no-VOC, electrostatically applied and cured enamel powder coat finish. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Chrome-plated zinc alloy die-cast handles with friction catch. Dimensions: MU-STO-28: Single locker 12” W x 12” D x 72” H MU-STO-29: 3-wide lockers 36” W x 12” D x 72” H Product: COAT RACK, PORTABLE Item Code: MU-STO-30 Description: Hook style portable folding coat rack. Electric welded tubular cold-rolled steel. 4” ball bearing lockable casters. 120 triple-prong hooks. Color: Black Dimensions: 72” L x 25” D x 62” H
Page 82 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
______
END of CATEGORY 3 – MUSIC FURNITURE
CATEGORY 4 – LIBRARY FURNITURE Product: WOOD LIBRARY CHAIRS Item Code: LI-CHR-1 – LI-CHR-6 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O) or maple (M) as required by the Board. Chairs shall be fabricated with mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; corner block reinforcement; all edges eased and fully sanded; a contoured saddle seat, minimum 1-inch thick; and contoured back rails. Chairs shall be ladder-back or vertical picket design, with post leg (braced) base or sled base, as indicated; backs shall be bent to provide slight backward incline. Chairs shall be provided with under-seat, wood-framed book racks, when requested by the Board, at no additional cost. Legged chairs shall be provided with adjustable, chrome-finished steel glides with rubber or plastic inserts for hard flooring or steel bottom glides for carpet. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non-yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: 16" seat height: Not less than 15"W x 15"D x 28"H. 18" seat height: Not less than 18"W x 16"D x 32"H. Types: LI-CHR-1-M / LI-CHR-1-O: 14" seat height; leg base. LI-CHR-2-M / LI-CHR-2-O: 14" seat height; sled base. LI-CHR-3-M / LI-CHR-3-O: 16" seat height; leg base. LI-CHR-4-M / LI-CHR-4-O: 16" seat height; sled base. LI-CHR-5-M / LI-CHR-5-O: 18" seat height; leg base. LI-CHR-6-M / LI-CHR-6-O: 18" seat height; sled base. Product: WOOD LIBRARY CHAIRS – CAFÉ Item Code: LI-CHR-7 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O) or maple (M). Chairs shall be fabricated with mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; corner block reinforcement; all edges eased and fully sanded; a contoured saddle seat, minimum 1-inch thick; and contoured back rails. Chairs shall be ladder-back or vertical picket design, with post leg (braced) base; backs shall be bent to provide slight backward incline. Chairs shall be provided with adjustable, chrome-finished steel glides with rubber or plastic inserts for hard flooring or steel bottom glides for carpet. Dimensions: LI-CHR-7-M / LI-CHR-7-O: 30" seat height: Not less than 15"W x 15"D x 42"H. Product: LOW-BACK LOUNGE CHAIR Item Code: LI-CHR-8 Description: Low-back upholstered lounge chair with arms. Unibody frame construction with finger-jointed plywood. Grade 6 fabric upholstery with multiple densities of polyurethane foam and polyester fiber on seat, back and arms. Metallic powder coated steel legs with glides. Frame and fabric color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Dimensions: 30-1/2” W x 27” D x 29” H. Seat Height 17-1/2”. Product: FOLDING NESTING CHAIR Item Code: LI-CHR-9 Description: 4-leg nesting chair with arms and casters. Powder coated steel tube frame. Mesh back and vinyl upholstered seat. Frame and seat/back color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Max load 300 lbs. Dimensions: 28” W x 22” D x 35-1/2” H. Seat Height 18-1/2”.
Page 83 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: CIRCULATION DESK – MODULAR Item Code: LI-DSK-1 – LI-DSK-28 Description: Modular circulation desk components that can be placed together to form configurations suited to conditions within individual spaces. Provide required ADA transaction surface. Desk components shall be wood construction, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O). Where indicated, work surfaces shall have high-pressure decorative laminate finish. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Work Surfaces: Horizontal work surface panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and edge banding on all exposed edges. Each work surface shall have not less than two (2) openings with plastic grommets, black in color, not less than 3-inch diameter, with snap-in covers. Provide wire management system under work surfaces. Coordinate location of grommets and wire management system with power & data feeds. End and Interior Panels: End and interior panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Edges shall be eased and corners radiused. Interior panels shall have openings, not less than 4"W x 12"H (oriented vertically), for cable management/wiring between components. Where required, panels shall be drilled to receive shelving support pins, not less than 5mm diameter; each side shall have two vertical rows of shelf adjustment holes, on not less than 30mm centers, with one near the front and one near the rear of each shelf. Panels shall have steel, adjustable leveling feet, with plastic or vinyl inserts for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Front and Back Panels: Front and back panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Shelves: Shelves shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Adjustable shelves shall be routed to receive shelf support pins (4 total) located at ends of each shelf. Each shelf shall "lock to" or otherwise engage each support pin so as to prevent the shelf from sliding off the support pins. Drawers: Drawer fronts shall be removable and fabricated with plywood cores, not less than 1/2-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Drawer’s sides shall be constructed of solid hardwood, of a species compatible with drawer fronts, and drawer bottoms shall be constructed of hardwood plywood, 1/4-inch thick, set into dadoes routed into sides, back, and front, and reinforced with glue. Each drawer shall have heavy-duty steel, ball-bearing, full extension drawer slides, having a rated load capacity of 200 pounds/pair; drawer slides shall have a zinc finish. Each drawer shall have one back-mounted wire pull, 4-inches long and 5/16-inch in diameter, mounted horizontally. All drawers shall be lockable with two (2) keys/lock provided. Doors: Door shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Doors shall have concealed hinges providing 170-degree opening capability. Each door shall have one back- mounted wire pull, 4-inches long and 5/16-inch in diameter, mounted vertically. Book Drop: Unit with integral book drop shall have return slot/opening, not less than 13"W x 4"H, in front panel, opening to receiving area below. Fabrication: Panels shall be connected with recessed/countersunk panel connectors, not less than 1/4-inch diameter, specifically designed for securing furniture panels together. Connectors shall have a powder coat finish, black in color. Connectors shall be hidden from view when unit is fully assembled. Assembled units shall have an integral toe-space across the exterior (public) sides of the units; toe-space shall be 4-inches high and 3-inches deep. Assembled units shall have adjustable leveling glides with nylon or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet; leveling glides shall provide not less than 1-inch adjustment vertically. Dimensions: LI-DSK-1-M / LI-DSK-1-O: Hinged Door Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-2-M / LI-DSK-2-O: Shelf Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-3-M / LI-DSK-3-O: Drawer Open Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 38"H.
Page 84 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
LI-DSK-4-M / LI-DSK-4-O: Computer Desk Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-5-M / LI-DSK-5-O: Computer Desk Unit: Not less than 60"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-6-M / LI-DSK-6-O: Computer Desk Unit: Not less than 72"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-7-M / LI-DSK-7-O: Computer Desk Unit with ADA Transaction Ledge: Not less than 72"W x 30"D x 29"H. LI-DSK-8-M / LI-DSK-8-O: 90-Degree Open Corner Unit: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-9-M / LI-DSK-9-O: 90-Degree Closed Corner Unit: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-10-M / LI-DSK-10-O: 45-Degree Closed Corner Unit: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-11-M / LI-DSK-11-O: Corner Connector with Counter, Trapezoid Shaped: Not less than 72"W x 38"H. LI-DSK-12-M / LI-DSK-12-O: Book Drop Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 38"H. LI-DSK-13-M / LI-DSK-13-O: Finished End Panel: Not less than 1"Thick x 30"W x 38"H. LI-DSK-14-M / LI-DSK-14-O: Hinged Door Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-15-M / LI-DSK-15-O: Shelf Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-16-M / LI-DSK-16-O: Drawer Open Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-17-M / LI-DSK-17-O: Computer Desk Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-18-M / LI-DSK-18-O: Computer Desk Unit: Not less than 60"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-19-M / LI-DSK-19-O: Computer Desk Unit: Not less than 72"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-20-M / LI-DSK-20-O: 90-Degree Open Corner Unit: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-21-M / LI-DSK-21-O: 90-Degree Closed Corner Unit: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-22-M / LI-DSK-22-O: 45-Degree Closed Corner Unit: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-23-M / LI-DSK-23-O: Corner Connector with Counter, Trapezoid Shaped: Not less than 72"W x 32"H. LI-DSK-24-M / LI-DSK-24-O: Book Drop Unit: Not less than 36"W x 30"D x 32"H. LI-DSK-25-M / LI-DSK-25-O: Finished End Panel: Not less than 1"Thick x 30"W x 32"H. LI-DSK-26-M / LI-DSK-26-O: Finished End/Joiner Panel: Not less than 1"Thick x 30"W x 32"H. LI-DSK-27-M / LI-DSK-27-O Shared Printer Stand: Not less than 60” W x 30” D x 29” H LI-DSK-28-M / LI-DSK-28-O Locking Box/Box/File/ Pedestal: Not less than 18” W x 30” D x 29” H Product: LIBRARY CARRELS Item Code: LI-DSK-29 – LI-DSK-32 Description: Modular wood carrels made up of starter and add-on units, all-wood construction, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O). Assembled units shall provide either single-sided or double-sided (back to back) work surfaces. Work Surfaces: Horizontal work surface panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and edge banding on all exposed edges. Work surfaces shall be adjustable in height, secured to adjacent upright panels and supported by steel brackets, not less than 16-gauge (0.060-inch thick), with powder coat finish, black in color; work surface shall adjust in height from 26"H to 32"H. Each work surface
Page 85 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
shall have one opening with plastic grommet, black in color, not less than 3-inch diameter, with snap-in cover. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All panel edges shall be eased and all corners radiused; exception: units designed for one side access and designed to be placed against a wall may have square corners at the rear corners of the side upright panels. Back Panels: Back panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Fabrication: Panels shall be connected with recessed/countersunk panel connectors, not less than 1/4-inch diameter, specifically designed for securing furniture panels together. Connectors shall have a powder coat finish, black in color. Assembled units shall have adjustable leveling glides with nylon or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet; leveling glides shall provide not less than 1-inch adjustment vertically. Accessibility: For accessibility, work surfaces set at 26"H – 30"H shall provide a clear knee space not less than 30"W x 19"D x 24"H beneath the work surface. Work surfaces set at 32"H shall provide a clear knee space not less than 30"W x 19"D x 27"H beneath the work surface. Supports such as work surface support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Dimensions: LI-DSK-29-M / LI-DSK-29-O: Single Carrel – Starter: Not less than 36"W x 32"D x 48"H. LI-DSK-30-M / LI-DSK-30-O: Single Carrel – Add-On: Not less than 34"W x 32"D x 48"H. LI-DSK-31-M / LI-DSK-31-O: Double Carrel – Starter: Not less than 36"W x 64"D x 48"H. LI-DSK-32-M / LI-DSK-32-O: Double Carrel – Add-On: Not less than 34"W x 64"D x 48"H. Product: READING CORNER Item Code: LI-MISC-1 Description: Four-sided shelving and display unit with multiple, adjustable shelves on two sides and upholstered cushion for sitting/reading, accessed from other two sides. Unit shall be all-wood construction, with transparent finished wood veneer, oak (O). Tall shelving sides shall include one fixed and two adjustable shelves, and top surface for display; low sides shall include one open shelf beneath sitting surface with upholstered cushion. Unit shall include intermediate upright panels as required for open shelves to be not more than 36"L. Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges; all exposed edges shall be eased. Where adjustable shelves are to be installed, panels shall have two recessed metal standards at each end of the shelves, with one near the front edge and one near the back edge of the shelves. Shelves shall rest on steel shelf supports with powder coat finish, black in color, and shall be adjustable in not less than 1-inch increments. Vertical standards shall be recessed into panels, with surface of standard flush with adjacent panel surfaces. Upright panels shall have steel, adjustable leveling feet, providing not less than 1-inch adjustability, with plastic or vinyl inserts for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Back Panels: Back panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Top Panels: Top panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on both sides and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All edges shall be eased. Shelves: Shelves shall be not less than 12"D. Wood shelves shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on both sides and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges; all exposed edges shall be eased. Each shelf shall be capable of supporting not less than a 150-pound load (50 lbs./foot) without deflection more than 1/8-inch, and shall be routed to receive shelf supports (4 total) located at ends of each shelf. Each shelf shall "lock to" or otherwise engage each shelf support so as to prevent the shelf from sliding forward or off the supports. Toe Kick Plate: Each unit shall be provided with matching wood toe kick plate(s), fabricated from solid hardwood, not less than 1-inch thick. Toe kick plates shall be approximately 2-1/2
Page 86 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
inches high. Toe kick plates shall be attached with steel bracket at each end and intermediate brackets as required or recommended by the manufacturer. Upholstered Cushion: Polyurethane foam slab, not less than 3-inches thick, with removable upholstery fabric cover. Cushion shall have zipper on two adjacent sides to allow removal of fabric cover for cleaning or replacement. Cushion shall be held in place with either heavy-duty snaps or heavy-duty Velcro strips on bottom side of cushion, fully concealed from view when cushion is set in place. Cushion shall comply with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Unit shall be designed and fabricated to support a load of not less than 50 pounds/sq. ft. over the area supporting the sitting cushion. Fabrication: Panels shall be connected with recessed/countersunk panel connectors, not less than 1/4-inch diameter, specifically designed for securing furniture panels together. Connectors shall have a powder coat finish, black in color. Connectors shall be hidden from view when fully assembled. Dimensions: LI-MISC-1: Unit – Overall: Not less than 64"L x 45"W x 44"H. Cushion: Not less than 50"L x 32"W x 3"Thick. Seat Height: Not less than 22"H. Product: LOW SITTING COUCH Item Code: LI-MISC-2 Description: Wood framed "couch" enclosure with individual/separate vinyl-covered foam cushions, horizontal (sitting) and vertical (backs), for sitting/reading. Hinged enclosure assembly shall form oval (approximately) enclosure with access into sitting area from one long side. Units shall be constructed of solid maple, with all exposed edges eased and corners radiused. Sitting cushions shall be not less than 4-inches thick; backs shall be "wedge" type design, with backrest sloped at approximately 75-degrees. Vinyl covering shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Cushions shall comply with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Dimensions: LI-MISC-2: Not less than 94"L x 66"D x 18"H. Product: FOUR STATION GAMING UNIT Item Code: LI-MISC-3 Description: Mobile unit capable of accommodating up to four separate video gaming devices/consoles and four (4) separate flat screen display monitors. Unit shall be wood construction, with panels fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish on all surfaces. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Unit shall include separate lockable compartments at each station, with hinged doors and covers; unit shall be provided with not less than two (2) keys for each lock; hinges shall be concealed type and full length piano hinges as required. Openings shall be provided within individual storage compartments for wiring/cabling. Unit shall include separate, lockable compartments for larger components or accessories; and central support post with horizontal support brackets for mounting of flat screen displays/monitors (up to 24") above base cabinet, with monitors mounted at approximately 5'-6" above floor level (center of screen), allowing use while standing or seated. Unit shall include not less than four (4) heavy-duty, hard rubber, swiveling casters (two lockable), 4-inch diameter, with rated capacity of not less than 150 pounds. Unit shall include 8-outlet power strip, UL-listed. Dimensions: LI-MISC-3: Not less than 44"L x 44"D x 72"H. Product: GAMING CART Item Code: LI-MISC-4 Description: Mobile video gaming station for single gaming device/console and display/monitor, with base storage cabinet and column support for display/monitor. Base storage cabinet panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish on all surfaces. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Unit shall include lockable base cabinet for storage of gaming devices, consoles, and accessories; base cabinet shall be not less than 21"W x 19"D x 22"H; cabinet door shall have concealed hinges. Unit shall be provided with not less than two (2) keys for each lock. Openings shall be provided within storage compartment for wiring/cabling. Unit
Page 87 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
shall include steel support column, with powder coat finish and mounting bracket for installation of flat screen display/monitor above base cabinet. Monitor shall be mounted at approximately 5'- 6" above floor level (center of screen), allowing use while standing or seated. Unit shall include not less than four (4) heavy-duty, hard rubber, swiveling casters (two lockable), 3-inch diameter, with rated capacity of not less than 120 pounds. Unit shall include 4-outlet power strip, UL-listed. Dimensions: LI-MISC-4: Not less than 24"W x 19"D x 72"H. Product: GAMING AND DISPLAY UNIT Item Code: LI-MISC-5 Description: Two-sided, mobile gaming and display station for single gaming device/console and display/monitor, with base storage cabinet and vertical panel that provides mounting surface for display/monitor on front surface and display, tackable, or whiteboard surface on back. Base storage cabinet panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish on all surfaces. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Base cabinet, with internal, adjustable shelf, shall be for storage of gaming devices, consoles, and accessories; base cabinet shall be not less than 36"W x 24"D x 16"H; cabinet door shall be "roll top" type, oriented vertically, and shall be concealed from view, within cabinet, when open. Unit shall be provided with not less than two (2) keys for each lock. Openings shall be provided within individual storage compartments for wiring/cabling. Base cabinet shall have access panel in Front surface of vertical panel shall include mounting bracket for display/monitor at top of panel, and slat-wall display surface below. Slat-wall panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick, or a combination of particleboard cores and MDF slats, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish on all surfaces. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Rear surface of vertical panel shall be available with slat-wall display surfacing, tackable surfacing, or dry-erase whiteboard surfacing; final selection of finish material shall be made by the Board. Tackable surfacing shall be not less than 1/4-inch thick and be available in multiple colors; final color shall be selected by the Board. Unit shall include not less than four (4) heavy-duty, hard rubber, swiveling casters (two lockable), 4-inch diameter, with rated capacity of not less than 150 pounds each. Unit shall include 4-outlet power strip, UL-listed. Dimensions: LI-MISC-5: Base Cabinet: Not less than 37"W x 25"D x 24"H. Display Panel: Not less than 38"W x 3"D x 46"H. Unit – Overall: Not less than 38"W x 25"D x 72"H. Product: LIBRARY SHELVING (10 Inch) Item Code: LI-SHL-1 – LI-SHL-22 Description: Modular library shelving, made up of starter and add-on units, of wood and steel construction, with transparent wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O). Shelving shall have a fully welded, rigid interior frame; adjustable steel shelves; closed (box) bases; and vertical intermediate and end panels at each shelving row. Assembled shelving units shall provide access to shelves on one or two sides, as indicated and as requested by the Board. Frame: Internal frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 1-inch square and not less than 0.047-inch thick (18-gauge), with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Corners of frame shall be braced to stiffen and make the frame rigid. Finish - Steel: Steel shelving components shall receive manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All panel edges shall be eased and all corners radiused; exception: units designed for one side access and designed to be placed against a wall may have square corners at the rear corners
Page 88 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
of the panels. Upright panels shall be drilled to receive shelving support pins, not less than 5mm diameter, with powder coat finish, black in color; each side shall have two vertical rows of shelf adjustment holes, on not less than 30mm centers, with one near the front and one near the rear of each shelf to provide support at the front and back of each shelf. Shelving units shall have steel, adjustable leveling feet, providing not less than 1-inch adjustability, with plastic or vinyl inserts for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Slat-Wall End Panels: Where indicated or requested by the Board, slat-wall end panels shall be provided in place of flush wood end panels, at no additional cost to the Board. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick and fabricated with MDF cores, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with horizontal slats on the outside surface and shelf adjustment holes on the inside surface, located and spaced as indicated for typical end and intermediate panels. Intermediate Panels: If required or recommended by the shelving manufacturer, intermediate panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Top Panels: Top panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on both sides and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All edges shall be eased. Back Panels: Back panels shall be provided for perimeter, one-sided shelving, as requested by the Board. Back panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on exposed side and comparable wood veneer on concealed surface for balanced construction. Shelves: Shelves shall be provided with integral backs, not less than 2-inches high, at rear edge of each shelf. Shelves shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.035-inch thick (20 gauge), with powder coat finish. Shelves shall be 10-inches deep (nominal), as indicated, and shall be engineered to be capable of supporting not less than a 150-pound load (50 pounds/foot) without deflecting more than 1/8-inch (center of shelf deflection), with stiffeners and supports as required to support the specified load. Shelves shall be fabricated with front edges turned and formed to be not less than 3/4-inch thick. Ends of each shelf shall be turned down not less than 1-inch and shall be slotted to receive shelf support pins (4 total) at ends of each shelf. Shelves shall be designed and fabricated to "lock to" or otherwise engage each support pin so as to prevent the shelf from sliding off the support pins. Edges of shelves and other shelving components fabricated from steel sheet shall be hemmed or folded for safety. Divider Shelves: Divider shelves shall comply with requirements and specification for standard adjustable shelves, with backstop extended to be not less than 5-inches high. Divider shelf and continuous back shall be punched on 1-inch centers to receive adjustable vertical dividers, five (5) per shelf. Dividers shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.048-inch thick (18 gauge), with integral tabs on bottom and rear edges to engage slots in shelf and back. Dividers shall be not less than 5-inches high and extend to within 1-inch of front edge of shelf. Toe Kick Plate: Each shelving unit shall be provided with a toe kick plate on each exposed side. Kick plates shall be fabricated from solid hardwood, matching the veneer on the upright panels. Toe kick plates shall be not less than 2-1/2 inches high. Toe kick plates shall be attached at each end, with intermediate attachment as required or recommended by the manufacturer. Accessory Components: Shelf Dividers/Book Supports: Each unit shall be provided with manufacturer's standard adjustable shelf dividers/book supports, fabricated from steel sheet or formed wire. Shelf dividers/book supports shall include all related hardware to attach or support the dividers, including, but not limited to, under-mounted channels (underside of shelf) and support rails. As required or standard from the manufacturer, shelves shall be drilled, punched, slotted, or tabbed to receive shelf dividers/book supports. Formed wire dividers shall be provided with zinc or chrome finish; steel sheet dividers shall be
Page 89 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
finished with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish, in color to match shelving. Each shelf shall be provided with four (4) dividers. Media Storage Shelf – Angled: Media storage shelf, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.047-inch thick (18 gauge), with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Unit shall have not less than six (6) dividers, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.047-inch thick (18 gauge). Periodical Display Shelf: Angled shelf assembly for display of periodicals. Shelf shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.035-inch thick (20 gauge). Display shelf shall be set at approximately 30-degree angle (from vertical) and shall have front edge turned up not less than 1/2-inch to retain periodicals on shelf. Card Holder: Holder, sized for 5"W x 3"H cards, fabricated from steel sheet, with framed opening; zinc finish. Holder shall be supplied with two strips of double-sided adhesive foam tape for securing holder to surface of shelving unit. One holder to be provided with each starter or end unit. Dimensions: Accessory Components: LI-SHL-1: Media Storage Shelf – Angled: Not less than 34"W x 14"D x 5"H. LI-SHL-2: Periodical Display Shelf: Not less than 34"W x 14"D x 1"H. LI-SHL-3: Toe Kick: 36"W x 2-1/2"H. LI-SHL-4-M: Canopy Top Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-4-O: Canopy Top Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-5-M: Canopy Top Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-5-O: Canopy Top Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-6-M-1: Flush End Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-6-O-1: Flush End Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-6-M-2: Flush End Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-6-O-2: Flush End Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-7-M-1: Slat-Wall End Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-7-O-1: Slat-Wall End Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-7-M-2: Slat-Wall End Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-7-O-2: Slat-Wall End Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-8-M: Back Panel, Maple. LI-SHL-8-O: Back Panel, Oak. Shelving Units – One Sided: LI-SHL-9-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-9-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-10-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 24"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-10-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 24"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-11-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-11-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel.
Page 90 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
LI-SHL-12-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 24"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-12-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 24"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel LI-SHL-13-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-13-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-14-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-14-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-15-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-15-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-16-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-16-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 11"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. Shelving Units – Two Sided: LI-SHL-17-M: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-17-O: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-18-M: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-18-O: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-19-M: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-19-O: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-20-M: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-20-O: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-21-M: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-21-O: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-22-M: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-22-O: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 22"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves.
Page 91 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: LIBRARY SHELVING (12 Inch) Item Code: LI-SHL-23 – LI-SHL-42 Description: Modular library shelving, made up of starter and add-on units, of wood and steel construction, with transparent wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O). Shelving shall have a fully welded, rigid interior frame; adjustable steel shelves; closed (box) bases; and vertical intermediate and end panels at each shelving row. Assembled shelving units shall provide access to shelves on one or two sides, as indicated and as requested by the Board. Frame: Internal frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 1-inch square and not less than 0.047-inch thick (18-gauge), with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Corners of frame shall be braced to stiffen and make the frame rigid. Finish - Steel: Steel shelving components shall receive manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Color shall be selected by the Board. Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All panel edges shall be eased and all corners radiused; exception: units designed for one side access and designed to be placed against a wall may have square corners at the rear corners of the panels. Upright panels shall be drilled to receive shelving support pins, not less than 5mm diameter, with powder coat finish, black in color; each side shall have two vertical rows of shelf adjustment holes, on not less than 30mm centers, with one near the front and one near the rear of each shelf to provide support at the front and back of each shelf. Shelving units shall have steel, adjustable leveling feet, providing not less than 1-inch adjustability, with plastic or vinyl inserts for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Slat-Wall End Panels: Where indicated or requested by the Board, slat-wall end panels shall be provided in place of flush wood end panels, at no additional cost to the Board. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick and fabricated with MDF cores, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with horizontal slats on the outside surface and shelf adjustment holes on the inside surface, located and spaced as indicated for typical end and intermediate panels. Intermediate Panels: If required or recommended by the shelving manufacturer, intermediate panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Top Panels: Top panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on both sides and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All edges shall be eased. Back Panels: Back panels shall be provided for perimeter, one-sided shelving, as requested by the Board. Back panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on exposed side and comparable wood veneer on concealed surface for balanced construction. Shelves: Shelves shall be provided with integral backs, not less than 2-inches high, at rear edge of each shelf. Shelves shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.035-inch thick (20 gauge), with powder coat finish. Shelves shall be 10-inches deep (nominal), as indicated, and shall be engineered to be capable of supporting not less than a 150-pound load (50 pounds/foot) without deflecting more than 1/8-inch (center of shelf deflection), with stiffeners and supports as required to support the specified load. Shelves shall be fabricated with front edges turned and formed to be not less than 3/4-inch thick. Ends of each shelf shall be turned down not less than 1-inch and shall be slotted to receive shelf support pins (4 total) at ends of each shelf. Shelves shall be designed and fabricated to "lock to" or otherwise engage each support pin so as to prevent the shelf from sliding off the support pins. Edges of shelves and other shelving components fabricated from steel sheet shall be hemmed or folded for safety. Divider Shelves: Divider shelves shall comply with requirements and specification for standard adjustable shelves, with backstop extended to be not less than 5-inches high. Divider shelf and continuous back shall be punched on 1-inch centers to receive adjustable vertical dividers, five (5) per shelf. Dividers shall be fabricated from steel
Page 92 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
sheet, not less than 0.048-inch thick (18 gauge), with integral tabs on bottom and rear edges to engage slots in shelf and back. Dividers shall be not less than 5-inches high and extend to within 1-inch of front edge of shelf. Toe Kick Plate: Each shelving unit shall be provided with a toe kick plate on each exposed side. Kick plates shall be fabricated from solid hardwood, matching the veneer on the upright panels. Toe kick plates shall be not less than 2-1/2 inches high. Toe kick plates shall be attached at each end, with intermediate attachment as required or recommended by the manufacturer. Accessory Components: Shelf Dividers/Book Supports: Each unit shall be provided with manufacturer's standard adjustable shelf dividers/book supports, fabricated from steel sheet or formed wire. Shelf dividers/book supports shall include all related hardware to attach or support the dividers, including, but not limited to, under-mounted channels (underside of shelf) and support rails. As required or standard from the manufacturer, shelves shall be drilled, punched, slotted, or tabbed to receive shelf dividers/book supports. Formed wire dividers shall be provided with zinc or chrome finish; steel sheet dividers shall be finished with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish, in color to match shelving. Each shelf shall be provided with four (4) dividers. Media Browser Bin: Steel bin with wood facing, for storage of DVD's, CD's, video tapes, or cassettes. Bin shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 18-gauge (0.047- inch thick), with not less than six (6) internal dividers fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 18-gauge (0.047-inch thick); all sheet metal components shall have powder coat finish. Media Storage Shelf – Angled: Media storage shelf, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.047-inch thick (18 gauge), with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Unit shall have not less than six (6) dividers, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.047-inch thick (18 gauge). Periodical Display Shelf: Angled shelf assembly for display of periodicals. Shelf shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.035-inch thick (20 gauge). Display shelf shall be set at approximately 30-degree angle (from vertical) and shall have front edge turned up not less than 1/2-inch to retain periodicals on shelf. Card Holder: Holder, sized for 5"W x 3"H cards, fabricated from steel sheet, with framed opening; zinc finish. Holder shall be supplied with two strips of double-sided adhesive foam tape for securing holder to surface of shelving unit. One holder to be provided with each starter or end unit. Dimensions: Accessory Components: LI-SHL-23: Media Browser Bin: Not less than 34"W x 3-1/2"H; depth shall be not less than 12" for one-side access and 24" for two-side access. LI-SHL-24: Media Storage Shelf – Angled: Not less than 34"W x 14"D x 5"H. LI-SHL-25: Periodical Display Shelf: Not less than 34"W x 14"D x 1"H. LI-SHL-26-M: Canopy Top Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-26-O: Canopy Top Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-27-M: Canopy Top Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-27-O: Canopy Top Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-28-M-1: Flush End Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-28-O-1: Flush End Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-28-M-2: Flush End Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-28-O-2: Flush End Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-29-M-1: Slat-Wall End Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-29-O-1: Slat-Wall End Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit.
Page 93 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
LI-SHL-29-M-2: Slat-Wall End Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-29-O-2: Slat-Wall End Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-30-M: Back Panel, Maple. LI-SHL-30-O: Back Panel, Oak. Shelving Units – One Sided: LI-SHL-31-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-31-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-32-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-32-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 42"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and two adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-33-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-33-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-34-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-34-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 66"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and four adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-35-M: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-35-O: Starter Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-36-M: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-36-O: Add-On Unit – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 13"D x 84"H. Unit to include one fixed shelf and five adjustable shelves. Shelving Units – Two Sided: LI-SHL-37-M: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-37-O: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-38-M: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-38-O: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 42"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and four adjustable shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-39-M: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-39-O: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-40-M: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves.
Page 94 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
LI-SHL-40-O: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 66"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and eight adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-41-M: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-41-O: Starter Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-42-M: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. LI-SHL-42-O: Add-On Unit – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 25"D x 84"H. Unit to include two fixed shelves and ten adjustable shelves. Product: LIBRARY SHELVING – MOBILE Item Code: LI-SHL-43 – LI-SHL-52 Description: Mobile shelving units with wood panels, steel shelves, and concealed caster assemblies. Assembled units shall allow access from two sides. Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All panel edges shall be eased and all corners radiused. End panels shall be drilled to receive shelving support pins, not less than 5mm diameter; each side shall have two vertical rows of shelf adjustment holes, on not less than 30mm centers, with one near the front and one near the rear of each shelf. Slat-Wall End Panels: Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick and fabricated with MDF cores, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with horizontal slats on the outside surface and shelf adjustment holes on the inside surface, located and spaced as indicated for typical end and middle/interior panels above. Where indicated, slat-wall panels shall be provided for both end panels of shelving assembly. Top Panels: Top panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All edges shall be eased. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Shelves: Shelves shall be 12-inches deep. Steel: Steel shelves shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.035-inch thick (20-gauge), with powder coat finish. Shelves shall be capable of supporting not less than a 150-pound load (50 lbs./foot) without deflection more than 1/8-inch, with stiffeners and supports as required to support the specified load. Shelves shall be fabricated from a single steel sheet, with rear edge turned up not less than 1-inch, front edge turned down not less than 1-inch, with a hemmed or folded edge. Ends of each shelf shall be turned down not less than 1-inch and shall be slotted to receive shelf support pins (4 total) at ends of each shelf. Shelves shall be designed and fabricated to "lock to" or otherwise engage each support pin so as to prevent the shelf from sliding off the support pins. Toe Kick Plate: Each shelving unit shall be provided with a toe kick plate on each exposed side. Kick plates shall be fabricated from solid hardwood, matching the veneer on the upright panels. Toe kick plates shall be not less than 2-1/2 inches high. Toe kick plates shall be attached at each end, with intermediate attachment as required or recommended by the manufacturer. Frame: Internal frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 1-inch square and not less than 0.047-inch thick (18-gauge), with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Corners of frame shall be braced to stiffen and make the frame rigid. Base assembly shall be fabricated from steel, not less than 0.075-inch thick (14-gauge), with four (4) heavy-duty, hard rubber, swiveling casters, each rated for not less than 250-pound load. Accessory Components:
Page 95 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Shelf Dividers/Book Supports: Each unit shall be provided with manufacturer's standard adjustable shelf dividers/book supports, fabricated from steel sheet or "formed wire". Shelf dividers/book supports shall include all related hardware to attach or support the dividers, including, but not limited to, under-mounted channels (underside of shelf) and support rails. As required or standard from the manufacturer, shelves shall be drilled, punched, slotted, or tabbed to receive shelf dividers/book supports. Formed wire dividers shall be provided with chrome finish; steel sheet dividers shall be finished with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish, in color to match color of steel shelving. Each shelf shall be provided with four (4) dividers. Periodical Display Shelf: Angled shelf assembly for display of periodicals. Shelf shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.035-inch thick (20-gauge). Display shelf shall be set at approximately 30-degree angle (from vertical) and shall have front edge turned up not less than 1/2-inch to retain periodicals on shelf. Card Holder: Holder, sized for 5"W x 3"H cards, fabricated from steel sheet, with framed opening; zinc finish. Holder shall be supplied with two strips of double-sided adhesive foam tape for securing holder to surface of shelving unit. One holder to be provided with each starter or end unit. Angled Media Storage Shelf: Angled shelf assembly fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.048-inch thick (18 gauge), with seven internal dividers oriented vertically. Dimensions: Accessory Components: LI-SHL-43: Periodical Display Shelf: Not less than 34"W x 1"D x 14"H. LI-SHL-44: Angled Media Storage Shelf: Not less than 34"W x 14"D x 5"H. Shelving Units: LI-SHL-45-M / LI-SHL-45-O: Flat Shelving; Flush End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 44"H. Unit to include two fixed flat shelves and four adjustable flat shelves. LI-SHL-46-M / LI-SHL-46-O: Flat Shelving; Slat-wall End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 44"H. Unit to include two fixed flat shelves and four adjustable flat shelves. LI-SHL-47-M / LI-SHL-47-O: Flat Shelving; Flush End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 62"H. Unit to include two fixed flat shelves and six adjustable flat shelves. LI-SHL-48-M / LI-SHL-48-O: Flat Shelving; Slat-wall End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 62"H. Unit to include two fixed flat shelves and six adjustable flat shelves. LI-SHL-49-M / LI-SHL-49-O: Periodical Shelving; Flush End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 44"H. Unit to include six adjustable periodical display shelves. LI-SHL-50-M / LI-SHL-50-O: Periodical Shelving; Slat-wall End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 44"H. Unit to include six adjustable periodical display shelves. LI-SHL-51-M / LI-SHL-51-O: Periodical Shelving; Flush End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 62"H. Unit to include eight adjustable periodical display shelves. LI-SHL-52-M / LI-SHL-52-O: Periodical Shelving; Slat-wall End Panels: Not less than 36"W x 26"D x 62"H. Unit to include eight adjustable periodical display shelves. Product: PERIODICAL SHELVING Item Code: LI-SHL-53 – LI-SHL-70 Description: Modular shelving made up of starter and add-on units, with wood upright panels with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), and steel display shelves. Assembled units shall allow access from one or two sides, as indicated and as requested.
Page 96 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All panel edges shall be eased and all corners radiused; exception: units designed for one side access and designed to be placed against a wall may have square corners at the rear corners of the panels. End and middle/interior panels shall be drilled to receive shelving support pins, not less than 5mm diameter; each side shall have two vertical rows of shelf adjustment holes, on not less than 30mm centers, with one near the front and one near the rear of each shelf. Upright panels shall have steel, adjustable leveling feet, providing not less than 1-inch adjustability, with plastic or vinyl inserts for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. Slat-Wall End Panels: Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick and fabricated with MDF cores, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with horizontal slats on the outside surface and shelf adjustment holes on the inside surface, located and spaced as indicated for typical end and middle/interior panels above. Where indicated, slat-wall panels shall be end panels for shelving row/assembly. Intermediate panels shall always be flush design panels. Intermediate Panels: Intermediate panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Shelves: Shelves shall be 15-inches deep. General: Shelves shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 20-gauge (0.035- inch thick), with powder coat finish. Shelves shall be capable of supporting not less than a 150-pound load (50 lbs./foot) without deflection more than 1/8-inch, with stiffeners and supports as required to support the specified load. Shelves shall be fabricated from a single steel sheet, with rear edge turned up not less than 2-inches, front edge turned down not less than 1-inch, and with all edges having a hemmed or folded edge. Ends of each shelf shall be turned down not less than 1-inch and shall be slotted to receive shelf support pins (4 total) at ends of each shelf. Shelves shall be designed and fabricated to "lock to" or otherwise engage each support pin so as to prevent the shelf from sliding off the support pins. Display shelves shall be hinged assembly with flat shelf and angled display shelf. Display shelf shall be set at approximately 35-degree angle and shall have front edge turned up not less than 3/4-inch to retain periodicals on shelf. Toe Kick Plate: Each shelving unit shall be provided with matching toe kick plates on exposed sides to create a closed bottom. Toe kick plates shall be fabricated from solid hardwood, not less than 1-inch thick. Toe kick plates shall be approximately 2-1/2 inches high. Toe kick plates shall be attached with steel bracket at each end, and intermediate brackets as required or recommended by the manufacturer. Back Panels: Back panels shall be provided for perimeter, one-sided shelving, as requested by the Board. Back panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on exposed side and comparable wood veneer on concealed surface for balanced construction. Frame: Internal frame shall be fabricated from steel tubing, not less than 1-inch square and not less than 18-gauge (0.047-inch thick), with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Corners of frame shall be braced to stiffen and make the frame rigid. Assembly: Panels shall be connected with recessed/countersunk panel connectors, not less than 1/4-inch diameter, specifically designed for securing furniture panels together. Connectors shall have a powder coat finish, black in color. Accessory Components: Card Holder: Holder, sized for 5"W x 3"H cards, fabricated from steel sheet, with framed opening; zinc finish. Holder shall be supplied with two strips of double-sided adhesive foam tape for securing holder to surface of shelving unit. One holder to be provided with each starter or end unit.
Page 97 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Canopy Top Panel: Solid canopy top, fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on both sides and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. All edges shall be eased. Depth of canopy tops shall match shelving units to receive tops, providing a continuous top across full depth of the shelving unit. Dimensions: Accessory Components: LI-SHL-53-M: Canopy Top Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-53-O: Canopy Top Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-54-M: Canopy Top Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-54-O: Canopy Top Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-55-M-1: Flush End Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-55-M-2: Flush End Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-56-O-1: Flush End Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-56-O-2: Flush End Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-57-M-1: Slat-Wall End Panel, Maple – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-57-M-2: Slat-Wall End Panel, Maple – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-58-O-1: Slat-Wall End Panel, Oak – For One Sided Shelving Unit. LI-SHL-58-O-2: Slat-Wall End Panel, Oak – For Two Sided Shelving Unit. Shelving Units – One Sided: LI-SHL-59-M: Starter Unit, Maple – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 42"H. Unit to include two (2) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-59-O: Starter Unit, Oak – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 42"H. Unit to include two (2) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-60-M: Add-On Unit, Maple – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 42"H. Unit to include two (2) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-60-O: Add-On Unit, Oak – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 42"H. Unit to include two (2) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-61-M: Starter Unit, Maple – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 66"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves. LI-SHL-61-O: Starter Unit, Oak – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 66"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves. LI-SHL-62-M: Add-On Unit, Maple – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 66"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves. LI-SHL-62-O: Add-On Unit, Oak – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 66"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves. LI-SHL-63-M: Starter Unit, Maple – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 84"H. Unit to include five (5) display shelves. LI-SHL-63-O: Starter Unit, Oak – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 84"H. Unit to include five (5) display shelves. LI-SHL-64-M: Add-On Unit, Maple – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 84"H. Unit to include five (5) display shelves. LI-SHL-64-O: Add-On Unit, Oak – One Sided: Not less than 36"W x 15"D x 84"H. Unit to include five (5) display shelves. Shelving Units – Two Sided: LI-SHL-65-M: Starter Unit, Maple – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 42"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves, and canopy top panel.
Page 98 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
LI-SHL-65-O: Starter Unit, Oak – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 42"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-66-M: Add-On Unit, Maple – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 42"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-66-O: Add-On Unit, Oak – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 42"H. Unit to include four (4) display shelves, and canopy top panel. LI-SHL-67-M: Starter Unit, Maple – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 66"H. Unit to include eight (8) display shelves. LI-SHL-67-O: Starter Unit, Oak – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 66"H. Unit to include eight (8) display shelves. LI-SHL-68-M: Add-On Unit, Maple – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 66"H. Unit to include eight (8) display shelves. LI-SHL-68-O: Add-On Unit, Oak – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 66"H. Unit to include eight (8) display shelves. LI-SHL-69-M: Starter Unit, Maple – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 84"H. Unit to include ten (10) display shelves. LI-SHL-69-O: Starter Unit, Oak – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 84"H. Unit to include ten (10) display shelves. LI-SHL-70-M: Add-On Unit, Maple – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 84"H. Unit to include ten (10) display shelves. LI-SHL-70-O: Add-On Unit, Oak – Two Sided: Not less than 36"W x 29"D x 84"H. Unit to include ten (10) display shelves. Product: OCTAGONAL DISPLAY SHELVING Item Code: LI-SHL-71 Description: Mobile, two-tier display shelving unit with alternating open shelves and slat wall displays on lower unit – four panels shall be open shelving and four panels shall be slat-wall. Unit shall be all-wood construction, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O). Upright Panels: Upright panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges; all exposed edges shall be eased. Where adjustable shelves are to be installed, upright panels shall be drilled to receive shelving support pins, not less than 5mm diameter, with powder coat finish, black in color; each side shall have two vertical rows of shelf adjustment holes, on not less than 30mm centers, with one near the front and one near the rear of each shelf. Display Surfaces: Horizontal display surfaces/work surfaces and shelves shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with high-pressure decorative laminate finish and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges; all exposed edges shall be eased and corners radiused. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Slat-Wall Panels: Slat-wall panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4- inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick, fabricated with MDF cores, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Shelves: Shelves shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer on both sides and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges; all exposed edges shall be eased. Adjustable shelves shall be routed to receive shelf support pins (4 total) located at ends of each shelf. Each shelf shall "lock to" or otherwise engage each support pin so as to prevent the shelf from sliding forward or off the support pins. Shelves shall be not less than 18"W x 11"D. Toe Kick Plate: Each unit shall be provided with matching wood toe kick plate(s), fabricated from solid hardwood, not less than 1-inch thick. Toe kick plates shall be approximately 2-1/2 inches high. Toe kick plates shall be attached with steel bracket at each end, and intermediate brackets as required or recommended by the manufacturer.
Page 99 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Casters: Unit shall be provided with not less than four (4) heavy-duty, hard rubber, swiveling casters that are concealed from view behind the toe kick plate. Dimensions: LI-SHL-71-M / LI-SHL-71-O: Base Unit: Not less than 50"W x 49"D x 28"H. Upper Unit: Not less than 28"W x 26"D x 11"H. Complete Unit: Not less than 50"W x 49"D x 39"H. Product: END OF RANGE DISPLAY Item Code: LI-SHL-72 Description: Freestanding wood display shelving unit with tiered, vertically pocketed shelves, oriented to display books and periodicals in upright position in stepped levels, extending between vertical wood end panels. Unit shall be transparent finished wood, oak (O) or maple (M). The shelving unit components shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, 1-inch thick, with solid hardwood edging, or solid wood construction. Unit shall have not less than five (5) tiered, pocketed shelves that are each not less than 8-inches deep. Unit shall be provided with not less than four (4) adjustable, chrome-finished steel glides with rubber or plastic inserts for hard flooring and steel bottom glides for carpet. Dimensions: LI-SHL-72-M / LI-SHL-72-O: Unit: Not less than 22"W x 16"D x 44"H. Pockets: Not less than 1-inch deep x 9"H. Product: BOOK DISPLAY – DOUBLE-SIDED Item Code: LI-SHL-73 Description: Freestanding book display unit, of wood construction, either maple (M) or oak (O), with steel shelves, fabricated as a double-sided unit for display of books. Unit shall be construction with vertical wood end panels, fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 1-inch thick, and solid hardwood edging. Unit shall have not less than four (4) steel shelves extending between the wood end panels. The unit shall have supplemental bracing, either steel or wood components, between end panels as recommended or required by the manufacturer for lateral stability of the unit. Steel components shall have powder coat finish, in color to be selected from manufacturer's standard range. Unit shall be provided with not less than four (4) adjustable, chrome-finished steel glides with rubber or plastic inserts for hard flooring and steel bottom glides for carpet. Shelves: Steel shelves shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 22-gauge (0.030-inch thick), with powder coat finish, in color to be selected from manufacturer's standard range. Shelves shall be fabricated from a single steel sheet, with rear edge turned up not less than 1- inch, and front edge turned down not less than 1/2-inch, with a hemmed or folded edge. Shelves shall be not less than 6-inches deep and shall be secured to the end panels with manufacturer's standard anchors. Dimensions: LI-SHL-73-M / LI-SHL-73-O: Unit: Not less than 18"W x 22"D x 48"H. Product: BOOK DISPLAY – SLATWALL Item Code: LI-SHL-74 Description: Freestanding book display unit, of wood construction, either maple (M) or oak (O), with slat-wall display shelves, fabricated as a double-sided unit for display of books. Unit shall have a raised base/toe kick, not less than 4-inches high, and tapered, double-sided central display column, with slat-wall display shelving surface. Wood panels, including end and top panels, shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, and solid hardwood edging, or be fabricated of solid wood. Toe kick shall be fabricated with particleboard core, not less than 1- inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer. Unit shall have internal wood or steel support frame. Unit shall be provided with not less than four (4) adjustable, chrome-finished steel glides with rubber or plastic inserts for hard flooring and steel bottom glides for carpet. Slat-Wall: Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4- inch thick, and slats, not less than 1/2-inch thick and fabricated with MDF cores, with transparent finished wood veneer and solid hardwood edging on all exposed edges. Each panel shall be not less than 1-1/4-inch thick, overall, with horizontal slats spaced approximately 3-inches on center. Slat-wall end panels shall be fabricated with horizontal slats on the outside surface and shelf adjustment holes on the inside surface, located and spaced as indicated for typical end and middle/interior panels above. Where indicated, slat-wall panels shall be end panels for shelving row/assembly. Intermediate panels shall always be flush design panels.
Page 100 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Shelves: Shelves shall be wood, finished to match the main display unit. Shelves shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, not less than 3/4-inch thick, with solid hardwood edging, or be fabricated of solid wood. Shelves shall be supported by adjustable steel shelf supports with powder coat finish, in color to be selected from manufacturer's standard range. Each shelf shall be provided with not less than two (2) adjustable shelf supports. Shelving unit shall be provided with not less than six (6) shelves for each side. Dimensions: LI-SHL-74-O / LI-SHL-74-M: Unit: Not less than 28"W x 28"D x 64"H. Product: BIG BOOK STORAGE UNIT Item Code: LI-STO-1 Description: Freestanding wood cabinet with pullout drawers for oversized books, folios, and other references. Except as noted, the cabinets shall be transparent finished wood, maple (M) or oak (O). Cabinet components shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, or solid wood construction, unless noted otherwise. Cabinet shall be provided with not less than four (4) casters, 2-inch minimum diameter, concealed from view behind panels, including toe kick. Side Panels: Side panels, including toe kick, shall be fabricated with particleboard cores, minimum 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneers and solid wood edging. Back Panel: Back panel shall be fabricated with particleboard core, minimum 3/4-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneers and solid wood edging. Top: Top shall be fabricated with particleboard core, minimum 1-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneers and solid wood edging. Shelves: Minimum of six (6) pullout shelves, minimum 1/2-inch thick; solid wood or hardwood veneer plywood (finished both sides); each shelf shall have two (2) 100-pound capacity, positive stop, side-mounted, full-extension, zinc-plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings; and retainer at front edge. Each shelf shall provide not less than 2-1/2 inches of clear height beneath the drawer or surface above. Shelves shall be not less than 18 inches deep. Dimensions: LI-STO-2-M / LI-STO-2-O: Not less than 24"W x 20"D x 30"H. Product: BIG BOOK DISPLAY EASEL Item Code: LI-STO-2 Description: Freestanding wood display easel, fabricated from either particleboard core, 1/2-inch (15/32-inch) thick, with hardwood veneer finish, all sides, and solid hardwood edging; with solid wood book support ledge across bottom edge. Display surface shall be inclined at not more than a 30- degree angle, and shall be supported by wood back and base panels. The easel shall be mounted to a steel base, with internal steel ball bearings, that permits 360-degree rotation. Dimensions: LI-STO-3-M / LI-STO-3-O: Display Surface: Not less than 20"W x 15"H. Easel: Not less than 20"W x 10"D x 15"H. Product: BOOK TRUCKS Item Code: LI-STO-3 – LI-STO-4 Description: Mobile storage/shelving truck for moving of books and other objects. Truck shall be fabricated from steel sheet, with all joints fully welded, and a powder coat finish. Truck shall be fabricated with solid shelves; solid or perforated end panels; integral tubular handles, 1-inch minimum, with radiused edges and corners, at each end of the truck; and not less than four (4) rubber, heavy- duty casters (4-inch diameter, minimum), with pivoting-type casters to aid maneuverability and not less than two (2) locking-type casters; intermediate casters shall be provided as required to support loads. Each shelf shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18 gauge), be capable of supporting a load of 50 pounds per linear foot, have a factory-applied sound dampening mastic applied to the underside, and provide not less than 12-inches of clear height beneath the shelf above. Trucks shall be provided in the following configurations: LI-STO-3: Double-sided truck with three (3) slanted shelves on each side. LI-STO-4: Single-sided truck with three (3) slanted shelves. Dimensions: Not less than 36"W x 18"D x 42"H. Product: BOOK TRUCKS Item Code: LI-STO-5 – LI-STO-6 Description: Mobile storage/shelving truck for moving of books and other objects. Truck shall be fabricated from steel sheet, with all joints fully welded, and a powder coat finish. Truck shall be fabricated
Page 101 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
with solid shelves; solid or perforated end panels; integral tubular handles, 1-inch minimum, with radiused edges and corners, at each end of the truck; and not less than four (4) rubber, heavy- duty casters (4-inch diameter, minimum), with pivoting-type casters to aid maneuverability and not less than two (2) locking-type casters; intermediate casters shall be provided as required to support loads. Each shelf shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.050-inch thick (18 gauge), be capable of supporting a load of 50 pounds per linear foot, have a factory-applied sound dampening mastic applied to the underside, and provide not less than 12-inches of clear height beneath the shelf above. Trucks shall be provided in the following configurations: LI-STO-5: Double-sided truck with two (2) slanted shelves on each side, and a flat bottom shelf. LI-STO-6: Double-sided truck with two (2) slanted shelves on each side, and a flat top shelf. Dimensions: Not less than 36"W x 18"D x 42"H. Product: DEPRESSIBLE BOOK TRUCK Item Code: LI-STO-7 Description: Mobile truck with spring-loaded, depressible shelf to receive returned books and other resources. Truck shall be fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.0375-inch thick, with all joints fully welded, and a powder coat finish. Truck shall be fabricated with integral tubular handles, 1-inch minimum, with radiused edges and corners, at each end of the truck; and not less than four (4) rubber, heavy-duty casters (4-inch diameter, minimum), with two (2) locking- type casters and bumper guards. Depressible shelf shall provide not less than 15-inches of storage when fully depressed, and shall be finished with high-pressure decorative laminate. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: LI-STO-7: Not less than 30"W x 24"D x 30"H. Product: LIBRARY TABLES Item Code: LI-TAB-1 – LI-TAB-6 Description: Tables shall be all wood construction. Tabletop shall be constructed with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), or high- pressure decorative laminate finish, and solid hardwood edging. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Long tabletops (greater than 48-inches long) shall be supported by steel stiffeners or support beams, mounted on the underside of the tabletop, running lengthwise, as recommended by the table manufacturer. As required or recommended by manufacturer, tabletops may have solid hardwood support rails (aprons) extending between legs on all sides. Legs shall be solid hardwood construction matching tabletop, securely anchored to tabletop with not less than four (4) machine bolts or wood screws, minimum 1/4-inch diameter, fully concealed from view, and shall have eased or radiused edges. Each leg shall have an adjustable-height, chrome-finished, steel leveling glide with vinyl or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. For accessibility, each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed space not less than 30"W x 27"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. The clear space shall be provided on not less than two sides of each table. Maximum allowable tabletop height (floor to surface of table) is 34 inches. Dimensions: LI-TAB-1-M / LI-TAB-1-O: Not less than 42"W x 42"D x 29"H. LI-TAB-2-M / LI-TAB-2-O: Not less than 42" Diameter x 29"H. LI-TAB-3-M / LI-TAB-3-O: Not less than 48" Diameter x 29"H. LI-TAB-4-M / LI-TAB-4-O: Not less than 48" Diameter x 29"H. (accessible) LI-TAB-5-M / LI-TAB-5-O: Not less than 60"L x 30"D x 29"H. LI-TAB-6-M / LI-TAB-6-O: Not less than 72"L x 30"D x 29"H. Product: LIBRARY TABLES Item Code: LI-TAB-7 – LI-TAB-12 Description: Tables shall be all wood construction. Tabletop shall be constructed with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), or high- pressure decorative laminate finish, and solid hardwood edging. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Long tabletops (greater than 48-inches long) shall be supported by steel stiffeners or support beams, mounted on the underside of the
Page 102 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
tabletop, running lengthwise, as recommended by the table manufacturer. As required or recommended by manufacturer, tabletops may have solid hardwood support rails (aprons) extending between legs on all sides. Legs shall be solid hardwood construction matching tabletop, securely anchored to tabletop with not less than four (4) machine bolts or wood screws, minimum 1/4-inch diameter, fully concealed from view, and shall have eased or radiused edges. Each leg shall have an adjustable-height, chrome-finished, steel leveling glide with vinyl or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. For accessibility, each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed space not less than 30"W x 24"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. The clear space shall be provided on not less than two sides of each table. Maximum allowable tabletop height (floor to surface of table) is 30 inches. Dimensions: LI-TAB-7-M / LI-TAB-7-O: Not less than 42"W x 42"D x 27"H. LI-TAB-8-M / LI-TAB-8-O: Not less than 42"Diameter x 27"H. LI-TAB-9-M / LI-TAB-9-O: Not less than 48"Diameter x 27"H. LI-TAB-10-M / LI-TAB-10-O: Not less than 48" Diameter x 27"H. (accessible) LI-TAB-11-M / LI-TAB-11-O: Not less than 60"L x 30"D x 27"H. LI-TAB-12-M / LI-TAB-12-O: Not less than 72"L x 30"D x 27"H. Product: LIBRARY TABLES – MOBILE Item Code: LI-TAB-13 – LI-TAB-16 Description: Tables shall be all wood construction. Tabletop shall be constructed with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), or high- pressure decorative laminate finish, and solid hardwood edging. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Long tabletops (greater than 48-inches long) shall be supported by steel stiffeners or support beams, mounted on the underside of the tabletop, running lengthwise, as recommended by the table manufacturer. As required or recommended by manufacturer, tabletops may have solid hardwood support rails (aprons) extending between legs on all sides. Legs shall be solid hardwood construction matching tabletop, securely anchored to tabletop with not less than four (4) machine bolts or wood screws, minimum 1/4-inch diameter, fully concealed from view, and shall have eased or radiused edges. Each leg shall have a hard rubber, swiveling casters, stem or top-plate mount, each rated for not less than 125-pound load; two casters shall be lockable. For accessibility, each mobile table shall provide a clear, unobstructed space not less than 30"W x 27"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. The clear space shall be provided on not less than two sides of each table. Maximum allowable tabletop height (floor to surface of table) is 34 inches. Dimensions: LI-TAB-13-M / LI-TAB-13-O: Not less than 42"W x 42"D x 29"H. (height includes casters) LI-TAB-14-M / LI-TAB-14-O: Not less than 42"Diameter x 29"H. (height includes casters) LI-TAB-15-M / LI-TAB-15-O: Not less than 48"Diameter x 29"H. (height includes casters) LI-TAB-16-M / LI-TAB-16-O: Not less than 48"Diameter x 29"H. (accessible round) (height includes casters) Product: LIBRARY TABLES – MOBILE Item Code: LI-TAB-17 – LI-TAB-20 Description: Tables shall be all wood construction. Tabletop shall be constructed with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), or high- pressure decorative laminate finish, and solid hardwood edging. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Long tabletops (greater than 48-inches long) shall be supported by steel stiffeners or support beams, mounted on the underside of the tabletop, running lengthwise, as recommended by the table manufacturer. As required or recommended by manufacturer, tabletops may have solid hardwood support rails (aprons) extending between legs on all sides. Legs shall be solid hardwood construction matching tabletop, securely anchored to tabletop with not less than four (4) machine bolts or wood screws, minimum 1/4-inch diameter, fully concealed from view, and shall have eased or radiused edges. Each leg shall have a hard rubber, swiveling
Page 103 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
casters, stem or top-plate mount, each rated for not less than 100-pound load; two casters shall be lockable. For accessibility, each mobile table shall provide a clear, unobstructed space not less than 30"W x 27"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. The clear space shall be provided on not less than two sides of each table. Maximum allowable tabletop height (floor to surface of table) is 30 inches. Dimensions: LI-TAB-17-M / LI-TAB-17-O: Not less than 42"W x 42"D x 27"H. (height includes casters) LI-TAB-18-M / LI-TAB-18-O: Not less than 42" Diameter x 27"H. (height includes casters) LI-TAB-19-M / LI-TAB-19-O: Not less than 48" Diameter x 27"H. (height includes casters) LI-TAB-20-M / LI-TAB-20-O: 48" Diameter x 27"H. (accessible round) (height includes casters) Product: LIBRARY TABLES – CAFÉ Item Code: LI-TAB-21 – LI-TAB-22 Description: Tables shall be all wood construction. Tabletop shall be constructed with particleboard core, not less than 1-1/8-inch thick, with transparent finished wood veneer, maple (M) or oak (O), or high- pressure decorative laminate finish, and solid hardwood edging. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. As required or recommended by manufacturer, tabletops may have solid hardwood support rails (aprons) extending between legs on all sides. Legs shall be solid hardwood construction matching tabletop, securely anchored to tabletop with not less than four (4) machine bolts or wood screws, minimum 1/4-inch diameter, fully concealed from view, and shall have eased or radiused edges. Each leg shall have an adjustable-height, chrome-finished, steel leveling glide with vinyl or rubber insert for use on hard flooring or steel bottom for use on carpet. As recommended by manufacturer, solid wood braces shall be provided between legs, located to act as footrest. Dimensions: LI-21-M / LI-21-O: Round 36" Diameter x 42" H. LI-22-M / LI-22-O Square 42” W x 42” D x 42” H Product: TABLE, MOBILE NESTING Item Code: LI-TAB-23 – LI-TAB-24 Description: Flip-top steel base on locking casters. Powder coated steel legs. High-pressure laminate top with flat vinyl edge banding. Laminate color/pattern to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: LI-TAB-23 60” W x 30” D x 29” H LI-TAB-24 42” W x 42” D x 29” H
END of CATEGORY 4 – LIBRARY FURNITURE
CATEGORY 5 – EARLY CHILDHOOD FURNITURE Product: UPHOLSTERED CHAIR Item Code: EC-1 Description: Upholstered chair fabricated with solid wood frame, with vinyl upholstered arms, back, and integral seating cushion with polyurethane foam. Chair shall have removable, screw-on legs, with nylon glides on bottom surfaces. Upholstery fabric shall be solid in color. Chair shall comply with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Upholstery shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Not less than 25" W x 19-3/4” D x 20-1/2" H. Finished seating surface shall be not less than 10 inches high and not less than 14-inches wide.
Page 104 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: UPHOLSTERED SOFA Item Code: EC-2 Description: Upholstered sofa fabricated with solid wood frame, with vinyl upholstered arms, back, and integral seating cushion filled with polyurethane foam. Sofa shall have removable, screw-on legs, with nylon glides on bottom surfaces. Upholstery fabric shall be solid in color. Sofa shall comply with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Upholstery shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Minimum 36" L x 19-3/4" D x 20-1/2” H. Finished seating surface shall be not less than 10-1/2” inches high. Product: CHILD'S WOOD CHAIR – 12" Item Code: EC-3 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board. Chairs shall be fabricated with mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; corner block reinforcement; all edges eased and fully sanded; contoured saddle seat; contoured back rails. Chairs shall be ladder-back design, with post leg (braced) base. Chairs shall be provided with glides with plastic or nylon inserts. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non-yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: 12-inch seat height: Minimum 13"W x 12"D x 22"H. Product: CHILD'S STACKING WOOD CHAIR – 12" Item Code: EC-4 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from bent, laminated maple or birch. All edges eased and fully sanded; all corners rounded. Chairs shall be provided with soft, non-slip tips. Chairs shall stack four (4) high, minimum. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non- yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: 12-inch seat height: Minimum 12"W x 11"D x 22"H. Product: CHILD'S CHAIR WITH ARMS, 12" Item Code: EC-5 Description: Chair shall provide support and positioning assistance for young children, as well as children who are mildly impaired. Chair shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from bent, laminated maple. All edges eased and fully sanded; all corners rounded. Chair shall have high armrests and seatback; hardwood sides; and rubber feet caps on all legs. Option: When requested by the Board, chair shall be provided with a removable, adjustable hip belt with quick-release clip at no additional cost. Dimensions: Seat Height: 12-inches. Seat Width: 13-inches, minimum. Seat Depth: 11-inches, minimum. Arm Height: 6-inches, minimum above level of seat. Product: CHILD'S WOOD CHAIR – 14" Item Code: EC-6 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board. Chairs shall be fabricated with mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; corner block reinforcement; all edges eased and fully sanded; contoured saddle seat; contoured back rails. Chairs shall be ladder-back design, with post leg (braced) base. Chairs shall be provided with glides with plastic or nylon inserts. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non-yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: 14-inch seat height: Minimum 13"W x 13"D x 24"H. Product: CHILD'S STACKING WOOD CHAIR – 14" Item Code: EC-7 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from bent, laminated maple or birch. All edges eased; all corners rounded. Chairs shall be provided with soft, non-slip tips. Chairs shall stack four (4) high, minimum. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non-yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: 14-inch seat height: Minimum 14"W x 13"D x 22"H.
Page 105 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: CHILD'S CUBE CHAIR WITH ARMS, 9" Item Code: EC-8 Description: Chair shall provide support and positioning assistance for young children, as well as children who are mildly impaired. All edges eased and fully sanded; all corners rounded. Chair shall have high armrests and seatback. Option: When requested by the Board, chair shall be provided with a removable, adjustable hip belt with quick-release clip at no additional cost. Dimensions: Seat Height: 9” Seat Width: 14”, minimum. Seat Depth: 12”, minimum. Arm Height: 6”, minimum above level of seat. Total Height: 14” Product: TEACHER'S WOOD CHAIR – 18" Item Code: EC-9 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board. Chairs shall be fabricated with mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; corner block reinforcement; all edges eased and fully sanded; contoured saddle seat, minimum 1-inch thick; contoured back rails. Chairs shall be ladder-back design, with post leg (braced) base. Chairs shall be provided with adjustable glides. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non- yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: 18-inch seat height: Minimum 18"W x 16"D x 32"H. Product: ADULT ROCKING CHAIR – GLIDER/ROCKER Item Code: EC-10 Description: Chairs shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M), beech (Be) or birch (Bi) as required by the Board. Chairs shall be fabricated with dowel and pinned mortise and tenon joints, fully glued; corner block reinforcement; all edges eased and fully sanded; contoured saddle seat, minimum 1-inch thick; contoured back rails. Sealed ball bearing mechanism for a true rocking, not gliding motion. Chairs shall be finished with clear, lead-free, non-yellowing, acrylic lacquer. Dimensions: Minimum 23-1/2” W x 24-1/2" D x 43-3/4" H. Seat Height: 17” Arm Height: 27” Product: TEACHER STOOL Item Code: EC-11 Description: Stool shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board; with either doweled or mortise and tenon joints, fully glued. Stool seat (min. 1-inch thick), shall be solid wood construction, round or square, with radiused corners. Legs shall be solid wood construction, with glides. Dimensions: 12" seat height. Product: TRI-LEVEL READING TERRACE Item Code: EC-12 Description: Terraced reading platform, with three floor heights for sitting. Floor shall have foam cushion vinyl flooring and support panels that function as book display shelves. All wood construction, maple, with clear, stain-resistant finish. Vinyl flooring shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Not less than 84"W x 64"D x 56"H. Product: READING NOOK Item Code: EC-13 Description: Reading Nook shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board.; padded, vinyl-covered seating with angled backrests; four compartments for book storage; clear acrylic side panels; GREENGUARD certified. Dimensions: 47” W x 10-1/2” D x 34-1/2” H
Page 106 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: READING CUSHIONS Item Code: EC-14 Description: Upholstered cushions / pillows; stackable; with removable fabric shell for cleaning. Cushion shall be filled with polyurethane foam complying with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Upholstery shall have liquid-resistant inner core. Upholstery fabric to be available in multiple colors. Final color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: Not less than 25" W x 25" W x 9" Thick. Product: FOLDING FLOOR CHAIR Item Code: EC-15 Description: Portable, folding, upholstered floor chair. Fabric shell shall be solid in color and removable for cleaning; chair shall include internal foam padding. Fabric shell shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Provide microfiber chair cover. Dimensions: 22"L x 14"W x 21"H. Product: BEAN BAG OTTOMAN Item Code: EC-16 Description: Upholstered 'bean bag' ottoman with water resistant upholstery in solid color. Unit shall be filled by polystyrene beads within internal scrim casing to prevent spillage if a hole develops in the finish upholstery. All joints shall be tightly seamed. Upholstery shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: 20" Diameter x 13"H. Product: WRITING TABLE WITH HUTCH Item Code: EC-17 Description: Table shall be all wood construction, fabricated from maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board. Table top shall be wood veneer finish over particleboard substrate, with solid wood edging; support rails/fascia shall be solid wood; legs shall be solid wood, with glides. Hutch shall be fabricated from veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer) and shall provide not less than eight (8) open bins for storage. Hutch shall be securely fastened to desk. Dimensions: Table: Not less than 48"L x 30"D x 24"H. Hutch: Not less than 44"L x 10"D x 12"H; Maximum width = 1" less than table. Product: WRITING TABLE WITH HUTCH – ACCESSIBLE Item Code: EC-18 Description: Same as for EC-24, above. Dimensions: Table: Not less than 48"L x 30"D. Height shall be 30" (maximum). Hutch: Same as for EC-24, above. Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space not less than 30"W x 24"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Product: ACTIVITY TABLE – RECTANGULAR Item Code: EC-19 Description: Adjustable height activity table with high-pressure decorative laminate finish, top and bottom sides, over particleboard substrate; vinyl or rubber edge banding, black in color. Steel leg frame and sleeves shall have powder-coat finish, black in color; frame shall be securely anchored to table with not less than four (4) wood screws, #10 minimum, Phillips head. Telescoping steel tube legs shall be 18-gauge, minimum, and shall adjust in one-inch increments. Legs shall have self-leveling, chrome-finished, swivel steel glides with plastic or nylon inserts. Dimensions: Not less than 48"L x 24"D x 15"-24"H. Product: ACTIVITY TABLE – RECTANGULAR– ACCESSIBLE Item Code: EC-20 Description: Same as EC-25, above. Dimensions: Not less than 48"L x 24"D. Height shall be 30" (maximum). Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space not less than 30"W x 24"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space.
Page 107 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: ACTIVITY TABLE – ROUND Item Code: EC-21 Description: Adjustable height activity table with high-pressure decorative laminate finish, top and bottom sides, over particleboard substrate; vinyl or rubber edge banding, black in color. Steel leg frame and sleeves shall have powder-coat finish, black in color; frame shall be securely anchored to table with not less than four (4) wood screws, #10 minimum, Phillips head. Telescoping steel tube legs shall be 18-gauge, minimum, and shall adjust in one-inch increments. Legs shall have self-leveling, chrome-finished, swivel steel glides with plastic or nylon inserts. Dimensions: Not less than 42" diameter x 15"-24"H. Product: ACTIVITY TABLE – ROUND – ACCESSIBLE Item Code: EC-22 Description: Same as EC-26, above. Dimensions: Not less than 48" diameter. Height shall be 30" (maximum). Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space not less than 30"W x 24"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Product: ACTIVITY TABLE – TRAPEZOID Item Code: EC-23 Description: Adjustable height activity table with high-pressure decorative laminate finish, top and bottom sides, over particleboard substrate; vinyl or rubber edge banding, black in color. Steel leg frame and sleeves shall have powder-coat finish, black in color; frame shall be securely anchored to table with not less than four (4) wood screws, #10 minimum, Phillips head. Telescoping steel tube legs shall be 18-gauge, minimum, and shall adjust in one-inch increments. Legs shall have self-leveling, chrome-finished, swivel steel glides with plastic or nylon inserts. Dimensions: Not less than 48"L (long side) / 24"L (short side) x 24"D x 15"-24"H. Product: ACTIVITY TABLE – TRAPEZOID – ACCESSIBLE Item Code: EC-24 Description: Same as EC-27, above. Dimensions: Not less than 48"L (long side) / 30"L (short side) x 30"D. Height shall be 30" (maximum). Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space not less than 30"W x 24"H x 19"D beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Product: COMPUTER TABLE - ACCESSIBLE Item Code: EC-25 Description: Table shall be all wood construction, fabricated from maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board. Table top shall be wood veneer finish over particleboard substrate, with solid wood edging; support rails/fascia (if required) shall be solid wood; legs shall be solid wood, with heavy- duty, swivel casters, with two (2) locking. Table legs shall be adjustable, allowing tabletop (finished work surface) height to be adjusted from 18-inches to 30-inches. Table shall be able to accommodate two (2) computers. Dimensions: 49-1/4" L x 29" D x 18"-30" H. Accessibility: Each table shall provide a clear, unobstructed knee space not less than 30" W x 19" D x 24" H beneath the tabletop. Supports such as tabletop support framing, diagonal leg bracing, and fascia and aprons shall be outside of the required knee space. Product: TABLE WITH X-SHAPED BASE Item Code: EC-26 Description: Table shall be all wood construction, fabricated from maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board. Tabletop and base shall be wood veneer finish over particleboard substrate, not less than 3/4" thick, with solid wood edging. Dimensions: Not less than 30"W x 30"D x 15"H. Product: TABLETOP LIGHT PANEL Item Code: EC-27 Description: Portable, tabletop light box with white, translucent, impact-resistant acrylic work surface. Frame shall have rounded and eased edges.
Page 108 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: Not less than 17-1/2” W x 13” D Product: MULTIPURPOSE TABLE – ROUND Item Code: EC-28 Description: Wood table; Base / leg assembly shall be solid wood construction with solid wood corner blocking; oak, maple or birch; clear, stain-resistant finish. Table top shall be minimum 1-inch thick particleboard core with high-pressure decorative laminate finish surface in oak, maple or birch wood finish matching solid wood legs in color and grain; top shall have matching high- pressure decorative laminate balance sheet on opposite side; table edges shall be solid wood or wood edge banding, matching solid wood legs in color and grain. Dimensions: 30" Diameter x 20" H. Product: MULTIPURPOSE TABLE – SQUARE Item Code: EC-29 Description: Wood table; Base / leg assembly shall be solid wood construction with solid wood corner blocking; oak, maple or birch; clear, stain-resistant finish. Table top shall be minimum 1-inch thick particleboard core with high-pressure decorative laminate finish surface in oak, maple or birch wood finish matching solid wood legs in color and grain; top shall have matching high- pressure decorative laminate balance sheet on opposite side; table edges shall be solid wood or wood edge banding, matching solid wood legs in color and grain. Dimensions: 24"L x 24"W x 20"H. Product: SCALLOPED TABLE Item Code: EC-30 Description: Wood table, adjustable height; Base / leg assembly shall be solid wood construction; oak, maple or birch; clear, stain-resistant finish. Table top shall be minimum 1-inch thick particleboard core with high-pressure decorative laminate finish surface in oak, maple or birch wood finish, and scalloped edges; top shall have matching high-pressure decorative laminate balance sheet on opposite side; table edges shall be solid wood or wood edge banding matching finish of table surface. Dimensions: 36" Diameter; 15"-19" Height (table surface). Product: CLASSROOM TABLE – ROUND Item Code: EC-31 Description: Adjustable height activity table with high-pressure decorative laminate finish – northern red oak wood finish. Table top shall be minimum 1-inch thick particleboard core with high-pressure decorative laminate finish surface; top shall have matching high-pressure decorative laminate balance sheet on bottom side; table edges shall be vinyl or rubber edge banding, black in color. Steel leg frame and sleeves shall have powder-coat finish, black in color; frame shall be securely anchored to table with not less than four (4) wood screws, #10 minimum, Phillips head. Telescoping steel tube legs shall be 18-gauge, minimum, and shall adjust in one-inch increments. Legs shall have self-leveling, chrome-finished, swivel steel glides with plastic or nylon inserts. Dimensions: 36"Diameter x 15"-24"H. Product: CLASSROOM WORK TABLE Item Code: EC-32 Description: Wood work table; Solid wood construction; oak, maple or birch; clear, stain-resistant finish. Table shall have solid wood butcher block top, not less than 1-inch thick; solid wood legs; with low storage shelf with wood side walls, not less than 4-inches high, and solid wood or plywood bottom. Dimensions: Not less than 48" L x 24" D x 24" H. Product: LIVING ROOM COFFEE TABLE Item Code: EC-33 Description: Low wood coffee table; solid wood construction; oak, maple or birch; unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with oak, maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Legs shall have nylon glides. Dimensions: Not less than 24"L x 15"D x 13"H.
Page 109 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: SAND AND WATER TABLE Item Code: EC-34 Description: Mobile activity center; water-resistant finish. Activity center shall include a molded plastic bottom pan, with gutters; a clear plastic top; a movable play shelf; and flexible hose, with drain cap, for draining water from the pan. Legs shall provide adjustable height, with heavy-duty, locking casters on two legs. The other two legs shall have rubber pads to provide skid resistance. Plastic bottom pan shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Not less than 45"W x 24"D x 18"-24"H. Product: SENSORY TABLE Item Code: EC-35 Description: Height-adjustable sensory table. Top shall include surface to receive standard Lego brand blocks. Table shall have four (4) heavy-duty, swivel casters, with two (2) lockable. Table shall include deep (not less than 9-inches), clear, removable, impact-resistant plastic tub with top, with a bottom drain valve, for sand and water play. Dimensions: Not less than 20" W x 20" D x 18”-24” H. Product: BOOK BENCH WITH CUSHIONS, SMALL Item Code: EC-36 Description: Wood bench with integral open storage shelf, with vertical dividers forming open storage compartments, and removable cushion on top surface. Bench shall be constructed of hardwood veneered plywood; veneer to be oak, maple or birch; clear, stain-resistant finish. Seat cushion shall have vinyl upholstery cover. Cushion shall be approximately 2-inches thick, with polyurethane foam filling that complies with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Not less than 24"L x 15"D x 12" seat height. Product: BOOK BENCH WITH CUSHIONS, LARGE Item Code: EC-37 Description: Wood bench with integral open storage shelf, with vertical dividers forming open storage compartments, and removable cushion on top surface. Bench shall be constructed of hardwood veneered plywood; veneer to be oak, maple or birch; clear, stain-resistant finish. Seat cushion shall have vinyl upholstery cover. Cushion shall be approximately 2-inches thick, with polyurethane foam filling that complies with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Not less than 48"L x 15"D x 16" seat height. Product: BOOK CART Item Code: EC-38 Description: Mobile book cart, fabricated from either solid wood (maple) or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); corners shall be radiused and edges eased. Cart shall include a storage bin; removable book dividers (2) fabricated from matching wood; and a low, fixed, solid wood shelf. Each end of the cart shall have either holes drilled through the wood end panel or fixed handles to facilitate moving of cart. Cart shall have four (4) heavy-duty, swivel casters to allow cart to be rolled. Dimensions: Not less than 36"L x 12"D x 24"H. Product: DRYING RACK, ALL-PURPOSE Item Code: EC-39 Description: Free-standing all-purpose drying rack; 15 reinforced wire shelves; holds paper up to 18” x 24”. Dimensions: 20-1/2” W x 17” D x 23” H Product: CUBBIES / STORAGE TRAYS Item Code: EC-40 Description: Plastic storage trays/tubs with clear, removable, snap-on lids. Trays shall be fabricated of impact-resistant plastic, and shall nest inside one another when empty. Trays shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: 13"L x 9"W x 5"H (Approximate).
Page 110 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: MOBILE MEDIA CABINET Item Code: EC-41 Description: Mobile, lockable storage cart for audio/visual equipment. Unit shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from veneer plywood with either maple or Baltic birch face veneer, with solid wood edging and clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include two (2) adjustable interior shelves; grommet in top surface and not less than two (2) openings in rear wall panel for power cord management; recessed toe kick. Front of cabinet shall hinge open (180 degrees), with continuous piano hinges, concealed from view when doors are closed. Doors shall be held closed with magnetic catches on interior of unit and keyed cam lock on each door, securing door to frame of unit. Unit shall be provided with two (2) keys for each lock. Dimensions: 24"W x 20"D x 30"H. Product: OPEN STORAGE UNIT Item Code: EC-42 Description: One-sided open storage and display unit, two shelves with vertical dividers staggered; all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include recessed toe kick in front and concealed, heavy-duty, swivel casters for mobility. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 28"H. Product: MOBILE STORAGE UNIT Item Code: EC-43 Description: Sectional open storage unit. Unit shall be all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch; constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include recessed toe kick in front and concealed, heavy-duty, swivel casters for mobility. Upper portion of the unit shall be divided into three distinct and separate sections that include paper storage slots. Two sections shall provide horizontal storage slots, one with removable dividers. The third section shall provide vertical storage slots. Lower portion of the unit shall include three tiers of open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact-resistant plastic storage containers with snap-on lids. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 9"W x 14"D x 6"H (inside clear dimensions). Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 34"H. Product: MOBILE STORAGE UNIT – PIVOTING / LOCKABLE Item Code: EC-44 Description: Book shelf, display, and storage unit. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; and recessed toe kick. Unit shall consist of two halves, connected in the middle by a full-height safety piano hinge allowing 180 degree opening; with concealed, heavy-duty, swivel casters for mobility and to open / close unit. When closed, unit shall be secured by hasp lock. One unit (#1) shall include not less than 20 open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact-resistant plastic storage containers with snap-on lids. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 9"W x 14"D x 6"H (inside clear dimensions). Other unit (#2) shall include open display/storage shelves with fixed, vertical dividers. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 28"H (Each half). Not less than 96"W x 15"D x 28"H (Unfolded). Product: MOBILE STORAGE UNIT – 30 TRAY Item Code: EC-45 Description: Open storage unit with open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact- resistant plastic storage containers with snap-on lids. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; and recessed toe kick. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 9"W x 14"D x 6"H (inside clear dimensions). Unit shall provide not less than 30 open storage compartments.
Page 111 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: Not less than 56"W x 15"D x 34"H (Each half). Product: MOBILE STORAGE UNIT – 25 TRAY Item Code: EC-46 Description: Open storage unit with open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact- resistant plastic storage containers with snap-on lids. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; and recessed toe kick. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 9"W x 14"D x 6"H (inside clear dimensions). Unit shall provide not less than 25 open storage compartments. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 34"H (Each half). Product: PUZZLE CASE Item Code: EC-47 Description: Storage unit with open, horizontal shelves to hold wood or small-knob puzzles. Spacing shall provide not less than 3/4-inch of clear height between shelves. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; clear, stain resistant finish. Unit shall provide not less than twelve (12) open shelves. Dimensions: Not less than 12"W x 12"D x 16"H. Product: STORAGE UNIT – PAPER TRAYS Item Code: EC-48 Description: Open storage unit with open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact- resistant plastic storage containers. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; and recessed toe kick. Back panel shall include white, dry-erase marker surface. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 11-1/2"W x 14"D x 4"H (inside clear dimensions). Storage trays shall be approximately 11"W x 13-1/2"D x 3"H. Dimensions: Not less than 24"W x 15"D x 35"H. Product: BOOK STAND Item Code: EC-49 Description: One-sided, tiered book display unit; not less than five (5) display tiers with marker surface dividers; and recessed toe kick in front. All wood construction, fabricated from maple or birch as required by the Board, either solid wood or veneer wood panels with rounded edges and corners. Dimensions: Not less than 30"W x 13"D x 26"H. Product: STORAGE UNIT – SINGLE Item Code: EC-50 Description: One-sided, three shelf, open storage and display unit; all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include recessed toe kick in front and concealed, heavy-duty, swivel casters for mobility. Dimensions: Not less than 24"W x 15"D x 34"H. Product: OPEN CURVED SHELF Item Code: EC-51 Description: Book shelf and display unit; open on both sides; single curve design; two shelves with vertical dividers staggered; and recessed toe kick. Unit shall be fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); corners shall be rounded and edges eased. Dimensions: Not less than 40"W x 15"D x 28"H. Product: MOBILE STORAGE UNIT – PIVOTING / LOCKABLE Item Code: EC-52 Description: Book shelf, display, and storage unit; two shelves with vertical dividers; and recessed toe kick. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased. Unit shall consist of two halves, connected in the middle by a full-height safety piano hinge allowing 180 degree opening; with
Page 112 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
concealed, heavy-duty, swivel casters for mobility and to open / close unit. When closed, unit shall be secured by hasp lock. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 28"H (Each half). Not less than 96"W x 15"D x 28"H (Unfolded). Product: CORNER STORAGE UNIT Item Code: EC-53 Description: Book shelf and display unit, designed to fit into corner of room (1/4 pie shape); two (2) open shelves; single curve design; and recessed toe kick. Unit shall be fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); corners shall be rounded and edges eased. Dimensions: Not less than 15"L x 15"W x 28"H. Product: MAP STORAGE BOX Item Code: EC-54 Description: Storage unit with solid wood horizontal rails to hold teaching aids within slots between rails. Spacing of rails shall be not less than 1/2-inch between rails. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; clear, stain resistant finish. Unit shall provide not less than ten (10) open slots. Top shelf shall be recessed not less than 3/4-inch to provide easier viewing. Dimensions: Not less than 24"L x 24"D x 18"H. (Overall) Interior clear dimensions: 22-5/8" (min.) between sides; 21" face to face of rails. Product: COAT LOCKER UNIT Item Code: EC-55 Description: 5 compartment locker unit. All wood construction with clear, stain-resistant finish; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded and edges eased; top and bottom open storage compartments; side wall mounted double coat hooks; ledge/step at bottom of main compartment; and recessed toe kick. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 16"D x 50"H. Product: OPEN SHELF WITH DIVIDERS Item Code: EC-56 Description: Two-sided open storage and display unit, two shelves with vertical dividers staggered; all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include recessed toe kick in front. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 24"H. Product: OPEN BOOKCASE Item Code: EC-57 Description: Freestanding wood bookcase. All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include three (3) adjustable wood shelves, adjusted on fixed standards (two per side) providing adjustability on 1-inch increments (approximately). Unit shall be provided with anchors for securing unit to wall, to prevent tipping. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 24"H. Product: HOMEWORK STATION – 15 Item Code: EC-58 Description: Sectional open storage unit. Unit shall be all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch; constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish; and recessed toe kick in front. Lower portion of the unit shall include multiple tiers of open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact-resistant plastic storage containers. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 9"W x 14"D x 6"H (inside clear dimensions). Unit shall provide not less than fifteen (15) storage compartments. Upper portion of the unit shall be divided into vertical storage slots. The quantity of storage slots provided shall match the quantity of storage compartments below.
Page 113 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 35"H. Product: HOMEWORK STATION – 20 Item Code: EC-58 Description: Sectional open storage unit. Unit shall be all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch; constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish; and recessed toe kick in front. Lower portion of the unit shall include multiple tiers of open storage compartments, with vertical dividers and clear, impact-resistant plastic storage containers. Open storage compartments shall be not less than 9"W x 14"D x 6"H (inside clear dimensions). Unit shall provide not less than twenty (20) storage compartments. Upper portion of the unit shall be divided into vertical storage slots. The quantity of storage slots provided shall match the quantity of storage compartments below. Dimensions: Not less than 48"W x 15"D x 35"H. Product: TALL OPEN SHELF WITH DIVIDERS Item Code: EC-60 Description: Two-sided open storage and display unit; three shelves overall, with lower two shelves having vertical dividers staggered; all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Unit shall include recessed toe kick in front. Dimensions: Not less than 42"L x 15"D x 36"H. Product: MEDIA TOWER Item Code: EC-61 Description: Mobile, freestanding media storage and display unit. All wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish. Two sides of the unit shall have four (4) shelves, with three adjustable in 1-1/2-inch increment (approximately); storage shelves shall be not less than 11-inches deep. Two sides shall have four (4) fixed display shelves (not less than 2-inches deep), with solid wood lip/stop along bottom edge to prevent materials from sliding off shelf. Unit shall have four heavy-duty, lockable, swivel casters, black in color. Dimensions: Not less than 27"L x 24"W x 46"H. Product: STRAIGHT SHELF STORAGE UNIT Item Code: EC-62 Description: Book shelf and display unit; open on both sides. Unit shall have three storage shelves, not less than 3/4-inch thick. All wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear, stain-resistant finish; and recessed toe kick in front. Note: Vertical dividers may be provided if required by the manufacturer. Dimensions: Not less than 48"L x 15"D x 42"H. Product: MOBILE LIBRARY CART Item Code: EC-63 Description: Mobile, rolling cart with removable plastic storage tubs in multiple colors. Frame to be tubular metal with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish. Frame shall include integral loop handle on both ends, and four heavy-duty, large (5" diameter), swivel casters, with two lockable. Plastic storage tubs shall include internal dividers to separate materials. Dimensions: Frame: Not less than 42"L x 18"D x 40"H. Tubs: 15"L x 12"W x 6"D (Approximate). Product: COUNTERTOP BOOK STORAGE / ORGANIZER Item Code: EC-64 Description: Divided book storage with wire frame. Unit includes not less than three plastic tubs, in multiple colors, with internal dividers that sit within plastic coated wire rack, bent and shaped at each end to form handles for carrying and moving unit, and rigid signage/display board at rear of unit. Dimensions: Tubs: 15"L x 9"W x 6"D (Approximate). Unit: 28"W x 16"D x 15"H (Approximate).
Page 114 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: TEACHING EASEL Item Code: EC-65 Description: Mobile, rolling, two-sided teaching easel with removable storage bins for teaching supplies. Easel frame to be tubular metal with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish; color to be manufacturer's standard. Easel shall have writing/teaching surfaces on front and back; front surface shall be magnetic dry erase surface; back surface shall be nonmagnetic, lined dry erase surface. Front teaching surface shall have adjustable (3 position, minimum) book ledge storage tray to hold dry erase markers and teaching materials. Easel shall also have four removable, multicolored plastic storage tubs; two detachable accessory hooks for chart paper; internal storage shelf for large format books and activity media; and four lockable plastic casters, black in color. Dimensions: Frame: 30"W x 56"H, minimum. Front Surface: 30"W x 36"H, minimum. Back Surface: 32"W x 24"H, minimum. Product: TWO STATION EASEL Item Code: EC-66 Description: Two-sided art easel; all-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch, with clear, stain-resistant finish. Art panels shall be secured to wood cabinet base. Cabinet base shall have two fixed, wood, open shelves for storage or paper and art supplies. Unit shall include two plastic trays, full width of unit, to hold art supplies, and four (4) plastic-coated paper holding clips. Unit shall have four (4) heavy-duty, swivel casters (2 locking). Dimensions: Overall Unit: Not less than 24"W x 20"D x 45"H. Art Surface: Not less than 24"W x 22"H. Product: MOBILE READING / WRITING CENTER Item Code: EC-67 Description: Mobile, rolling teaching easel with removable storage bins for teaching supplies. Frame to be tubular metal with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish; color to be manufacturer's standard. Easel shall have magnetic, dry-erase writing/teaching surface on front and removable, magnetic dry erase board with lined surface. Front teaching surface shall have adjustable (3 position, minimum) book ledge storage tray to hold dry erase markers and teaching materials. Unit shall also have four removable, multicolored plastic storage tubs; two detachable accessory hooks for chart paper; internal storage shelf, with wire dividers, for large format books and activity media; and four plastic lockable casters, black in color. Dimensions: Frame: 30"W x 28"D x 57"H, minimum. Front Surface: 30"W by 34"H, minimum. Removable dry erase board: 36"W x 24"H. Teaching lines oriented in long dimension. Product: DELUXE CHART STAND Item Code: EC-68 Description: Mobile, vertical chart stand with integral, magnetic, double-sided dry-erase writing/teaching surface; removable storage bins in multiple colors, for teaching supplies. Frame to be tubular metal with manufacturer's standard powder coat finish; color to be manufacturer's standard. Writing/teaching surface shall be height-adjustable in, at least, 3-inch increments. Front teaching surface shall have adjustable (3 position, minimum) book ledge storage tray to hold dry erase markers and teaching materials. Unit shall also have two removable plastic storage tubs; two detachable accessory hooks for chart paper; internal storage shelf, with wire dividers, for large format books and activity media; and four plastic lockable casters, black in color. Dimensions: Not less than 26"W x 25"D x 50"-65"H. Product: KITCHEN CUPBOARD Item Code: EC-69 Description: All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Doors shall include routed openings at center of top edge of door or wire pulls, to allow opening; magnetic catches on interior; full length piano hinges allowing doors to open through 270 degrees. Toe kick on front of unit shall be recessed. Dimensions: Not less than 20"W x 15"D x 28"H.
Page 115 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: KITCHEN SINK / STOVE COMBO UNIT Item Code: EC-70 Description: All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Doors shall include routed openings at center of top edge of door or wire pulls, to allow opening; magnetic catches on interior; full length piano hinges allowing doors to open through 270 degrees. Toe kick on front of unit shall be recessed. Stove shall include four (4) simulated burners, and operable controls. Sink shall include operable controls, a pivoting faucet, and pullout sprayer. Dimensions: Not less than 30"W x 15"D x 28"H. Product: KITCHEN SINK CABINET Item Code: EC-71 Description: All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Doors shall include routed openings at center of top edge of door or wire pulls, to allow opening; magnetic catches on interior; full length piano hinges allowing doors to open through 270 degrees. Toe kick on front of unit shall be recessed. Sink shall include operable controls and pivoting faucet. Dimensions: Not less than 20"W x 15"D x 28"H. Product: KITCHEN STOVE CABINET Item Code: EC-72 Description: All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Doors shall include routed openings at center of top edge of door or wire pulls, to allow opening; magnetic catches on interior; full length piano hinges allowing doors to open through 270 degrees. Toe kick on front of unit shall be recessed. Stove shall include four (4) simulated burners, and operable controls. Dimensions: Not less than 20"W x 15"D x 28"H. Product: KITCHEN REFRIGERATOR Item Code: EC-73 Description: All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Doors shall include routed openings at edge of door or wire pulls, to allow opening; magnetic catches on interior; full length piano hinges allowing doors to open through 270 degrees. Toe kick on front of unit shall be recessed. Dimensions: Not less than 20"W x 15"D x 36"H. Product: ALL-IN-ONE KITCHEN Item Code: EC-74 Description: All-wood construction, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers and solid wood edging; clear finish. Doors shall include routed openings at edge of door or wood pulls, to allow opening; magnetic catches on interior; full length piano hinges allowing doors to open through 270 degrees. Unit shall include microwave, hutch, sink, stove and oven; plexiglas windows in the microwave & oven; real-turning knobs on the sink, stove and oven; easy-access storage area below the sink. Dimensions: Not less than 50" W x 15-1/4" D x 44" H. Product: CHEST OF DRAWERS Item Code: EC-75 Description: Three drawer chest of drawers constructed of wood, either maple or Baltic birch. Unit shall be constructed of solid wood and/or veneer plywood, with maple or birch face veneers; clear finish. Drawers shall include routed openings at center of top edge of drawer face, to act as handles and allow opening. Toe kick on front of unit shall be recessed. Dimensions: Not less than 20"W x 14"D x 20"H. Product: DRESS UP ISLAND Item Code: EC-76 Description: Open storage unit for hanging clothes, shoes, and accessories. All wood construction; fabricated from either solid wood or veneered wood panels (maple or birch veneer); with corners rounded
Page 116 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
and edges eased; and recessed toe kick. End panel shall have permanently mounted, full length mirror with ground, pencil polish edges. Unit shall include not less than five (5) double coat hooks for hanging clothes, and top and bottom shelves for storage of shoes, hats, and other accessories. Shelves shall have vertical sides, not less than 3-inches high. Dimensions: Not less than 24"W x 15"D x 35"H. Product: FREESTANDING MIRROR Item Code: EC-77 Description: Chrome-plated steel mirror with solid wood frame and detachable legs / feet, maple or birch, with eased edges and rounded corners. Detachable legs allow mirror to be used either vertically or horizontally. Dimensions: Not less than 13"W x 48"H. Product: CLASSROOM CARPET – SOLID Item Code: EC-78 Description: Commercial grade carpet fabricated from Type 6,6 nylon fibers, 100% solution dyed; tufted construction; cut pile; with factory-applied soil and stain resistive treatment and anti-microbial protection. Serging shall be bonded and double stitched. Carpet shall be available in multiple color options. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Finished Pile Height: 1/2-inch, maximum. Testing: Passes DOC FF 1-70 (16 CFR 1630) and ASTM E648 (Class II). Dimensions: 6'-0" x 6'-0" (approximate); square. Product: CLASSROOM CARPET – SOLID Item Code: EC-79 Description: Commercial grade carpet fabricated from Type 6,6 nylon fibers, 100% solution dyed; tufted construction; cut pile; with factory-applied soil and stain resistive treatment and anti-microbial protection. Serging shall be bonded and double stitched. Carpet shall be available in multiple color options. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Finished Pile Height: 3/8-inch, minimum; 1/2-inch, maximum. Finished Pile Weight: 29 oz./square yard, minimum. Primary Backing: Woven polypropylene. Secondary Backing: Synthetic. Testing: Passes DOC FF 1-70 (16 CFR 1630) and ASTM E648 (Class II). Dimensions: 6'-0" x 9'-0" (approximate); rectangular. Product: CLASSROOM CARPET – SOLID Item Code: EC-80 Description: Commercial grade carpet fabricated from Nylon 6 fibers; tufted construction; cut pile; with factory-applied soil and stain resistive treatment and anti-microbial protection. Carpet shall be available in multiple color options. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Finished Pile Height: 1/2-inch, maximum. Testing: Passes DOC FF 1-70 (16 CFR 1630) and ASTM E648 (Class II). Dimensions: 7'-6" x 10'-0" (approximately); rectangular.
Page 117 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: CLASSROOM CARPET – SOLID Item Code: EC-81 Description: Commercial grade carpet fabricated from Type 6,6 nylon fibers, 100% solution dyed; tufted construction; cut pile; with factory-applied soil and stain resistive treatment and anti-microbial protection. Serging shall be bonded and double stitched. Carpet shall be available in multiple color options. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Finished Pile Height: 3/8-inch, minimum; 1/2-inch, maximum. Finished Pile Weight: 29 oz./square yard, minimum. Primary Backing: Woven polypropylene. Secondary Backing: Synthetic. Testing: Passes DOC FF 1-70 (16 CFR 1630) and ASTM E648 (Class II). Dimensions: 8'-0" x 12'-0" (approximate); rectangular. Product: CLASSROOM LEARNING CARPET – OVAL Item Code: EC-82 Description: Commercial grade carpet fabricated from Type 6,6 nylon fibers, 100% solution dyed; tufted construction; cut pile; with factory-applied soil and stain resistive treatment and anti-microbial protection. Serging shall be bonded and double stitched. Carpet shall feature full alphabet in uppercase lettering around perimeter. Finished Pile Height: 1/4-inch, minimum; 1/2-inch, maximum. Finished Pile Weight: 50 oz./square yard, minimum. Primary Backing: Synthetic. Secondary Backing: Synthetic. Testing: Passes DOC FF 1-70 (16 CFR 1630) and ASTM E648 (Class II). Dimensions: 8'-3" x 11'-8" (approximate); oval. Product: AREA RUG Item Code: EC-83 Description: Patterned area rug fabricated from 100% plush olefin fibers; tufted construction; cut pile. Short sides/edges surged with decorative yarn ties. Carpet to be fabricated in earth tone colors, with traditional and ornate patterns available. Final pattern and color shall be selected by the Board. Finished Pile Height: 1/2-inch, maximum. Dimensions: 5'-5" x 7'-10" (approximate); rectangular. Product: NESTING BASKETS Item Code: EC-84 Description: Natural willow baskets with rolled edges and inset handles. Baskets shall nest into one another when empty for easy storage. Dimensions: EC-92A Small: 12"L x 8"W x 7"H (Approximate). EC-92B Medium: 14"L x 11"W x 8"H (Approximate). EC-92C Large: 17"L x 13"W x 8"H (Approximate). Product: BOOK BASKET Item Code: EC-85 Description: Natural seagrass basket. Basket shall have internal wire frame with powder coat finish. Basket shall be tapered design, with integral handles. Dimensions: 16"L x 12"W x 7"H (Approximate). Product: SEAT-HUNG STORAGE BAG – MEDIUM Item Code: EC-86 Description: Woven fabric, chair-hung storage bag with single, large pocket. Fabric shall be washable cotton- polyester blend or PVC coated nylon, solid in color. Unit shall include expandable pocket for storage of books and other materials. Unit shall include pocket, sewn on three sides, with elastic
Page 118 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
edge, for use in hanging bag on seat back. Fabric shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Pocket: 10"W x 15"D x 2"Gusset. Product: SEAT-HUNG STORAGE BAG – LARGE Item Code: EC-87 Description: Woven fabric, chair-hung storage bag with single, large pocket. Fabric shall be washable cotton- polyester blend or PVC coated nylon, solid in color. Unit shall include expandable pocket for storage of books and other materials. Unit shall include pocket, sewn on three sides, with elastic edge, for use in hanging bag on seat back. Fabric shall be available in multiple colors. Final color shall be selected by the Board. Dimensions: Pocket: 10"W x 17"D x 2"Gusset. Product: LIVING ROOM FURNITURE Item Code: EC-88 – EC-91 Description: Wood framed, vinyl upholstered seating, chair and sofa; and all-wood coffee table and end table. Furniture shall be fabricated from Baltic birch veneer plywood, not less than 1/2-inch thick, with clear, UV-stable, polyurethane finish. All exposed edges shall be eased and corners radiused. Upholstered seat and back cushions shall have polyurethane foam filling and vinyl upholstery fabric. Fabric shall be available in multiple colors; final color shall be selected by the Board. Upholstered furniture shall comply with California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Dimensions: EC-88: Chair: Not less than 19"W x 20"D x 20"H. Seat Height: 12"H. EC-89: Sofa: Not less than 36"W x 20"D x 20"H. Seat Height: 12"H. EC-90: Coffee Table: Not less than 24"L x 15"D x 13"H. EC-91: End Table: Not less than 15"L x 15"D x 13"H. Product: TREEHOUSE WITH FURNITURE Item Code: EC-92 Description: Treehouse shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board; 3-story house with 6 rooms; accessible from front & back; rope ladders and built-in slide; includes Treehouse Furniture Set. Dimensions: 23-1/2” W x 16” D x 22-1/2” H Product: BUTCHER BLOCK TABLE AND CHAIR SET Item Code: EC-93 Description: Table and chair set shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board.; butcher block table top with rounded edges; one round table and two chairs. Dimensions: Table: 28” Diameter x 24” H Chairs: 12” Seat Height Product: DOLL CRIB AND BEDDING SET Item Code: EC-94 Description: Doll crib shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board.; rounded edges on all wood member; includes bedding set consisting of machine-washable mattress, quilt, sheet, and pillow. Dimensions: Crib: 22” W x 13-1/4” D x 12-1/2” H Product: HOUSECLEANING SET AND STAND Item Code: EC-95 Description: Housecleaning set and stand shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board.; set shall include push broom, corn broom, cotton yarn wet mop, dust mop, plastic dust pan, and whisk broom; stand accommodates all items in holes or on hooks. Dimensions: Stand: 18” H
Page 119 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: PRIVACY CUBE Item Code: EC-96 Description: Privacy cube shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board; vinyl-covered pad; cube has large round openings on 3 sides; GREENGUARD certified. Dimensions: 29” W x 30-1/2” D x 29-1/2” H Product: SCIENCE CART Item Code: EC-97 Description: Science cart shall be all-wood construction, fabricated from oak (O), maple (M) or birch (B) as required by the Board; large bottom shelf; 3 cubbies with clear plastic bins; large top shelf; shelves have 1” lip; 4 locking casters Dimensions: 30” W x 15” D x 25-3/4” H
Product: METAL STOOL Item Code: EC-98 Description: Fixed height metal stool with hardboard set into seat. Fabricated with 18-gauge (minimum) steel tube legs; 12-inch diameter seat (approximate); and 18-gauge (minimum) foot ring welded to interior side of legs. Legs shall have rubber or plastic tips. Metal finish shall be manufacturer's standard powder coating. Stool shall be compliant with ANSI and BIFMA standards. Dimensions: 12-inch diameter seat x 16" square base x 18"H.
Product: EASY-STACK COT Item Code: EC-99 Description: Tip-proof cot; sturdy frame, safe plastic ends and rounded corners; stretch-resistant, 300-denier polyester cover with heat-sealed seams and a wipe-clean, vinyl-coated surface; sleeping area measures 19" wide x 48 1/2" long; Lifetime warranty. Dimensions: 51 3/4" L x 21-1/2" D x 4 1/4" H.
Product: EASY-STACK COT CARRIER Item Code: EC-100 Description: Sturdy metal, navy blue carrier; holds up to 20 cots; 4 heavy-duty casters. Dimensions: 50-1/2” L x 20-1/2” D x 5” H.
Product: EASY-STACK COT SHEETS (one dozen sheets/set) Item Code: EC-101 Description: Sheet set for Item EC-99, Easy-Stack Cot.
Product: PLASTIC STACKING CHAIR, 12 INCH Item Code: EC-102 Description: Securely braced, all-steel frames; thick nylon leg tips; ergonomically contoured polypropylene seats; Lifetime warranty; Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Dimensions: Seat Height 11-1/2”
Product: PLASTIC STACKING CHAIR, 14 INCH Item Code: EC-103 Description: Securely braced, all-steel frames; thick nylon leg tips; ergonomically contoured polypropylene seats; Lifetime warranty; Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard. Dimensions: Seat Height 13-1/2”
Product: PLASTIC STACKING CHAIR, TEACHER, 18 INCH Item Code: EC-104 Description: Securely braced, all-steel frames; thick nylon leg tips; ergonomically contoured polypropylene seats; Lifetime warranty; Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standard.
Page 120 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Dimensions: Seat Height 17-1/2”
END of CATEGORY 5 – EARLY CHILDHOOD FURNITURE
CATEGORY 6 – HEALTH AND THERAPEUTIC Product: CHANGING TABLE, ADJ. HEIGHT, ELECTRIC Item Code: HT-1 – HT-2 Description: Electric Hi-Lo adjustable height changing table with adjustable length (leg rest extended). Black powder coated steel frame with laminate shelf. Legs with levelers for uneven floors. Includes paper cutter and dispenser. Vinyl upholstered top with 2” high-density urethane foam. Upholstery shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Electrically activated hydraulic cylinders built into each (4) corner telescoping legs. Motorized hydraulic adjustment from 20” wheelchair height to 30” high. “Hands- Free” foot control operation. Dimensions: 72” L x 27” W; adjustable height 20”-30”. Weight Capacity: HT-1 Standard: 400 lbs. HT-2 Bariatric: 600 lbs. Product: CHANGING TABLE, ADJ. HEIGHT, HYDRAULIC Item Code: HT-3 – HT-4 Description: Manual crank hydraulic adjustable height changing table with adjustable length (leg rest extended). Black powder coated steel frame with laminate shelf. Legs with levelers for uneven floors. Includes paper cutter and dispenser. Vinyl upholstered top with 2” high-density urethane foam. Upholstery shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. Manual crank hydraulic adjustment from 20" wheelchair height to 30" high. Dimensions: 72” L x 27” W; adjustable height 20”-30”. Weight Capacity: HT-3 Standard: 400 lbs. HT-4 Bariatric 500 lbs. Product: CHANGING TABLE W/ STAIRS Item Code: HT-5 Description: Changing table with pull-out stairs and storage cabinet. Solid plywood construction with clear UV-resistant finish. Vinyl changing pad with safety straps. Paper roll dispenser on side of cabinet. Adjustable shelves in storage cabinet Dimensions: 48” L x 22-1/2” D x 39” H Product: CHANGING TABLE, FIXED Item Code: HT-6 Description: Rectangular upholstered treatment table. HPL legs, apron and frame. 2” high-density urethane foam top with vinyl upholstery. Laminate and vinyl colors to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards Dimensions: 72” L x 24” W x 31” H Product: UPHOLSTERED MEDICAL COUCH, ADJ. HEIGHT Item Code: HT-7 Description: Upholstered wood framed medical couch with vinyl top. Chrome legs. 3" thick urethane foam with vinyl top. PVC-free construction. Upholstery shall be available in multiple colors from manufacturer's standard range, with final color to be selected by the Board. 10-position, 0-45° adjustable headrest. Dimensions: 52”-72” L x 27” W; adjustable height 20”-30”.
Page 121 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: RECOVERY COT Item Code: HT-8 Description: First aid non-folding couch shall be constructed of a minimum 4-inches thick polyurethane foam with vinyl covering which meets all OSHA safety requirements and federal specifications CCC- A-680, Class 2 requirements. To include detachable slant pillow. Frame/Legs: Full perimeter frame support shall be steel, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16- gauge). Legs are approximately 1-1/4-inch square steel tubing, not less than 0.040-inch thick (20-gauge). Leg frame or supports shall be attached to underside of the couch. Fire Code: Passes California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Dimensions: 72"L x 26"W x 23"H Overall Dimensions Weight Capacity: 500 lbs. Product: TREATMENT TABLE-FLAT Item Code: HT-9 Description: Padded treatment table for nurse's office. Base / Legs: Table frame shall be steel construction; fully welded, with frame disassembled only as required for shipment and requiring only minimal assembly upon delivery. Frame assembly shall be with tamper-proof screws or bolts, finished to match frame where exposed to view following assembly. Legs shall be not less than 2-inches by 2-inches, fabricated from steel sheet, not less than 0.064-inch thick (16 gauge). Each leg shall have a solid bottom with a self-leveling glide, adjustable in height not less than 1/2-inch for leveling the table. Finish: Metal components shall have manufacturer's standard powder coat finish, with color to be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Top: Hardwood plywood or particleboard core panel with high density polyurethane foam padding, not less than 2 inches thick, with heavy-duty, seamless vinyl covering. Covering to be offered in multiple colors, with final color to be selected by the Board from manufacturer's standard range. Fire Code: Passes California Technical Bulletin 117 (CAL 117). Dimension: 72"L x 24"W x 30"H. Weight Capacity: 500 lbs. Product: CORNER CHAIR Item Code: HT-10 Description: Adjustable wooden corner chair with removable tray. Corner-shaped back is made specifically for children who cannot stabilize against gravity. Prevents scapular and shoulder retraction; provides support for symmetrical positive and midline control of head and trunk. Improves breathing for those with low-trunk tone. Includes an abductor, padded headrests, back cushion and 2" belt. Includes adjustable tray, so the child can gain shoulder protraction and symmetrical arm posture. Dimensions: Size small for children up to 39” tall Product: WOOD DESK CHAIR, SMALL Item Code: HT-11 Description: Wood desk chair with arm rests, cushion and belt. Stackable chair. Dowel-pin construction in eleven ply 5/8” birch or maple plywood. Corners rounded to min. 1/2" radius. Materials that have certified low chemical emissions and CARB II & CPSIA compliant. Padded vinyl seat cushion. Three-point adjustable and removable seat belt with center strap. Dimensions: 17-1/2” L x 20-1/2” W x 21-1/2” H with 12” seat height
Page 122 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: WOOD DESK CHAIR, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-12 Description: Wood desk chair with arm rests, cushion and belt. Stackable chair. Dowel-pin construction in eleven ply 5/8” birch or maple plywood. Corners rounded to min. 1/2" radius. Materials that have certified low chemical emissions and CARB II & CPSIA compliant. Padded vinyl seat cushion. Three-point adjustable and removable seat belt with center strap. Dimensions: 18” L x 20-1/2” W x 23-1/2” H with 14” seat height Product: WOOD DESK CHAIR, LARGE Item Code: HT-13 Description: Wood desk chair with arm rests, cushion and belt. Stackable chair. Dowel-pin construction in eleven ply 5/8” birch or maple plywood. Corners rounded to min. 1/2" radius. Materials that have certified low chemical emissions and CARB II & CPSIA compliant. Padded vinyl seat cushion. Three-point adjustable and removable seat belt with center strap. Dimensions: 18-1/2” L x 20-1/2” W x 25-1/2” H with 16” seat height Product: WOOD DESK CHAIR, ADULT Item Code: HT-14 Description: Wood desk chair with arm rests, cushion and belt. Stackable chair. Dowel-pin construction in eleven ply 5/8” birch or maple plywood. Corners rounded to min. 1/2" radius. Materials that have certified low chemical emissions and CARB II & CPSIA compliant. Padded vinyl seat cushion. Three-point adjustable and removable seat belt with center strap. Dimensions: 24” W x 23-1/2” D x 32-1/4” H with 18” seat height. Product: UNIVERSAL SIDE LYER Item Code: HT-15 Description: Vinyl universal side lyer. Two straps. Seamless upholstery, latex free. Dimensions: 42” L x 23” D with 9” H angled backrest. Product: ADAPTIVE CHAIR, SMALL Item Code: HT-16 Description: Activity Chair, small. Adjustable seat and back, tilt-in-space back (without spring), armrests, short adjustable legs, contoured headrest, small lateral supports with strap. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam pad with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Maximum load 75 lbs. panel Dimensions: Frame width 21” Seat to floor height 9-1/20” – 12-1/2” Seat depth 8” - 12”. Armrest height above seat 5”-7-1/2”. Back rest height 12-1/2” - 15-1/2”. Product: ADAPTIVE CHAIR, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-17 Description: Activity Chair, medium. Adjustable seat and back, tilt-in-space back (without spring), armrests, short adjustable legs, contoured headrest, small lateral supports with strap. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam pad with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Maximum load 150 lbs. Dimensions: Frame width 23-1/4” Seat to floor height 12-1/2” – 16-1/2” Seat depth 11” - 16” Armrest height above seat 7” - 10-1/2” Back rest height 15-1/2” - 19”.
Page 123 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: ADAPTIVE CHAIR, LARGE Item Code: HT-18 Description: Activity Chair, large. Adjustable seat and back, tilt-in-space back (without spring), armrests, short adjustable legs, contoured headrest, small lateral supports with strap. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam pad with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Maximum load 150 lbs. Dimensions: Frame width 29-3/4” Seat to floor height 16” – 24” Seat depth 15” – 20” Armrest height above seat 7” - 10-1/2” Back rest height 19” – 24”. Product: ADAPTIVE CHAIR, SMALL, MOBILE Item Code: HT-19 Description: Activity Chair, small, mobile hi-lo base. Adjustable seat and back, tilt-in-space back (without spring), armrests, flat headrest, small lateral supports with strap. Push handles. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam pad with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish, on casters. Maximum load 150 lbs. Dimensions: Frame width 21” Seat to floor height 9-1/20” – 12-1/2” Seat depth 8” - 12” Armrest height above seat 5”-7-1/2” Back rest height 12-1/2” - 15-1/2”. Product: ADAPTIVE CHAIR, MEDIUM, MOBILE Item Code: HT-20 Description: Activity Chair, medium, mobile hi-lo base. Adjustable seat and back, tilt-in-space back (without spring), armrests, flat headrest, small lateral supports with strap. Push handles. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam pad with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish, on casters. Maximum load 150 lbs. Dimensions: Frame width 27-1/2” Seat to floor height 12” - 23” Seat depth 11” - 16” Armrest height above seat 7” - 10-1/2” Back rest height 15-1/20” - 19”. Product: ADAPTIVE CHAIR, LARGE, MOBILE Item Code: HT-21 Description: Activity Chair, large, mobile hi-lo base. Adjustable seat and back, tilt-in-space back (without spring), armrests, flat headrest, small lateral supports with strap. Push handles. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam pad with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish, on casters. Maximum load 225 lbs. Dimensions: Frame width 29-3/4” Seat to floor height 16” - 24” Seat depth 15” - 20” Armrest height above seat 7” - 10-1/2” Back rest height 19” - 24”. Product: STAIR EVACUATION CHAIR, MANUAL Item Code: HT-22 Description: Manual evacuation chair; mechanical descent speed control; rubber crawler belt with integrated steel wires; passenger restraining straps and head restraint system; parking brake; emergency brake; fire-retardant-treated fabric and padding. Dimensions: 51” L x 16” W x 32” H Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. at max. 40-degree stair angle
Page 124 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: STAIR EVACUATION CHAIR, ELECTRIC Item Code: HT-23 Description: Power-operated evacuation chair; rechargeable battery with status indicator and automatic charger; motor-controlled ascent and descent speed; rubber crawler belt with integrated steel wires; passenger restraining straps and head restraint system; electromagnetic brake; fire- retardant-treated fabric and padding. Dimensions: 51” L x 16” W x 32” H Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. at max. 40-degree stair angle Product: EVACUATION CHAIR, 350 LBS. Item Code: HT-24 Description: Lightweight 6061-T6 aluminum tube and steel construction; safety locks and a hook-and-loop straps; adjustable headrest; heavy-duty vinyl-coated nylon mesh seat; reversible self-locking telescoping bar; rubber belted traction system; hook-and-loop restraint straps at the head, waist and legs; built in lift-bar; high-visibility emergency-style neon color; fully collapsible; U-shaped steel bracket for wall mounting; 3” front wheels; 6” rear wheels; two stainless steel stop brakes; optional dust cover with printed instructions. Include training video. Dimensions: 36” D x 20” W x 58” H (open) 8-3/4” D x 20” W x 41-1/2” H (folded) Weight Capacity: 350 lbs. Product: EVACUATION CHAIR, 500 LBS. Item Code: HT-25 Description: Lightweight 6061-T6 aluminum tube and steel construction; safety locks and a hook-and-loop straps; adjustable headrest; Black ABS material seat; reversible self-locking telescoping bar; rubber belted traction system; hook-and-loop restraint straps at the head, waist and legs; built in lift-bar; high-visibility emergency-style neon color; fully collapsible; U-shaped steel bracket for wall mounting; 4” front wheels; 6” rear wheels; two stainless steel stop brakes; optional dust cover with printed instructions. Include training video. Dimensions: 35” D x 15” W x 58” H (open) 10-1/2” D x 15” W x 41” H (folded) Weight Capacity: 500 lbs. Product: EVACUATION CHAIR CABINET for HT-22 Item Code: HT-26 Description: Steel cabinet; baked powder coat finish. Include graphics to clearly identify contents. Dimensions: Sized to fit Evacuation Chair HT-22 Product: EVACUATION CHAIR CABINET for HT-23 Item Code: HT-27 Description: Steel cabinet; baked powder coat finish. Include graphics to clearly identify contents. Dimensions: Sized to fit Evacuation Chair HT-23 Product: EVACUATION CHAIR CABINET for HT-24 Item Code: HT-28 Description: Steel cabinet; baked powder coat finish. Include graphics to clearly identify contents. Dimensions: Sized to fit folded size of Evacuation Chair HT-24 Product: EVACUATION CHAIR CABINET for HT-25 Item Code: HT-29 Description: Steel cabinet; baked powder coat finish. Include graphics to clearly identify contents. Dimensions: Sized to fit folded size of Evacuation Chair HT-25
Page 125 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: WHEELCHAIR, SMALL Item Code: HT-30 Description: Mobility Chair. Folding frame with closure strap that holds the chair shut when folded. Passes dynamic crash test done with a 130-lb., front-facing occupant at 30 mph. Seat back angle can be set at 15° or 22°. Back angle adjusts to 85°, 90° or 95°. Positioning pelvic belt and five point “H” harness with padded strap covers. Reversible strap from imitation lamb’s wool to velour. 8" front casters, 10" rear wheels with toggle lock. Adjustable seat depth and independently adjustable and removable swing-away footrests. Maximum load 75 lbs. Dimensions: Seat Width 11-3/4” Seat Depth 11-1/2” – 13-1/2” Back height 20” Seat to Footrest height 8” – 22” Seat to floor height 22”. Product: WHEELCHAIR, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-31 Description: Mobility Chair. Folding frame with closure strap that holds the chair shut when folded. Passes dynamic crash test done with a 130-lb., front-facing occupant at 30 mph. Seat back angle can be set at 15° or 22°. Back angle adjusts to 85°, 90° or 95°. Positioning pelvic belt and five point “H” harness with padded strap covers. Reversible strap from imitation lamb’s wool to velour. 8" front casters, 10" rear wheels with toggle lock. Adjustable seat depth and independently adjustable and removable swing-away footrests. Maximum load 100 lbs. Dimensions: Seat Width 13-3/4” Seat Depth 13” – 15” Back height 23” Seat to Footrest height 9” – 22” Seat to floor height 22” Product: WHEELCHAIR, 16-inch Item Code: HT-32 Description: Adjustable wheelchair. Removable height adjustable desk arms. Adjustable seat rail extension and upholstery with 2" extension. Adjustable seat depth from 16" to 18". Durable carbon steel frame with nylon upholstery and flip back arms. Front riggings (footrests and swing-away leg rests) adjustable without using tools. Composite, mag-style wheels. Dual axle. Eight-inch front casters adjustable to three positions. Maximum load 300 lbs. Dimensions: Floor to Seat 17.5” or 19.5” Back Height 16” Overall Height 35” Overall Width 24”. Product: WHEELCHAIR, 18-inch Item Code: HT-33 Description: Adjustable wheelchair. Removable height adjustable desk arms. Adjustable seat rail extension and upholstery with 2" extension. Adjustable seat depth from 16" to 18". Durable carbon steel frame with nylon upholstery and flip back arms. Front riggings (footrests and swing-away leg rests) adjustable without using tools. Composite, mag-style wheels. Dual axle. Eight-inch front casters adjustable to three positions. Maximum load 300 lbs. Dimensions: Floor to Seat 17.5” or 19.5” Back Height 16” Overall Height 35” Overall Width 26”. Product: WHEELCHAIR, 20-inch Item Code: HT-34 Description: Adjustable wheelchair. Removable height adjustable desk arms. Adjustable seat rail extension and upholstery with 2" extension. Adjustable seat depth from 16" to 18". Durable carbon steel frame with nylon upholstery and flip back arms. Front riggings (footrests and swing-away leg rests) adjustable without using tools. Composite, mag-style wheels. Dual axle. Eight-inch front casters adjustable to three positions. Maximum load 350 lbs. Dimensions: Floor to Seat 17.5” or 19.5” Back Height 16” Overall Height 35” Overall Width 28”. Product: SIT-TO-STAND HYDRAULIC STANDER, SMALL Item Code: HT-35 Description: Hydraulic vertical sit-to-stand lift for student height 48” – 66” with tray, kneepads, foot straps, lateral trunk supports, and hip supports. Adjustable height. Dimensions: Small: 26”-42” Torso, 400 lbs.
Page 126 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: SIT-TO-STAND HYDRAULIC STANDER, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-36 Description: Hydraulic vertical sit-to-stand lift for student height 60” – 74” with tray, kneepads, foot straps, lateral trunk supports, and hip supports. Adjustable height. Dimensions: Medium: 36”-60” Torso, 400 lbs. Product: SIT-TO-STAND HYDRAULIC STANDER, LARGE Item Code: HT-37 Description: Hydraulic vertical sit-to-stand lift for student height 48” – 66” with tray, kneepads, foot straps, lateral trunk supports, and hip supports. Adjustable height. Dimensions: Large: 50”-79” Torso, 600 lbs. Product: LIFT, HYDRAULIC Item Code: HT-38 Description: 400 lb. Hydraulic Lift. Compact power pack and rechargeable battery. Steel tube construction with powder coat finish. Adjustable U-base with 5-1/2" clearance. Reverse-mounted actuator. 6- point non-sway cradle. 3” casters with brakes Dimensions: 43-1/2” L x 24”-41” W x 51” H; Lift range 28-1/4”-75” Weight Capacity: 400 lbs. Product: LIFT, HYDRAULIC, BARIATRIC Item Code: HT-39 Description: Large, open cradle design. Wide base for maximum stability. Powered base allows legs to be opened and closed to enable access around armchairs, wheelchairs and similar obstacles. Standard with two batteries and a charging station. Visual and audible low-battery indicators. 3” front twin Casters. 4” rear casters with brakes. Dimensions: 56” L x 46-1/4” W x 81” H; Lift range 23-1/4” – 69” Weight Capacity: 700 lbs. Product: SLING FOR HYDRAULIC LIFT HT-38 Item Code: HT-40a – HT-40e Description: One-piece 6-point quick-fit commode sling. Mesh fabric with aperture for toileting without removing sling. Weight capacity 500 lbs. Dimensions: HT-40a XS 35-100 lbs. HT-40b S 75-150 lbs. HT-40c M 125-200 lbs. HT-40d L 175-300 lbs. HT-40e XL 275-500 lbs. Product: SLING FOR BARIATRIC HYDRAULIC LIFT HT-39 Item Code: HT-41a – HT-41d Description: One-piece 4-point padded sling with full back. Durable polyester with closed-cell foam padding. Weight capacity 850 lbs. Dimensions: HT-41a M 63” x 72” HT-41b L 51” x 81” HT-41c XL 64” x 98-1/2” HT-41d XXL 78-1/2” x 102-1/2”
Page 127 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: PRONE STANDER, SMALL Item Code: HT-42 Description: Prone stander, small, 25” – 48” inches, includes pair of trunk laterals, hip straps, and footboard. Double-locking casters. Hand crank. Angle indicator calibrated from 0° to 85°. Adjustable height of main board and footboard. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant, polyurethane foam pads with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Wooden components are birch plywood, solid maple or laminated hardwood veneers, finished with clear polyurethane lacquer. Dimensions: Student height 30-50” Product: PRONE STANDER, LARGE Item Code: HT-43 Description: Prone stander, large, 57” – 72” inches, includes pair of trunk laterals, hip straps, and footboard. Double-locking casters. Hand crank. Angle indicator calibrated from 0° to 85°. Adjustable height of main board and footboard. Latex, lead and phthalates free. Fire-retardant, polyurethane foam pads with fire-retardant cover. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Wooden components are birch plywood, solid maple or laminated hardwood veneers, finished with clear polyurethane lacquer. Dimensions: Student height 46-72” Product: SUPINE STANDER, SMALL Item Code: HT-44 Description: Supine stander, small, 30” – 50”. Includes padding, footboard, adjustable armrests, hip strap, chest strap, leg straps, one pair laterals, one pair head blocks, double locking casters. Angle adjustment calibrated from 0° to 85°. 28½" high when horizontal. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Wooden components are birch plywood, solid maple or laminated hardwood veneers, finished with clear polyurethane lacquer. Dimensions: Student height 30-50” Product: SUPINE STANDER, LARGE Item Code: HT-45 Description: Supine stander, large, 46” - 72”. Includes padding, footboard, adjustable armrests, hip strap, chest strap, leg straps, one pair laterals, one pair head blocks, and double locking casters. Manual crank handle lowers the stander horizontally to 21" (wheelchair height) for a sitting transfer, raises up to 30" to accommodate other transfers. Steel hardware items (nuts, bolts, screws, etc.) are zinc, nickel plated or stainless steel. Frame is steel, aluminum tubing, or stainless steel; welded together and coated with a bake-on paint finish. Wooden components are birch plywood, solid maple or laminated hardwood veneers, finished with clear polyurethane lacquer. Dimensions: Student height 46-72”. Product: POSTERIOR WALKER, TYKE Item Code: HT-46 Description: Posterior safety roller, Tyke. Soft rubber wheels. One-directional rear wheels with aluminum ratchet and pin mechanism. Pin mechanism can be disengaged to allow forward and reverse mobility. Locking mechanism switches front wheels from swivel to non-swivel. Each wheel independently adjustable. Non-marring, easy rolling wheels. Height adjustable aluminum frame. Latex-free hand grips with flanged ends. Foldable. Maximum load 75 lbs. Dimensions: Height 14-1/2” – 18”. Width between handlebars 13-1/2”. Student Height 26” – 42”.
Page 128 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: POSTERIOR WALKER, JUNIOR Item Code: HT-47 Description: Posterior safety roller, Junior. Soft rubber wheels. Directional rear wheels with aluminum ratchet and pin mechanism. Pin mechanism can be disengaged to allow forward and reverse mobility. Locking mechanism switches front wheels from swivel to non-swivel. Each wheel independently adjustable. Non-marring, easy rolling wheels. Height adjustable aluminum frame. Latex-free hand grips with flanged ends. Foldable. Maximum load 100 lbs. Dimensions: Height 19” – 25”. Width between handlebars 13-1/2”. Student Height 36” – 62”. Product: POSTERIOR WALKER, YOUTH Item Code: HT-48 Description: Posterior safety roller, Youth. Soft rubber wheels. Directional rear wheels with aluminum ratchet and pin mechanism. Pin mechanism can be disengaged to allow forward and reverse mobility. Locking mechanism switches front wheels from swivel to non-swivel. Each wheel independently adjustable. Non-marring, easy rolling wheels. Height adjustable aluminum frame. Latex-free hand grips with flanged ends. Foldable. Maximum load 150 lbs. Dimensions: Height 23” – 30-1/2”. Width between handlebars 15”. Student Height 52” – 70”. Product: POSTERIOR WALKER, YOUNG ADULT Item Code: HT-49 Description: Posterior safety roller, Young Adult. Soft rubber wheels. One-directional rear wheels with aluminum ratchet and pin mechanism. Pin mechanism can be disengaged to allow forward and reverse mobility. Locking mechanism switches front wheels from swivel to non-swivel. Each wheel independently adjustable. Non-marring, easy rolling wheels. Height adjustable aluminum frame. Latex-free hand grips with flanged ends. Foldable. Maximum load 200 lbs. Dimensions: Height 28” – 36””. Width between handlebars 16-1/2”. Student Height 56” – 76”. Product: POSTERIOR WALKER, BARIATRIC Item Code: HT-50 Description: Posterior safety roller, Adult. Soft rubber wheels. One-directional rear wheels with aluminum ratchet and pin mechanism. Pin mechanism can be disengaged to allow forward and reverse mobility. Locking mechanism switches front wheels from swivel to non-swivel. Each wheel independently adjustable. Non-marring, easy rolling wheels. Height adjustable aluminum frame. Latex-free hand grips with flanged ends. Foldable. Maximum load 275 lbs. Dimensions: Height 36” – 41””. Width between handlebars 19”. Product: ROLLATOR, JUNIOR Item Code: HT-51 Description: Lightweight and foldable; ergonomic handbrakes that lock rear wheels; adjustable handle height; padded seat; removable foam-padded straight backrest; under-seat storage pouch; 6-inch wheels. Weight Capacity: 250 lbs. Dimensions: Handle Height: 29”-34” Patient Height: 60”-66” Seat Size: 13-1/2” L x 13” D Seat height: 19-1/2”
Page 129 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: ROLLATOR & TRANSPORT CHAIR, ADULT Item Code: HT-52 Description: Rollator and transport chair in one unit; removable locking flip-up armrests; removable flip-down footrests; tool-free, two-position contoured padded backrest; padded seat; storage pouch; folding frame with lock-out feature. Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. Dimensions: Handle Height: 31-1/2”-37” Seat Size: 13-1/2” L x 13” D Seat height: 21” Product: ROLLATOR, FOLD-UP, ADULT Item Code: HT-53 Description: Adult fold-up Rollator; padded seat; under-seat storage pouch; removable, hinged, padded backrest; adjustable ergonomic handles with brakes; 7-1/2” non-marring wheels. Weight Capacity: 300 lbs. Dimensions: Handle Height: 33”-38” Seat Size: 14” L x 12” W Seat height: 23” Product: GAIT TRAINER, MINI Item Code: HT-54 Description: Mini gait trainer frame; lightweight & portable; height adjustable frame; 5-in-1 casters; open design for easy transfers; forward or rear facing design; accessories attach to frame without tools. Maximum Working Load: 50 lbs. Dimension: 22-1/2” L x 20-1/2” W; Frame Height 12-1/2”. Elbow Height: 15-1/2” - 20-1/2” Chest Prompt Height: 17-1/2” - 22-1/2” Product: GAIT TRAINER, SMALL Item Code: HT-55 Description: Small gait trainer frame; lightweight & portable; height adjustable frame; 5-in-1 casters; open design for easy transfers; forward or rear facing design; accessories attach to frame without tools. Maximum Working Load: 75 lbs. Dimension: 27” L x 22-1/2” W; Frame Height 15-1/2” - 19-1/2”. Elbow Height: 18-1/2” - 27-1/2” Chest Prompt Height: 22” - 30-1/2” Product: GAIT TRAINER, XL Item Code: HT-56 Description: Extra-large gait trainer frame; lightweight & portable; height adjustable frame; 5-in-1 casters; open design for easy transfers; forward or rear facing design; accessories attach to frame without tools. Maximum Working Load: 275 lbs. Dimension: 45” L x 32” W; Frame Height 31-1/2” - 41-1/2”. Elbow Height: 34” - 50” Chest Prompt Height: 39” - 54”
Page 130 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-57 MEDIUM DYNAMIC UPPER FRAME Description: Medium Dynamic Upper Frame; allows lateral weight shifting and dynamic weight bearing; to be combined with standard, utility or treadmill base. Dimension: Elbow Height: 24” - 35” Maximum Working Load: 150 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-58 LARGE DYNAMIC UPPER FRAME Description: Large Dynamic Upper Frame; allows lateral weight shifting and dynamic weight bearing; to be combined with standard, utility or treadmill base. Dimension: Elbow Height: 33” - 48” Maximum Working Load: 200 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-59 MEDIUM STANDARD UPPER FRAME Description: Medium standard frame; if client does not need dynamic movement; to be combined with standard, utility or treadmill frame. Dimension: Elbow Height: 24” – 35” Maximum Working Load: 150 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-60 LARGE STANDARD UPPER FRAME Description: Large standard frame; if client does not need dynamic movement; to be combined with standard, utility or treadmill frame. Dimension: Elbow Height: 33” – 48” Maximum Working Load: 200 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-61 MEDIUM STANDARD LOWER BASE Description: Medium standard lower base for use with standard or dynamic upper frame; for use on hard smooth floors; inside & outside; can be used for posterior position. Dimension: Elbow Height: 24” – 35” 26” L x 26” W x 21”-27” H with medium upper frame. Maximum Working Load: 150 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-62 LARGE STANDARD LOWER BASE Description: Large standard lower base for use with standard or dynamic upper frame; for use on hard smooth floors; inside & outside; can be used for posterior position. Dimension: Elbow Height: 33” – 48” 36” L x 30” W x 29”-39” H with large upper frame. Maximum Working Load: 200 lbs.
Page 131 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-63 MEDIUM UTILITY LOWER BASE Description: Medium utility lower base for use with standard or dynamic upper frame; equipped with large rubber wheels and extra width for navigating over thresholds, carpet, playgrounds, lawns, or gravel paths. Dimension: Elbow Height: 24” – 35” 26” L x 26” W x 21”-27” H with medium upper frame. Maximum Working Load: 150 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-64 LARGE UTILITY LOWER BASE Description: Large utility lower base for use with standard or dynamic upper frame; equipped with large rubber wheels and extra width for navigating over thresholds, carpet, playgrounds, lawns, or gravel paths. Dimension: Elbow Height: 33” – 48” 36” L x 30” W x 29”-39” H with large upper frame. Maximum Working Load: 200 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-65 MEDIUM TREADMILL/STABILITY BASE Description: Medium treadmill/stability base; wide and high enough to straddle most treadmills; extra width ideal for clients who need extra stability for over ground use. Dimension: Elbow Height: 24” – 35” 26” L x 26” W x 21”-27” H with medium upper frame. Maximum Working Load: 150 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER FRAME Item Code: HT-66 LARGE TREADMILL/STABILITY BASE Description: Large treadmill/stability base; wide and high enough to straddle most treadmills; extra width ideal for clients who need extra stability for over ground use. Dimension: Elbow Height: 24” – 35” 36” L x 30” W x 29”-39”” H with large upper frame. Maximum Working Load: 200 lbs. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-67 ARM PROMPTS, SMALL Description: Small versatile arm prompts; height, rotation, angle, lateral proximity, and forward/backward adjustment. Dimension: Padded surface area: 4-1/2” Adjustment range (elbow to fist): 8” – 12-1/2”
Page 132 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-68 ARM PROMPTS, LARGE Description: Large versatile arm prompts; height, rotation, angle, lateral proximity, and forward/backward adjustment. Dimension: Padded surface area: 5” x 8-1/2” Adjustment range (elbow to fist): 10-1/2” – 16” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-69 ARM PLATFORMS Description: Arm platforms attach to adjustable arm prompts for clients who need less arm positioning; made of integral skin foam. Dimension: Padded surface area: 13-1/2” x 5-1/2” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-70 HAND LOOPS Description: Hand loops for added stability while moving; attach as pair or singly; height adjustable. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-71 CHEST PROMPT, SMALL Description: Small padded chest prompt; adjustable angle. Dimension: Range of circumference: 14”-28” Height: 4-1/2” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-72 CHEST PROMPT, MEDIUM Description: Medium padded chest prompt; adjustable angle. Dimension: Range of circumference: 22”-40” Height: 6-1/2” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-73 CHEST PROMPT, LARGE Description: Large padded chest prompt; adjustable angle. Dimension: Range of circumference: 28”-50” Height: 8” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-74 PELVIC SUPPORT, SMALL Description: Small pelvic support; enables natural pelvic movement and lower extremity weight shifting; soft close fit. Dimension: Half of thigh circumference: 4”-8” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-75 PELVIC SUPPORT, MEDIUM Description: Medium pelvic support; enables natural pelvic movement and lower extremity weight shifting; soft close fit. Dimension: Half of thigh circumference: 6”-10”
Page 133 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-76 PELVIC SUPPORT, LARGE Description: Large pelvic support; enables natural pelvic movement and lower extremity weight shifting; soft close fit. Dimension: Half of thigh circumference: 8”-14” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-77 HIP POSITIONER, SMALL Description: Small hip positioner; enables natural pelvic movement and lower extremity weight shifting and provides good abduction; pad available for extra comfort. Dimension: Crotch length: 2-1/2”. Width: 1-1/4”. Length: 9”. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-78 HIP POSITIONER, LARGE Description: Large hip positioner; enables natural pelvic movement and lower extremity weight shifting and provides good abduction; pad available for extra comfort. Dimension: Crotch length: 3-1/2”. Width: 1-3/4”. Length: 11” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-79 THIGH PROMPTS, SMALL Description: Small thigh prompts swing with user’s stride and prevent leg scissoring; height adjustable in medial and lateral positions. Dimension: Maximum leg circumference: 15”. Length: 5”-8” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-80 THIGH PROMPTS, LARGE Description: Large thigh prompts swing with user’s stride and prevent leg scissoring; height adjustable in medial and lateral positions. Dimension: Maximum leg circumference: 20”. Length: 5”-11” Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-81 ANKLE PROMPTS Description: Ankle prompts snap securely to frame; padded ankle straps; spring adjusters to limit stride length and control stride placement; adjustable strap length to determine foot separation and prevent scissoring. Dimension: Standard size. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-82 HANDHOLDS Description: Handholds can be placed anywhere along top bar of frame; height adjustable; 4 rotational positions. Dimension: Standard size. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-83 COMMUNICATION TRAY Description: Communication tray holds small occupational objects and communication devices; height and angle adjustable. Dimension: 8-1/2”-11”. Maximum working load: 10 lbs.
Page 134 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-84 ATTENDANT GUIDE BAR Description: Attendant guide bar attaches to top bar of trainer; high-strength aluminum alloy; quick-release clamp. Dimension: Standard size. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-85 MULTI-POSITION SADDLE Description: Multi-position saddle offers quick and fine-tuned positioning of the pelvis; adjustable in four directions; attaches to dynamic and standard upper frames. Dimension: Standard size. Product: GAIT TRAINER ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-86 HAND BRAKES Description: Optional hand brakes; running and parking brake function; simple lever control; attaches to arm prompts. Dimension: Standard size. Product: GAIT BELT, PEDIATRIC Item Code: HT-87 Description: Pediatric walker belt; unique D-ring system; hook and loop strap. Dimension: Waist size: 17”-28” Product: GAIT BELT, 32-INCH Item Code: HT-88 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 32”. Product: GAIT BELT, 36-INCH Item Code: HT-89 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 36”. Product: GAIT BELT, 40-INCH Item Code: HT-90 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 40”. Product: GAIT BELT, 44-INCH Item Code: HT-91 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 44”. Product: GAIT BELT, 48-INCH Item Code: HT-92 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 48”. Product: GAIT BELT, 54-INCH Item Code: HT-93 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 54”.
Page 135 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: GAIT BELT, 60-INCH Item Code: HT-94 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 60”. Product: GAIT BELT, 72-INCH Item Code: HT-95 Description: 2”-wide heavy-duty cotton webbing; steel, nickel chrome plated buckle. Dimension: Length: 72”. Product: THERAPY BALL, PEANUT, SMALL Item Code: HT-96 Description: Anti-burst, peanut shaped, uni-directional therapy ball; durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex- , Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material. Dimension: 40 cm (approx. 15.8”) Product: THERAPY BALL, PEANUT, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-97 Description: Anti-burst, peanut shaped, uni-directional therapy ball; durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex- , Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material. Dimension: 50 cm (approx. 19.5”) Product: THERAPY BALL, PEANUT, LARGE Item Code: HT-98 Description: Anti-burst, peanut shaped, uni-directional therapy ball; durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex- , Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material. Dimension: 60 cm (approx. 23.5”) Product: THERAPY BALL, PEANUT, EXTRA-LARGE Item Code: HT-99 Description: Anti-burst, peanut shaped, uni-directional therapy ball; durable non-latex material; PVC-, Latex- , Phthalate-, BPA-, and Chloride-free material. Dimension: 70 cm (approx. 27.5”) Product: THERAPY/STABILITY BALL, SMALL Item Code: HT-100 Description: Inflatable round exercise ball; two plugs; inflation adapter; provide size-appropriate stability ring. Dimension: 45 cm (approx. 18”) Product: THERAPY/STABILITY BALL, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-101 Description: Inflatable round exercise ball; two plugs; inflation adapter; provide size-appropriate stability ring. Dimension: 55 cm (approx. 22”) Product: THERAPY/STABILITY BALL, LARGE Item Code: HT-102 Description: Inflatable round exercise ball; two plugs; inflation adapter; provide size-appropriate stability ring. Dimension: 65 cm (approx. 26”) Product: THERAPY/STABILITY BALL, EXTRA-LARGE Item Code: HT-103 Description: Inflatable round exercise ball; two plugs; inflation adapter; provide size-appropriate stability ring. Dimension: 75 cm (approx. 30”) Product: TRANSFER BOARD Item Code: HT-104 Description: Wood transfer board. Min. 7-layer 3/8”-thick plywood, birch or maple. Natural color with clear finish. Large carrying holes. Max. capacity 400 lbs. Dimensions: 29” L x 9” W
Page 136 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: TRANSFER BOARD, SLIDING Item Code: HT-105 Description: Made of exceptionally strong plastic, each uniquely shaped board has a safe, comfortable disc that supports the user’s weight as it glides on the board’s track during transfer. Each disc rotates 360° to allow for easy placement and ease of transfer. Ideal for space-limited transfer. Supports up to 400 lbs. Max. capacity 400 lbs. Dimension: 40” L x 12” W Product: TRANSFER & MOBILITY DEVICE Item Code: HT-106 Description: Combines gait training, sit-to-stand transfers and seated transfers; capable of lifting and transferring patients of varying abilities and body types; includes battery, battery charger, charger power cord, and accessories tote. Dimension: User Girth: Min. 22”; Max. 60” 45-1/2” L x 27-1/2” W x 43-1/2” H Max. User height: 76” Max. working load: 350 lbs. Product: TRANSFER & MOBILITY DEVICE ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-107a – HT-107b THIGH STRAPS Description: Thigh straps for transfer & mobility device; primarily used for seated transfers; machine washable. Dimension: HT-107a: 5”-wide straps HT-107b: 7”-wide straps Product: TRANSFER & MOBILITY DEVICE ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-108a – HT-108b FOREARM SUPPORTS Description: Forearm supports for transfer & mobility device: adjustable in every direction and angle. Dimension: HT-108a: Padded surface area 4-1/2” x 7”. Adjustment range (elbow to fist): 8” - 12-1/2”. HT-108b: Padded surface area 5” x 7-1/2”. Adjustment range (elbow to fist): 10-1/2” - 16”. Product: TRANSFER & MOBILITY DEVICE ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-109 ARM PLATFORMS Description: Arm platforms for transfer & mobility device; attach to adjustable arm prompts for clients who need less arm positioning; made of integral skin foam. Dimension: Padded surface area: 13-1/2” x 5-1/2” Product: TRANSFER & MOBILITY DEVICE ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-110 SWIVEL LOCKS Description: Swivel locks for transfer & mobility device; engage with casters to allow movement in a straight direction; Dimension: Standard size. Product: TRANSFER & MOBILITY DEVICE ACCESSORIES Item Code: HT-111a – HT-111c WALKING SADDLE Description: Walking saddle for transfer & mobility device; used for sit-to-stand transfers. Dimension: HT-111a: User dimension: half of thigh circumference 6”-10” HT-111b: User dimension: half of thigh circumference 8”-14”
Page 137 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
HT-111c: User dimension: half of thigh circumference 10”-18” Product: BEAN BAG CHAIR, MEDIUM Item Code: HT-112 Description: Vinyl bean bag chair; double stitched; furniture grade polyester vinyl; double-locking safety zipper; CFC-free, low-density expanded polystyrene beads filling. Dimension: 38” L x 28” W x 19” H; Circumference: 105” Product: BEAN BAG CHAIR, EXTRA LARGE Item Code: HT-113 Description: Vinyl bean bag chair; double stitched; furniture grade polyester vinyl; double-locking safety zipper; CFC-free, low-density expanded polystyrene beads filling. Dimension: 40” L x 40” W x 29” H; Circumference: 132” Product: BEAN BAG CHAIR, COTTON Item Code: HT-114 Description: Oversize cotton-twill bean bag chair; removable, machine-washable slip cover. Dimension: 41” L x 41” D x 41” H Product: TOILETING ACCESSORIES - TOILETING CHAIR Item Code: HT-115 Description: Steel drop arm commode chair. Rust resistant swivel casters with locks. White powder coated steel frame construction. Padded arm rests with easy-release mechanism. 7.5 QT commode bucket with carry handle and splash shield. Max. capacity 300 lbs. Dimensions: Seat width 14”. Seat depth 16-1/2”. Width between arms 18” Product: TOILETING ACCESSORY - TOILET SEAT Item Code: HT-116 Description: Smooth surface makes cleaning easy. Flip-up armrests. A lid and seat are included. Dimensions: 23-1/2"W x 18"D width between armrests 19", height of armrests above seat 9". Weight capacity: 286 lbs. Product: TOILETING ACCESSORY - TOILET SEAT, THIN Item Code: HT-117 Description: Thin plastic toilet seat. Closed-front elongated, injection-molded solid plastic toilet seat with cover. Non-corrosive, top-tightening hex bolts and wing nuts. Complies with IAPMO/ANSI Z124.5-2013 as “Commercial Heavy Duty”. Dimensions: 17-1/8” L x 13-15/16” W. Overall thickness 1-9/16”. Seat thickness 3/4". Weight capacity: 500 lbs. Product: TOILETING ACCESSORY - SEAT ADAPTER Item Code: HT-118 Description: This toilet seat is 4" high. Made from polyethylene and molded as a one-piece seat to reduce any hygiene issues. To further reduce cross infection, the seat has permanent anti-bacterial qualities and is resistant to stains and odor. Simple to remove and fit, as the seat attaches to the toilet using two adjustable fixing brackets. The two adjustable fixing brackets also provides the user with a secure seating position. Length 15-1/2". Width 14-3/4". Product: TOILETING ACCESSORY - SPLASH GUARD Item Code: HT-119 Description: Adapted toilet Seats: Toilet splash guard. Product: TOILETING ACCESSORY - SEAT REDUCER RING Item Code: HT-120 Description: Adapted Toilet Seat: Seat Reducer Ring.
Page 138 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: AIR-FILLED CUSHION, SMALL Item Code: HT-121 Description: Latex-free, round air-filled balance cushion; PVC. Dimensions: 13” Diameter Product: AIR-FILLED CUSHION, LARGE Item Code: HT-122 Description: Latex-free, round air-filled balance cushion; PVC. Dimensions: 15” Diameter Product: WEDGE CUSHION, SMALL Item Code: HT-123 Description: Latex-free, wedge-shaped air-filled balance cushion Dimensions: 10” x 10”. Product: WEDGE CUSHION, LARGE Item Code: HT-124 Description: Latex –free, wedge-shaped air-filled balance cushion. Dimensions: 13” x 13” Product: STRAP WEDGE Item Code: HT-125 Description: This wedge includes two wrap straps, which provide added flexibility in positioning the child properly. The movable straps support the child gently, yet firmly, when and where needed to ensure the most comfortable position. Latex free. Dimensions: 24” W x 28” L x 12” H. Product: WEDGE CUSHION Item Code: HT-126 Description: Versatile wedge is ideal for gross motor activities such as rolling, tumbling, and walking up- or down-hill. Also provides comfortable positioning for reading or fine motor activities. Can be used as an alternative to sitting when a child lacks head control, balance or trunk control. Latex free. No color choice. Dimensions: 24" W x 28" L x 10” H; 20 Degree Incline. Product: INCLINE MATS Item Code: HT-127 Description: Urethane foam with an antibacterial and anti-fungal covering of 18-oz. vinyl-coated nylon. Latex free. Dimensions: 72” L x 36” W x 16” thick. Product: FLOOR SITTER WEDGE Item Code: HT-128 Description: Includes the Feeder Seat Positioner. The Wedge can be used to keep the Positioner in an upright or a reclined position suitable for the child’s activity. A Velcro® brand hook & loop system holds the seat securely, allowing instant adjustability. Shoulder harness allow 4” of vertical adjustment. Contoured interior has a 90-degree seat-to-back relationship. A 45-degree pelvic belt and quick- release H-belt help maintain position. Seamless cover is washable, odor, urine and stain- resistant and non-toxic. Dimensions: Overall height 34”, outside width 17”, inside depth 13 ¼”, inside width 12 ½”, inside height 29”. Can accommodate children up to 60”. Product: WEDGE SYSTEM Item Code: HT-129 Description: Specially designed to meet the needs of adolescents and small adults. This system consists of two wedges contoured on one side and flat on the other. Use together to help break extensor patterns and relax clients into a flexion pattern. Provides proper prone and supine positioning, whether used alone or together. Complete system includes one double-sided 17" contoured wedge with ankle drop-off, one double-sided 12" contoured wedge, two wrap straps and one abductor module. Latex free. Dimensions: 1 double sided 17” wedge with ankle drop off, 1 double sided 12” contoured wedge with 2 wrap straps, 1 abductor model.
Page 139 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: ADAPTED TRICYCLE, SMALL Item Code: HT-130 Description: Adapted tricycle with rear steer control; padded handle bar; child-friendly brake levers; adjustable seat position; adjustable seat back with side supports and head rest; self-leveling pedals with straps; front and rear basket. Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 42” L x 23” W; Leg Length 15”-18” Product: ADAPTED TRICYCLE, LARGE Item Code: HT-131 Description: Adapted tricycle with rear steer control; padded handle bar; child-friendly brake levers; adjustable seat back with side supports and head rest; self-leveling foot sandal pedals; rear basket; parking brake; seat belt Color to be selected by Board from manufacturer’s standards. Dimensions: 54” L x 28” W; Leg Length 22”-30” Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-132 LAPTRAY Description: This large tray attaches to armrests of Activity Chairs and provides a work, play and feeding surface with raised edges. It can be set at angles ranging from horizontal to 60° up or down, and can be raised or lowered to suit your client’s needs. Dimensions: 25½" wide x 23" deep. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-133 WEDGES/PADS, SMALL Description: Abductor for Activity Chairs. Necessary for good joint and body alignment of clients with dysfunctional muscle control. The abductor separates knees and helps to control spastic muscles that cause legs to scissor. The abductor can be adjusted backward and forward in three positions to improve postural control. Dimensions: 4" x 7½" x 4“ Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-134 WEDGES/PADS, LARGE Description: Pair of Abductors for Activity Chairs - Necessary for clients with limited muscle control that results in abduction of lower extremities. Adductors provide a comfortable lateral boundary for client’s knees and maintain proper body and joint alignment by supporting each leg individually. Dimensions: 5" high x 6" long Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-135 CHEST STRAP Description: Chest strap for Activity Chairs provides added trunk support with its wide and comfortably padded strap. The chest strap is for clients without upper torso control who need extra support and security. Made from padded, anti-microbial, high performance material. Dimensions: Max. circumference: 52“. Width of strap: 4“ Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-136 FOOT BOARD Description: Footboard for Activity Chairs - For placement of feet and some weight bearing through legs and feet during functional sitting activities. Also required for attaching sandals and ankle straps to meet specific positioning needs. The footboard swings back out of the way for sit-to-stand transfers, or clients can stand on footboard for transfers
Page 140 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-137 HIP GUIDES Description: Hip guides for Activity Chairs provide a snug, comfortable fit giving the client security and safety. Placed at the sides of the pelvis to align a client’s torso, they provide maximum support of trunk control while sitting. Hip guides can also be important for proper alignment of the spine. They independently adjust vertically and horizontally. Dimensions: 4" x 9-1/4” Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-138 HEADREST Description: Headrest for Activity Chairs – Adjustable Winged Headrests optimally position clients with poor head control. Winged headrests adjust front to back and up and down. The side wing pads adjust from almost flat to 90°. They attach tool-free to the backrest using a two-knob adjustment system. Dimensions: 16"x 5" when flat to 6" between wings at 90° Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-139 LEG PROMPTS Description: Small Leg Prompts for Activity Chairs - Helpful for students with limited muscle control, leg prompts maintain body and joint alignment when sitting, by supporting each leg individually with a strap that passes around the front. Leg prompts move both in and out and laterally for maximum adjustment. Dimensions: Max. circumference: 14“ Product: ACCESSORIES FOR MOBILE SEATING Item Code: HT-140 TRUNK SUPPORT Description: Lateral trunk support for Activity Chairs is necessary for clients who need good upper body support, lateral supports are important for proper alignment of the spine. Laterals help position your client correctly and securely and are independently adjustable vertically and horizontally. Lateral supports can be purchased with or without a chest strap attached. Dimensions: 6 ½” x 5” Product: ACCESSORIES FOR STANDERS Item Code: HT-141 TRAY Description: Tray for Stander has a smooth cleanable working surface with rounded corners. The angle of the tray can be changed by adjusting the armrests. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR STANDERS Item Code: HT-142 LATERAL SUPPORTS Description: Trunk Lateral Supports for Stander. Extra lateral blocks help align the trunk and are fully adjustable. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR STANDERS Item Code: HT-143 ABDUCTOR WEDGE Description: Round abduction block for Stander helps maintain 4" of comfortable knee separation. Fire- retardant polyurethane foam with fire-retardant cover made from expanded polyurethane. Product: ACCESSORIES STANDERS Item Code: HT-144 HEAD LATERALS Description: Head lateral supports for Stander.
Page 141 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: ACCESSORIES FOR STANDERS Item Code: HT-145 KNEE GUIDES Description: Pair of Knee blocks for Stander. Adjust vertically and horizontally; rotate to give comfortable positioning. Fire-retardant polyurethane foam with fire-retardant cover made from expanded polyurethane. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR STANDERS Item Code: HT-146 THORACIC STRAP Description: Thoracic Strap for Stander. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR WALKERS Item Code: HT-147 FRONT WHEELS Description: Non-swivel Front Wheels for Walker. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR WALKERS Item Code: HT-148 REAR WHEELS Description: Rear Ratchet Wheels for Walker. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR WALKERS Item Code: HT-149 REAR LEGS Description: Rear Leg- without wheels for Walker. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR WALKERS Item Code: HT-150 PELVIC STABILIZER Description: Pelvic Stabilizer for Walker; 10” W x 9” D x 6”H and is adjustable in width from 6” to 14”. Features back and lateral pads, and a support belt. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR WALKERS Item Code: HT-151 FOREARM SUPPORT Description: Pair of Forearm Supports (Large) with hand grip for Walker. Constructed of light-weight aluminum. The height is adjustable from handlebar to armrest 5"-7.5”. Includes attachment brackets. Product: ACCESSORIES FOR WALKER Item Code: HT-152 SEAT Description: Seat for walker Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - WEIGHTED VEST Item Code: HT-153 Description: Weighted vest, small: 25”-27” chest Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - WEIGHTED VEST Item Code: HT-154 Description: Weighted vest, medium: 28”-30” chest. Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - WEIGHTED VEST Item Code: HT-155 Description: Weighted vest, large: 24”-30” chest. Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - PRESSURE VEST Item Code: HT-156 Description: Pressure vest, small: 20”-23” chest. Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - PRESSURE VEST Item Code: HT-157 Description: Pressure vest, medium: 24”-30” chest.
Page 142 IV. SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND SCOPE OF SERVICES
Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - PRESSURE VEST Item Code: HT-158 Description: Pressure vest, large: 31”-37” chest. Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - PRESSURE VEST Item Code: HT-159 Description: Pressure vest, extra-large: 38”-40” chest. Product: SENSORY SUPPLIES - THERAPUTTY Item Code: HT-160 Description: Theraputty, various resistance; 1 lb. tub of soft, medium, and firm. Product: HANDWRITING - RAISED LINE PAPER Item Code: HT-161 Description: Raised line paper; narrow rule and wide rule sizes; 250 sheet pack. Product: HANDWRITING - PENCIL GRIPS Item Code: HT-162 Description: Stetro pencil grips. Product: PRIVACY SCREEN – MOVABLE MOBILE Item Code: HT-163 Description: Movable, mobile folding three (3) panel screen with a sturdy 3/4” anodized 25 mm aluminum frame with durable hinges for easy folding and extended positions on twin roller casters. Replaceable panels to be readily cleanable, made of 6 mil antimicrobial vinyl, be fire resistant and meet all Fire Marshal requirements. Dimensions: Extended Length of Coverage: 85”L x 68” H Folded Storage Size: 31”W x 2-1/2” D x 68”H Weight: 8 lbs. Product: PRIVACY SCREEN – REPLACEMENT PANEL (HT-163) Item Code: HT-164 Description: Replacement panel for movable, mobile folding screen panel HT-163. Replaceable panels to be readily cleanable, made of 6 mil antimicrobial vinyl, be fire resistant and meet all Fire Marshal requirements. Dimensions: Each Panel: 33” W x 53” L Rod pocket top and bottom of the panel. Three panels for replacement on each frame of movable mobile privacy screen.
END of CATEGORY 6 – HEALTH AND THERAPEUTIC
Page 143 V. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
FAILURE TO SUBMIT ANY OF THE SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS WILL DEEM THE BIDDER AS NON- RESPONSIVE AND THE BID WILL NOT BE FURTHER CONSIDERED.
1. Format of Bid Response: All bids shall be submitted with pages numbered in a plastic three-ring binder with section dividers for each item listed in Section 2 below. Please do not send in spiral or velo binders. Each bid shall be submitted on standard 8 ½” x 11” bond paper bound on one side. Expensive papers and bindings are discouraged since no materials will be returned to the Bidder. The electronic copies of the bids must be submitted on a Compact Disc (CD) or USB Drive. The CD or USB Drive must be clearly labeled with the Bidder’s company name. Each submittal section of the bid must be separated into a different file on the electronic copy.
2. Contents of Response:
a. Bid Tabulation Pages: The Bid Tabulation Spreadsheet (Attachment D) must be completed by Bidder in compliance with Section VII.
b. Bid Execution Page: The Bid Execution Page must be appropriately completed and original signed versions must be submitted.
c. Contractor Disclosure Form (Refer to Attachment A): The Contractor’s Disclosure Form must be filled out in its entirety, signed and notarized and submitted with bid response.
d. W-9 Tax Form (Refer to Attachment B): W-9 Form Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification Affidavit properly completed.
e. MBE/WBE Compliance Plan (Refer to Attachment C): All sections of the Remedial Program for Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprise Participation in Construction Projects that apply to your business entity must be filled out in their entirety. Any sections that do not apply must be clearly marked N/A. These completed documents must be submitted with the required copies of your Bid. Please note that all MBE/WBE documents in reference to your business that require a notarized signature must also be included in the submittal package. For the term of this Contract, Bidder shall adhere to the minimum goals set at 8% for MBE and 2% for WBE participation and shall adhere to all other applicable MBE/WBE requirements as set forth in the Remedial Program, as may be amended from time to time.
f. References: A minimum of three (3) references from entities for which the Bidder is currently providing, or has in the past provided Products and Services of similar scope and magnitude. Bidder shall provide the name and telephone number of all contact persons. The Board reserves the right to contact these references.
g. Financial Statements: Electronic copies on Compact Disc (CD) or USB Drive of audited financial statements or tax returns signed by the preparer (only if audited financial statements are not available) for the three (3) previous fiscal years must be provided. Financial Statements must include auditor's letter of opinion, auditor's notes, balance sheet, and statement of income/loss. Each prime or joint venture partner must submit this information. The Board reserves the right to accept alternative information and/or documentation submitted by Proposer(s). The financial statements shall only be included with the electronic submission.
h. Insurance requirements: Evidence of current insurance coverage must be submitted. If awarded this Contract, and Bidder’s current coverage does not meet the requirements stated in this Bid, the Bidder shall acquire the required insurance coverage, prior to supplying any Products or performing the Services.
i. Licenses: Submit copies of your entities’ applicable City of Chicago, State of Illinois licenses, and all other licenses relevant to the performance of this Contract.
Page 144 V. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
j. Longevity of Business Organization: List, and briefly describe how long your organization has been in business including any documentation that will support this information. k. Joint Ventures: A copy of the executed joint venture agreement, if applicable, must be submitted. Indicate N/A if Bidder will not be part of a joint venture agreement. l. Legal Actions: List, and briefly describe, any and all legal actions for the past three (3) years in which the Bidder has been a debtor in bankruptcy, a defendant in a lawsuit for deficient performance under a contract or agreement; a respondent in an administrative action for deficient performance, or a defendant in a criminal action. Indicate N/A if Bidder does not have any legal actions as described above. m. Work History with Board: List, and briefly describe, any past work history with the Board, including the specific project worked on or the specific products delivered to the Board. n. Company’s Catalog (includes Pricing Information): Submit hard copy catalog illustrating all essential particulars of the Products Bidder will deliver under this Bid. The hard copy catalog must include current pricing and, if applicable, any catalog corrections. o. Bidder’s Product Catalog: Submit technical specifications together with illustrative materials providing brand name and model number of the item for the Products Bidder will deliver if its bid is accepted by the Board. Each specification should include the corresponding unit number as provided in Specification of Products found in Section IV.
p. Manuals, Instructions, Maintenance Information: Submit manuals, instructions, and maintenance instructions that may accompany the Products that are included within the Bid. Successful Bidders are expected to provide any updates, revisions, or bulletins for these materials through the Term of the Contract and any Renewal Terms. q. Manufacturer’s Warranty: Bidder shall submit its warranty information as well as any manufacturer’s written warranties or otherwise provide information regarding the warranties for each Product submitted. Such warranty information will be attached to this Contract and made a part hereof.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
Page 145 VI. EVALUATION CRITERIA AND BASIS OF AWARD
1. SELECTION PROCESS
a) Evaluation Committee: An Evaluation Committee, which will include representatives from the Department of Facilities, the Department of Procurement and may include representatives from other Board Departments, will review and evaluate the bids, in accordance with the evaluation criteria set forth below. The Evaluation Committee will submit its recommendation to the Chief Procurement Officer for review and concurrence, and request that the Chief Procurement Officer recommend to the Board that those Bidder(s) meeting the Board’s criteria be awarded this Contract.
b) Competency of Bidder: No award will be made to any person, firm or corporation that is in arrears or is in default with the Board, the City of Chicago, the State of Illinois and/or the County of Cook upon any debt or contract, or that is a defaulter upon any obligation to the Board, or has failed to perform faithfully on any previous contract with the Board.
c) Consideration of Bids: The Chief Procurement Officer shall represent the Board in all matters pertaining to this bid. The Chief Procurement Officer reserves the right to reject any Bid and to disregard any informality in the Bids when, in his opinion, the best interest of the Board will be served by such action.
2. EVALUATION CRITERIA
Bidder shall be evaluated on the following criteria:
a) Lowest, responsible Bidder for each Category.
b) Longevity of business organization.
c) Experience with other contracts of a similar type.
d) The financial stability of the Bidder.
e) The past performance of the Bidder on other contracts with the Board and any other entity in terms of quality of work and compliance with performance schedules. The Evaluation Committee may solicit from previous clients, including the Board, other government agencies, or any other available sources, relevant information concerning the Bidder’s record of past performance.
f) The quality of the responses received from the three (3) references.
g) Capacity of the Bidder to provide the Products and perform the Services on a timely basis.
h) Submission of all submittal requirements.
i) Demonstration of MBE/WBE compliance that shows how all applicable goals will be fulfilled. Proposed MBE’s and WBE’s must be identified through the submission of Forms 100, 101, 102 (if applicable), 103A and 103B (if applicable), 104 and 106 (if applicable). See Attachment C. The evaluation of the MBE/WBE plan will be based on the quality of the proposed MBE/WBE participation as demonstrated by the level, relevance and quality of participation by Minority/Women Business Enterprises.
j) Legal actions which may affect performance under this Contract.
k) Compliance with the Insurance Requirements cited herein.
Page 146 VI. EVALUATION CRITERIA AND BASIS OF AWARD
l) Licenses to do business in the City of Chicago and/or the State of Illinois, as applicable, and all other licenses and certifications as may be necessary to supply the Products and perform the Services.
3. BASIS OF AWARD
This Contract will be awarded to the lowest, responsible Bidder who meets the Board’s Evaluation Criteria set forth herein. The Board reserves the right to award a Contract to one or more than one Bidder or to reject any or all bids, when, in the Board’s opinion the best interest of the Board will be served.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE HAS BEEN LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
Page 147 VII. BID TABULATION PAGES
NOTE: ALL PRICING MUST BE SUBMITTED ON THE BID TABULATION PAGES WITHOUT CONDITIONS. ANY CHANGES, MODIFICATIONS, ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS, EXCEPTIONS OR OTHER REVISIONS TO THIS BID, INCLUDING THE TABULATION PAGES, OR FAILURE TO COMPLETE ALL REQUIRED INFORMATION, MAY CAUSE THE BID TO BE DEEMED NON-RESPONSIVE.
Bid Tabulation Pages are required to be completed only in the Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet provided by the Board. The spreadsheet(s) must be downloaded from the Department of Procurement website. The Bid Tabulation spreadsheets completed by Bidder must be inserted as Section VII of this Contract. No ink or pencil submissions will be accepted.
Instructions for Completing the Bid Tabulation Spreadsheets: Bidder is responsible for electronically entering information into the open cells in the Bid Tabulation Pages in the Excel spreadsheet. For this Bid, there are six (6) categories of Products (“Category” or “Categories”) with Services that are to be performed as part of the purchase of the Products; each Category has its own worksheet in the Excel spreadsheet. Bidders may bid on one Category or all Categories. For each Category Bidder wants to make a bid, Bidder must complete all unlocked cells in the line items within that Category. The following fields are locked and will be filled in automatically within the Excel spreadsheet: Unit Number Name Product Description Estimated Quantities Total Bid Price for each Product (Equals Bidder’s Price x Estimated Quantities) Total Contract Price for each Product (Equals the sum of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price plus the product of (Maximum Percentage Increase for 1st Contract Renewal times Total Bid Price plus Total Bid Price) Aggregate Total (Equals Sum of Total Bid Prices)
Bidders must ensure that all costs are included even though the Bid Tabulation Page may not specifically list them. Any costs not included in the Bid Tabulation Page shall not be paid.
The Chief Procurement Officer reserves the right to make corrections, after receiving the bids, to any clerical error apparent on the face of the bid, including but not limited to obviously incorrect units or misplaced decimal points, or arithmetic errors. In the event that comparison of the Bidder’s “Unit Price” and “Total Price” submitted for any line item reveals a calculation error, the Unit Price will prevail.
Explanation of Columns: Column A (Unit Number): The Unit Number is a unique identifier for each Product. The Unit Number will be used for CPS’s internal procurement tracking. Column B (Name Product Description): The Name Product Description column lists the required specifications for the biddable item. Complete descriptions of required specifications for the Products are listed in the Specification of Products and Scope of Services (Section IV). Column C (Manufacturer Name): Bidder must provide the name of the manufacturer of the item submitted. Column D (Product Number): Bidder must provide the manufacturer's product number for the item submitted. Column E (NIGP Code): Bidder must add the NIGP Code for each item.
Page 148 VII. BID TABULATION PAGES
Column F (Bidder’s Price): Bidder must provide unit price for each item listed during the term of the contract. The unit price shall apply during any Renewal Terms, unless Bidder has designated a maximum percentage increase for that Product’s unit price in ColumnN. Column G (UOM): Bidder will enter the unit of measure for each item listed. Column H (Unit Price - Shipping and Delivery). Bidder must provide the unit price for shipping and delivery, if any. Column I (Unit Price Charge - Assembly, Set-up, and Removal of Packaging Waste). Bidder must provide unit price for assembly, set-up and removal of packaging waste, if any. Column J (Asset Tag Price – Only for Items over $500). When the Product’s Unit Price is equal to or greater than $500.00, Bidder must provide a unit price for the asset tag. Column K (Asset Tag Installation Unit Cost). When the Product’s Unit price is equal to or greater than $500, Bidder must provide a unit cost to affix the asset tag on the Product. Column L (Estimated Quantities): Estimated Quantities provides an estimate of the number of Products that the Board may be purchasing during the Term of the Contract. However, the Estimated Quantities provided are informational only and do not obligate the Board to purchase any minimum amounts. The Bid Prices in the Bid Tabulation Pages must be provided to the Board for all Products purchased, regardless of the number of Estimated Quantities listed. Column M (Total Bid Price): The Total Bid Price equals Bidder’s Price plus Unit Price - Shipping and Delivery plus Unit Price - Assembly, Set-up, and Removal of Packaging Waste, plus Asset Tag Price (if applicable), and Asset Tag Installation Unit Cost (if applicable) multiplied by the Estimated Quantities (calculated automatically). Column N (Maximum Percentage (%) Increase for 1st Contract Renewal: Bidder must provide the maximum percentage by which the Unit Price will increase for the first year contract renewal, if the Board exercises this option. The maximum Unit Price with this percentage included will be included within the Product’s Total Contract Price used to determine Bidder’s total bid. Column O (Total Contract Price): The Total Contract Price equals the sum of the Bidder’s Total Bid Price plus the Bidder’s renewal price which is the Bidder’s Total Bid Price plus the product of (Maximum Percentage Increase for 1st Contract Renewal and Total Bid Price). Column P (Image URL): Bidder must provide a URL link to an image file on the supplier’s site. This image will be used in the Board’s Marketplace.
Category Aggregate Total: The Category Aggregate Total equals the sum of the Total Contract Prices for each Product within that Category. Each Category’s aggregate total will be calculated automatically.
Summary Page The Category Aggregate Totals for each Category will automatically populate the cells on the Summary Page. The Summary Page must include the Bidder’s name and vendor number from CPS as well as a printed name, signature, title, telephone number and name of company by an authorized Bidder representative. Signature and Contact Information Each of the Bid Tabulation Pages must include the Bidder’s name and vendor number from CPS as well as a printed name, signature, title, telephone number and name of an authorized representative of the Bidder.
Page 149 VII. BID TABULATION PAGES
Award
Subject to the Evaluation Criteria, the Basis of Award, and the General and Specific Terms and Conditions set forth in this solicitation, the Award(s) will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder(s) based on the Category Aggregate Totals for each Category.
Page 150 VIII. BID EXECUTION PAGE
The undersigned, hereby acknowledges having received Specification No. 17-350029 containing a full set of documents, including, 1) General Invitation, 2) General Terms and Conditions, 3) Specific Terms and Conditions, 4) Specification of Products and Scope of Services, 5) Submittal Requirements, 6) Evaluation Criteria and Basis of Award, 7) Bid Tabulation Pages, 8) Bid Execution Page, 9) Attachments A, B, C, D, and E; and 10) Addenda Nos. ______(none unless indicated here). The Bidder is responsible for reading and understanding all sections of this bid, and affirms that the Bidder shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions contained in this bid.
The undersigned understands, by signing this document, that all documents submitted to the Board of Education of the City of Chicago (“Board”) are a matter of public record and are subject to the Illinois Freedom of Information Act, 5 ILCS 140/1-11 (“FOIA”). Bidder acknowledges that if the Board receives a FOIA request for your bid the Board must release those documents to the requester. However, the Board will consider redacting any portion to your bid which is attached under separate cover and designated “Trade secrets and commercial or financial information where the trade secrets or information are proprietary or where disclosure may cause competitive harm”. (5 ILCS 140/7(1)(g)). Any portion of this Bid designated as trade secrets or proprietary information which does not fall directly within this FOIA exemption will be subject to release by the Board pursuant to FOIA. The Board will not honor Bidder’s request to mark the entire bid or substantial parts of the bid as confidential. In such cases, the entire bid will be subject to disclosure under FOIA.
If Bidder is awarded this Contract, Bidder acknowledges that the bid Contract will be posted online on the CPS website. If Bidder designates any portion of the Bid proposal as exempt under FOIA, Bidder shall be responsible for submitting a redacted copy of the bid proposal and the redacted version shall be posted online.
Bidder agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Board harmless from and against any loss, damage, expense, penalty, or cost, including any and all legal fees, sought in every claim or suit of any kind arising out of the Board redacting those portions of the bid, proposal or Addenda designated as trade secrets or proprietary information.
Further, the undersigned, being duly sworn, states on oath that no disclosures of ownership have been withheld from the Board, that the information provided herein is current, and Bidder and its officers and employees have not entered into any agreement with any other bidder or prospective bidder or with any other person, firm or corporation relating to any prices or other terms named in this bid or any other bid, nor has it entered into any agreement or arrangement under which a person, firm or corporation is to refrain from responding to this bid.
BIDDER'S NAME:______ADDRESS:______
By:______CITY:______(Signature) TELEPHONE: ______NAME: ______
TITLE:______(Printed)
ATTEST BY:______Subscribed and Sworn to before me this (Signature) day of ______, ______.
NAME: ______
TITLE: ______
Corporate Seal (requested, not required) ______Notary Public Signature Seal of Notary
Page 151 VIII. BID EXECUTION PAGE
AWARD OF CONTRACT
Date of Award: ______Term of Contract: ______
By execution below, the Board accepts the offer of ______in an amount not to exceed ______.
Categories Awarded:
BOARD OF EDUCATION OF THE CITY OF CHICAGO
By: ______Frank M. Clark President Approved as to legal form:
Attest: ______Estela G. Beltran Ronald L. Marmer Secretary General Counsel
Board Report No.: ______
Page 152 ATTACHMENT A
Contractor’s Disclosure Form
Page 153 Forrest Claypool CHICAGO PUBLIC SCHOOLS Chief Executive Officer
DEPARTMENT OF PROCUREMENT 42 W Madison Street * Chicago, Illinois 60602 * Telephone: 773-553-2280 www.cps.edu/procurement Jonathan Maples Chief Procurement Officer
DEPARTMENT OF PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTS CONTRACTORS DISCLOSURE FORM
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Every Contractor submitting a bid or proposal to the Board of Education of the City of Chicago (“Board”) must complete and return a Contractor’s Disclosure Form.
2. The Contractor’s Disclosure Form must be complete and notarized. Failure to complete all parts of the Contractor’s Disclosure Form will make a bid non-responsive and not eligible for award consideration.
3. In the event the Contractor’s is a joint venture, the joint venture and each of the joint venture partners must submit a complete Contractor’s Disclosure Form.
4. If the Contractor is fully or partially owned by one or more corporations, each Corporation must submit a complete Contractor’s Disclosure Form.
5. This Contractor’s Disclosure Form need only be filed with the Department of Procurement and Contracts on a yearly basis. Any future bid or proposal submitted by the Contractor need only reference its previous submittal, the specification /contract number and the date the form was submitted.
6. Any changes in organizational structure, ownership, ethics compliance or any other material change of the Contractor shall require submission of an amended form within five (5) working days of the change which shall be submitted to the Department of Procurement and Contracts citing the contract number, if applicable, and any such change shall be subject to Board approval.
7. Providing any false, incomplete or inaccurate information in the Contractor’s Disclosure Form will make a bid non-responsive and not eligible for award consideration and may result in fines, penalties and/or debarment from bidding on contracts for a period of up to three (3) years.
8. The Board policies referenced in the Contractor’s Disclosure Form, including the Indebtness Policy, Ethics Policy, and Debarment Policy are available upon request.
1 CONTRACTOR’S DISCLOSURE FORM
Specification/Contract Number:
List all CPS Vendor Numbers For the Contractor and related companies:
Contractor Name:
Contractor Address: City: State: Zip Code
List all other Addresses of Contractor:
(Assumed Name, if any):
Contact Person:
Contractor Phone:
Contractor Fax:
Contractor Email:
Business Start Date:
SIC Code or DUNS No., if available:
Description of Business Activity:
Business Volume (dollar amount), for the last fiscal year:
Federal Employer I.D. # or Social Security #:
Supplier is a certified Minority/Women Business Enterprise: MBE WBE
The undersigned , as (Name) (Title) and on behalf of (“Supplier”), (Business Name) on certifies that all the information above is true and correct. (Date)
2 Last Updated: February 8, 2017 VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION This information will be registered to our iSupplier portal and the email addresses will be signed up to receive Purchase Orders.
Contact Person Name: Title: ______
Phone: ______
Email:
Secondary Contact Person Name: Title:
Phone: ______
Email:
Conditional Action: If any Vendor employees or principals are going to be in direct contact with students, they must fulfill the background check and fingerprint requirements and must be cleared before the Vendor number will be issued. If applicable, detailed information about how to complete these tests will be provided after this application has been reviewed. Will Vendor have direct contact with students: ☐ Yes ☐ No If yes, you will be referred to our fingerprint / background check vendor for processing prior to being able to receive purchase orders.
A. DISCLOSURE OF OWNERSHIP INTEREST
All Contractors shall provide the following information with their bid or proposal. If the question is not applicable, answer with “NA.” If the answer is none, please answer “none.”
Supplier is a: ( ) For Profit Corporation ( ) Sole Proprietor/Consultant (check one) ( ) Partnership ( ) Not-For-Profit Corporation ( ) Limited Liability Company ( ) Other: ( ) Joint Venture
3 Last Updated: February 8, 2017 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
SECTION I. FOR PROFIT CORPORATIONS a. Incorporated in the State of b. Corporation in good standing Yes { } No { } c. Authorized to do business in the State of Illinois Yes { } No { } (Attach Certificate of Authority to Transact Business) d. If the Contractor is a publicly held corporation, please provide copies of the corporation's published annual reports and/or Form 10-K's for the last three years. e. List below the names of all Officers of corporation (or Attach List): List below the names of all Directors of corporation (or Attach List):
Name (Print or Type) Title (Print or Type) Address
f. If the corporation has fewer than 100 shareholders indicate below or attach a list of names and addresses of all shareholders and the percentage interest of each.
Name (Print or Type) Address Ownership Interest
g. Is the corporation owned partially or completely by one or more other corporations? YES { } NO { } If "Yes", provide the above information, as applicable, for each of said corporations.
Name (Print or Type) Address Federal Employee ID# Ownership Interest
h. If the corporation has 100 or more shareholders, indicate below or attach a list of names, addresses of all shareholders owning shares equal to or in excess of 10% of the proportionate ownership of the corporation and indicate the percentage interest of each. (If no shareholder owns 10% of the shares, enclose a copy of the corporation’s latest published annual report and/or Form 10-K.)
Name (Print or Type) Address Ownership Interest
3 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
SECTION 2. PARTNERSHIPS /LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANIES a. If the Contractor is a partnership or limited liability company indicate the name, address and ownership interest of each partner or member. Please identify the general partners for limited partnerships and managing members for limited liability companies.
Name (Print or Type) Address Ownership Interest
SECTION 3. JOINT VENTURES a. If the Contractor is a joint venture indicate the name, address and ownership interest of each partner. Please attach a copy of the fully executed joint venture agreement.
Name (Print or Type) Address Ownership Interest
SECTION 4. SOLE PROPRIETORSHIPS / CONSULTANTS a. If the Contractor is a sole proprietor/consultant, is the Contractor acting in any representative capacity on behalf of any beneficiary? YES { } NO { }. If "YES" complete items b and c of this Section. b. If the sole proprietorship is held by an agent(s) or a nominee(s), indicate the name, address of the principal(s) for the agent or nominee holding such interest.
Name (s) of Principal (s) (Print or Type) Address
c. If the interest of a spouse or any party is constructively controlled by another person or legal entity indicate the name, address of such person or entity processing such control and the relationship under which such control is being or maybe exercised:
Name (s) of Principal (s) ( Print or Type) Address Relationship
4 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
SECTION 5. NOT-FOR-PROFIT CORPORATIONS a. Incorporated in the State of b. Authorized to do business in the State of Illinois Yes { } No { } (Attach Certificate of Authority to Transact Business) c. Is corporation a 501(c) 3 organization? Yes { } No { } d. List below the names of all Officers of corporation (or Attach List): List below the names of all Directors of corporation (or Attach List):
Name (Print or Type) Title (Print or Type) Address
SECTION 6. LAND TRUSTS, BUSINESS TRUST, ESTATES & OTHER ENTITIES
If the Contractor is a land trust, business trust, estate or other similar commercial or legal entity, indicate the name, address and ownership interest of any representative or entity holding legal title as well as each beneficiary in whose behalf title is held.
Name (Print or Type) Address Ownership Interest
B. THE INDEBTEDNESS POLICY
The Contractor acknowledges that it is familiar with the Board's Policy on Indebtedness (96-0626-PO3) adopted June 26, 1996, as amended from time to time.
1. Whenever used in this section, the following words and phrases shall have the following meaning: "Board" means the Board of Education of the City of Chicago and includes all schools operated by the Board of Education. "Contract" means any agreement or transaction pursuant to which a contractor (i) receives Board funds in consideration for services; work; or goods provided or rendered, or (ii) pays the Board money in consideration for a lease, or license allowing it to rent or otherwise use Board property. "Debt" means a specified sum of money owed to the Board, the State of Illinois Student Assistance Commission, the City of Chicago, or the County of Cook for which the period granted for payment has expired. "Outstanding Parking Violation Complaint" means a parking ticket, notice of parking violation, or parking violation complaint on which no payment has been made or appearance filed in the Circuit Court of Cook County within the time specified on the complaint. "Substantial Owner" means any person who owns or holds a twenty-five percent (25%) or more percentage of interest in any bidder, potential Contractor or Contractor as revealed by disclosures required by the Chief Purchasing Officer, including those shareholders, partners, members, beneficiaries and principals more specifically described therein; except where the bidder, potential Contractor or Contractor is an individual or sole proprietorship, Substantial Owner means that individual or sole proprietorship.
5 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
2. Is the Contractor delinquent in the payment of any Debt owed as defined above? YES NO If “Yes”, please answer the following questions:
Has the Contractor entered into an agreement with the Board, or any other entity mentioned in Section 1 above, for the payment of all Debts owed and is in compliance with such agreement? YES NO
Is the Contractor contesting liability for the amount of the Debt in a pending administrative or judicial proceeding? YES No
Has the Contractor filed a petition in bankruptcy and the Debts owed are dischargeable in bankruptcy? YES NO
3. Has the Contractor and/or Contractor's Substantial Owner(s) been declared in arrearage on child support obligations by an Illinois court of competent jurisdiction? YES NO
Has the Contractor and /or Contractor’s Substantial Owner(s) entered into court-approved agreement for the payment of all such child support owed, and is the Contractor and/or Substantial Owner(s) in compliance with such agreement? YES NO _
The Contractor and all of Contractor's Substantial Owners must remain in compliance with any such child support obligations throughout the term of the Contract and any extensions thereof, or until the performance of the Contract is completed, as applicable. Failure of Contractor's Substantial Owners to remain in compliance with their child support obligations in the manner set forth in this section constitutes an event of default.
C. ETHICS CODE
The Contractor acknowledges that it is familiar with the Board's Code of Ethics (11-0525-PO2) adopted May 25, 2011, as amended from time to time.
1. To its knowledge, the Contractor is in compliance.
2. To its knowledge, the Contractor is not in compliance.
Does any individual who is required to be identified (in Part A, Sections 1 through 6 of this form) have any family member (or member of his or her household) who is a present or former employee of the Board or a current or former member of a Local School Council? Yes NO _.
If "Yes," please provide the name of such person, and explain briefly the relationship and the circumstances below:
D. DISCLOSURE OF RETAINED PARTIES
A. Definitions and Disclosure Requirements
1. For purposes of this section, "Contractor" means a person or entity who within the past five years has had a Contract or purchase order with the Board. 6 2. Every Contract and/or purchase order must be accompanied by a disclosure statement providing certain information about attorneys, lobbyists, accountants, consultants, subcontractors and other persons whom the Contractor has retained or expects to retain with respect to the Contract or purchase order. In particular, the Contractor must disclose the name of each person, business address, the nature of the relationship, and the amount of fees paid or estimated to be paid. For purposes of this section, "Lobbyist" means any person (a) who for compensation or on behalf of another person undertakes to influence any legislative or administrative action, or (b) any part of whose duties as an employee of another includes undertaking to influence any legislative or administrative action.
3. The Contractor is not required to disclose the identity of employees who are paid solely through the Contractor's regular payroll.
B. Disclosure
1. EACH AND EVERY attorney, lobbyist, accountant, consultant, subcontractor, or other person retained or anticipated to be retained by the Contractor with respect to or in connection with the Contract or purchase order should be listed below (attach additional pages if necessary): Name Business Relationship CPS Vendor # Address (attorney, lobbyist, etc.) Federal Employer ID# (No Social Security #’s Allowed)
2. This Disclosure relates to the following Contract/purchase order: Specification/Contract Number:
CHECK HERE IF NO SUCH PERSONS HAVE BEEN RETAINED OR ARE ANTICIPATED TO BE RETAINED:
IF SUCH PERSONS ARE RETAINED, THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO FILE AN AMENDMENT TO THIS CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM.
E. STATE AND MUNICIPAL TAX OUESTIONS
1. Is the Contractor delinquent in the payment of any tax administered by the Illinois Department of Revenue? YES NO
2. Is the Contractor contesting its liability for the tax or amount of tax in accordance with the procedures established by the appropriate Revenue Act? YES NO
3. Has the Contractor entered into an agreement with the Illinois Department of Revenue for the payment of all such taxes that are due, and is the Contractor in compliance with such agreement? YES_ NO
4. Is the Contractor delinquent in-the-payment of any tax administered by the Illinois Department of Revenue not covered under any of the situations described in subsections 1, 2 or 3 above? YES_ NO
5. Is the Contractor's business registered/remitting Chicago Municipal taxes? YES NO If “Yes”, please provide your tax account number
6. Prior to July 1, 1995 number of employees?
7. Current number of employees? 7 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
8. Does the Contractor's business own/use any equipment/vehicles titled in Chicago? YES_ NO
9. Is the Contractor's business the lease of any tangible personal property used in Chicago? YES NO
10. Does the Contractor's business purchase non-titled personal property from a retailer located outside the City of Chicago for use in Chicago? YES_ NO
11. What percentage of the Contractor's business operation is governmental work?
F. WORK RELATED DISCLOSURE
For purposes of this section, "Controlling Person" means an affiliated entity1 or person who is a director, officer, partner, managing member, proprietor, owner of 10 % or more of voting shares, or any other individual that participates in the policy making, financial decisions or directs operations of the Contractor.
If the answer to any of the following questions is "Yes", please indicate the responding party as either the Contractor or Controlling Person(s).
1. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) existed or operated a business under another name? YES NO If “Yes“, list the name(s) used, description of the business, current status of the business, and years
under current ownership.
2. Has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) previously performed work for the Board? YES_ NO If “Yes”, please list the date and nature of goods or services provided to the Board.
3. In the past five years has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) rendered goods or performed services for any other governmental agency? YES_ NO If “Yes”, please list the agency, date and nature of goods rendered or services performed.
4. In the past five years, have consequential, liquidated or special damages been assessed against the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) upon completion of any governmental agency contracts? YES NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation.
5. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) defaulted on any indebtedness, judgment, or other financial obligation, including student loans? YES NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation.
6. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) been a defendant in a criminal action, or been a party in litigation, or subject to a lien, claim, demand, or judgment, or filed a petition for bankruptcy or reorganization? YES NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation and cite caption, case/docket number and disposition.
1 Business entities are affiliated if, directly or indirectly, one controls or has the power to control the other or if a third person controls or has the power to control both entities. Indicia of control include without limitation: interlocking management or ownership identity of interests among family members; shared facilities and equipment; common use of employees; or organization of another business entity using substantially the same management, ownership or principals as the first entity.
8 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
7. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) been sued for failing to pay subcontractors for work performed? YES_ NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation and cite caption, case/docket number and disposition.
8. The Contractor has coverage under or is able to obtain the following insurance policies, as applicable to perform work for the Board: worker's compensation and employers' liability insurance, commercial general liability insurance, automobile liability insurance, professional liability insurance, and umbrella/excess liability insurance. YES NO If “NO”, please attach explanation.
9. Please attach resumes of experience for the Contractor or Controlling Person(s).
If the Contractor is a construction contractor, please complete the following questions:
10. Does the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) have performance bonding capacity by an authorized surety company? YES NO If “Yes”, please provide the bonding capacity and the surety company name, address, telephone and
fax numbers, and the name of the broker/agent.
11. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) been investigated or found in violation of Federal, State or Local safety or sanitary laws? YES_ NO_ If “Yes”, please attach all violations and state whether the violations caused injuries.
12. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) been investigated or found in noncompliance of the State of Illinois prevailing wage requirements? YES_ NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation.
13. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) been investigated or found in violation of Federal, State of Local Environmental laws or regulations? YES_ NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation.
14. In the past five years, has the Contractor or Controlling Person(s) been involved in a work related accident, including but not limited to automobiles used in the course of business? YES NO If “Yes”, please attach explanation.
G. CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION
A. Contractor The Contractor certifies that the following is true and correct:
1. The Contractor or any subcontractor to be used in the performance of a Contract or purchase order, or any affiliated entity of the Contractor or any such subcontractor, or any responsible official thereof, or any other official, agent or employee of the Contractor, or any such subcontractor of any such affiliated entity, acting pursuant to the direction or authorization of a responsible official thereof has not, during the period of five years prior to the date of execution of this Contractor's Disclosure Form, or if a subcontractor's affiliated entity during a period of five years prior to the date of award of the subcontract:
9 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
a. Bribed or attempted to bribe, or been convicted of bribery or attempting to bribe a public officer or employee of the Board of Education of the City of Chicago, the State of Illinois, any agency of the federal government or any state or local government in the United States (if an officer or employee, in that officer's or employee's official capacity); or
b. Agreed or colluded, or convicted of agreeing or colluding with, between or among bidders or prospective bidders in restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to bid a fixed price or otherwise; or
c. Made an admission of guilt of such conduct described in Section l(a) and (b) above, which is a matter of record but has not been prosecuted for such conduct.
2. The Contractor or any agent, partner, employee or officer of the Contractor is not barred from contracting with any unit of state or local government as a result of engaging in or being convicted of bid-rigging2 in violation of Section 3 of Article 33E of the Illinois Criminal Code of 1961, as amended (720 ILCS 5/33E-3), or any similar offense of any state of the United States which contains the same elements as the offense of bid-rigging during a period of five years prior to the date of submittal of this Contractor's Disclosure Form.
3. The Contractor or any agent, partner, employee, or officer of the Contractor is not barred from contracting or local government as a result of engaging in or being convicted of bid-rotating3 in violation of Section 4 of Article 33E of the Illinois Criminal Code of 1961, as amended (720 ILCS 5/33E-4), or any similar offense of any state of the United States which contains the same elements as the offense of bid-rotating during a period of five years prior to the date of submittal of this Contractor's Disclosure Form4.
B. Subcontractor The Contractor certifies that the following is true and correct:
1. The Contractor has obtained from all subcontractors to be used in the performance of the Contract, known by the Contractor at this time, certifications in form and substance equal to Section G (A) above. Based on such certification(s) and any other information known or obtained by the Contractor, the Contractor is not aware of any such subcontractor, subcontractor's affiliated entity, or any agent, partner, employee or officer of such subcontractor or subcontractor's affiliated entity having engaged in or been convicted of: (a) any of the conduct described in Section G (A) (1) (a) or (b) or (c) above (b) bid-rigging, bid-rotating, or any similar offense of any state or the United States which contains the same elements as bid-rigging and bid-rotating, or has made an admission of guilt of the conduct described in Section G (A) (1) (a) or (b) or (c) above which is a matter of record but has not been prosecuted for such conduct.
2. For purposes of Section G of this Contractor's Disclosure Form, a person commits the offense of and engages in bid-rigging when he knowingly agrees with any person who is, or but for such agreement would be, a competitor of such person concerning any bid submitted or not submitted by such person or another to a unit of State or local government when with the intent that the bid submitted or not submitted will result in the award of a contract to such person or another and he either (1) provides such person or receives from another information concerning the price or other material term or terms of the bid which would otherwise not be disclosed to a competitor in an independent non-collusive submission of bids or (2) submits a bid that is of such a price or other material term or terms that he does not intend the bid to be accepted. See 720 ILCS 5/33E.-3.
3 For purposes of Section G of this Contractor's Disclosure Form, a person commits the offense of and engages in bid-rotating when, pursuant to any collusive scheme or agreement with another, he engages in a pattern over time (which, for the purposes hereof, shall include at least 3 contract bids within a period of 10 years, the most recent of which occurs after January 1, 1989) of submitting sealed bids to units of State or local government with the intent that the award of such bids rotates, or is distributed among, persons or business entities which submit bids on a substantial number of the same contracts. See 720 ILCS 5/33E-4.
4 No business shall be barred from contracting with any unit of State or local government as a result of a conviction, under either Section 33E-3 or Section 33E-4 of Article 33 of the State of Illinois Criminal code of 1961, as amended, or any employee or agent of such corporation if the employee so convicted is no longer employed by the corporation and: (1) the business has been finally adjudicated not guilty or (2) the business demonstrates to the governmental entity with which it seeks to contract and that entity finds that the commission of the offence was not authorized, requested, commanded, or performed by a director, officer or a high managerial agent on behalf of the business as provided in paragraph (2) of subsection (a) of Section 5-4 of the State of Illinois Criminal Code.
10 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
2. The Contractor will, prior to using them as subcontractors, obtain from all subcontractors to be used in the performance of the Contract, but not yet known by the Contractor at this time, certifications in form and substance equal to this Contractor's Disclosure Form. The Contractor shall not, without the prior written permission of the Board, use any such subcontractors in the performance of a Contract if the Contractor, based on such certifications or any other information known or obtained by the Contractor, becomes aware of any such subcontractor or subcontractor's affiliated entity having engaged in or been convicted of (a) any of the conduct described in Section G (A) (1) (a), (b) or (c) above, (b) bid-rigging, bid-rotating, or any similar offense of any state of the United States which contains the same elements as bid-rigging and bid-rotating, or has made an admission of guilt of the conduct described in Section G (A) (1) (a) or (b) which is a matter of record but has not been prosecuted for such conduct.
3. The Contractor will maintain on file for the duration of a Contract and for a period of seven years thereafter, all certifications required by Section G (B) (1) and (2) above, for all subcontractors to be used in the performance of the Contract and will make such certifications promptly available to the Board upon request.
4. The Contractor will not, without the prior written consent of the Board, use as subcontractors any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, joint venture or other entity from whom the Contractor is unable to obtain a certification in form or substance equal to this Contractor's Disclosure Form.
C. Certification Regarding Suspension and Debarment
1. The Contractor certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
a. Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from any Federal, State or Local department or agency, or the Board;
b. Have not within a five year period preceding the Contract been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for: the commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, Local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; a violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes; or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction or records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;
c. Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a governmental entity (Federal, State, Local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in Section G (C) (1) (b) above; and
d. Have not within a five year period preceding the Contract had one or more public transactions (Federal, State, and Local) terminated for cause or default.
2. If any subcontractors are to be used in the performance of the Contract, Contractor shall cause such subcontractors to certify as to Section G (C) (1) of this Contractor's Disclosure Form.
D. Anti-Collusion
The Contractor, its agents, officers or employees have not directly or indirectly entered into any agreement, participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with this Contractor's Disclosure Form.
E. Punishment A Contractor who makes a false statement, material to Section G of this Contractor's Disclosure Form, commits a class 3 felony. 720 ILCS 5/33E -11(b).
11 CONTRACTOR'S DISCLOSURE FORM
INCORPORATION INTO BOARD REPORT/CONTRACT DOCUMENT
The above certifications shall become part of any Board Report and/or Contract awarded to the Contractor or entered into during the year that this Contractor's Disclosure Form is in effect. Further, the Contractor shall comply with these certifications during the term or performance of any Board Report and/or Contract awarded to the Contractor, and any extension thereof.
ATTESTATION CLAUSE
Under penalty of perjury, I certify that I am authorized to execute this Contractor's Disclosure Form on behalf of the Contractor set forth on page 1, that I have personal knowledge of all the certifications made herein and that the same are true. Furthermore, that I have examined this Contractor's Disclosure Form and the answers are true and correct. I have not knowingly omitted any information requested. I understand that records and documents may be requested by the Board to verify the information provided in this Contractor's Disclosure Form. I understand that the Inspector General of the Board has the authority to conduct certain investigations and that the Inspector General shall have access to all information and personnel necessary to conduct those investigations. I agree to pay all costs, fees and other expenses deemed necessary in connection with any investigation by the Inspector General or the Board, including but not limited to financial audits, credit reports and criminal background checks. I understand that the Board may rely on the information provided herein. I understand that providing any false, incomplete or inaccurate information in this Contractor's Disclosure Form shall make a bid non-responsive and not eligible for award consideration and may result in fines, penalties and/or debarment from bidding on Contracts for a period of up to three years. I understand and acknowledge the Board's Debarment Policy (08-1217-PO1) adopted December 17, 2008. I understand that providing any false, incomplete or inaccurate information constitutes an event of default under the Contract and may result in termination of the Contract. I understand and agree to pay all costs, fees, expenses, including attorney fees, in connection with any legal action or criminal prosecution as a result of providing false, incomplete or inaccurate information in this Contractor's Disclosure Form.
Signature of Authorized Officer
Name of Authorized Officer (Print or Type)
Title
Date
State of
County of
Signed and sworn to before me this day of ,
My commission expires:
Notary Public Signature
12
ATTACHMENT B
W-9 Tax Form
Page 154 13 TLS, have you I.R.S. SPECIFICATIONS TO BE REMOVED BEFORE PRINTING transmitted all R Action Date Signature text files for this INSTRUCTIONS TO PRINTERS cycle update? FORM W-9, PAGE 1 of 4 1 O.K. to print MARGINS: TOP 13mm ( ⁄ 2 "), CENTER SIDES. PRINTS: HEAD to HEAD PAPER: WHITE WRITING, SUB. 20. INK: BLACK 1 FLAT SIZE: 216mm (8 ⁄ 2 ") ϫ 279mm (11") Date PERFORATE: (NONE) Revised proofs DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT requested
Form W-9 Request for Taxpayer Give form to the (Rev. October 2007) Identification Number and Certification requester. Do not Department of the Treasury send to the IRS. Internal Revenue Service
Name (as shown on your income tax return)
Business name, if different from above
on page 2. Check appropriate box: Individual/Sole proprietor Corporation Partnership Exempt
Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (D=disregarded entity, C=corporation, P=partnership) ᮣ payee
Other (see instructions) ᮣ
Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.) Requester’s name and address (optional) Print or type
City, state, and ZIP code Specific Instructions List account number(s) here (optional) See
Part I Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)
Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on Line 1 to avoid Social security number backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). However, for a resident alien, sole proprietor, or disregarded entity, see the Part I instructions on page 3. For other entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN). If you do not have a number, see How to get a TIN on page 3. or Note. If the account is in more than one name, see the chart on page 4 for guidelines on whose Employer identification number number to enter.
Part II Certification
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and 2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and 3. I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below). Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the Certification, but you must provide your correct TIN. See the instructions on page 4.
Sign Signature of Here U.S. person ᮣ Date ᮣ
General Instructions Definition of a U.S. person. For federal tax purposes, you are considered a U.S. person if you are: Section references are to the Internal Revenue Code unless otherwise noted. ● An individual who is a U.S. citizen or U.S. resident alien, ● A partnership, corporation, company, or association created or Purpose of Form organized in the United States or under the laws of the United A person who is required to file an information return with the States, IRS must obtain your correct taxpayer identification number (TIN) ● An estate (other than a foreign estate), or to report, for example, income paid to you, real estate ● A domestic trust (as defined in Regulations section transactions, mortgage interest you paid, acquisition or 301.7701-7). abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or Special rules for partnerships. Partnerships that conduct a contributions you made to an IRA. trade or business in the United States are generally required to
Use Form W-9 only if you are a U.S. person (including a pay a withholding tax on any foreign partners’ share of income resident alien), to provide your correct TIN to the person from such business. Further, in certain cases where a Form W-9 requesting it (the requester) and, when applicable, to: has not been received, a partnership is required to presume that 1. Certify that the TIN you are giving is correct (or you are a partner is a foreign person, and pay the withholding tax. waiting for a number to be issued), Therefore, if you are a U.S. person that is a partner in a partnership conducting a trade or business in the United States, 2. Certify that you are not subject to backup withholding, or provide Form W-9 to the partnership to establish your U.S. 3. Claim exemption from backup withholding if you are a U.S. status and avoid withholding on your share of partnership exempt payee. If applicable, you are also certifying that as a income. U.S. person, your allocable share of any partnership income from The person who gives Form W-9 to the partnership for a U.S. trade or business is not subject to the withholding tax on purposes of establishing its U.S. status and avoiding withholding foreign partners’ share of effectively connected income. on its allocable share of net income from the partnership Note. If a requester gives you a form other than Form W-9 to conducting a trade or business in the United States is in the request your TIN, you must use the requester’s form if it is following cases: substantially similar to this Form W-9. ● The U.S. owner of a disregarded entity and not the entity,
Cat. No. 10231X Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007)
13 I.R.S. SPECIFICATIONS TO BE REMOVED BEFORE PRINTING INSTRUCTIONS TO PRINTERS FORM W-9, PAGE 2 of 4 1 MARGINS: TOP 13 mm ( ⁄ 2"), CENTER SIDES. PRINTS: HEAD to HEAD PAPER: WHITE WRITING, SUB. 20. INK: BLACK 1 FLAT SIZE: 216 mm (8 ⁄ 2") ϫ 279 mm (11") PERFORATE: (NONE) DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT
Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007) Page 2
● The U.S. grantor or other owner of a grantor trust and not the 4. The IRS tells you that you are subject to backup trust, and withholding because you did not report all your interest and ● The U.S. trust (other than a grantor trust) and not the dividends on your tax return (for reportable interest and beneficiaries of the trust. dividends only), or
Foreign person. If you are a foreign person, do not use Form 5. You do not certify to the requester that you are not subject W-9. Instead, use the appropriate Form W-8 (see Publication to backup withholding under 4 above (for reportable interest and 515, Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign dividend accounts opened after 1983 only). Entities). Certain payees and payments are exempt from backup withholding. See the instructions below and the separate Nonresident alien who becomes a resident alien. Generally, Instructions for the Requester of Form W-9. only a nonresident alien individual may use the terms of a tax treaty to reduce or eliminate U.S. tax on certain types of income. Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1. However, most tax treaties contain a provision known as a “saving clause.” Exceptions specified in the saving clause may Penalties permit an exemption from tax to continue for certain types of Failure to furnish TIN. If you fail to furnish your correct TIN to a income even after the payee has otherwise become a U.S. requester, you are subject to a penalty of $50 for each such resident alien for tax purposes. failure unless your failure is due to reasonable cause and not to If you are a U.S. resident alien who is relying on an exception willful neglect. contained in the saving clause of a tax treaty to claim an Civil penalty for false information with respect to exemption from U.S. tax on certain types of income, you must withholding. If you make a false statement with no reasonable attach a statement to Form W-9 that specifies the following five basis that results in no backup withholding, you are subject to a items: $500 penalty.
1. The treaty country. Generally, this must be the same treaty Criminal penalty for falsifying information. Willfully falsifying under which you claimed exemption from tax as a nonresident certifications or affirmations may subject you to criminal alien. penalties including fines and/or imprisonment.
2. The treaty article addressing the income. Misuse of TINs. If the requester discloses or uses TINs in 3. The article number (or location) in the tax treaty that violation of federal law, the requester may be subject to civil and contains the saving clause and its exceptions. criminal penalties. 4. The type and amount of income that qualifies for the exemption from tax. Specific Instructions
5. Sufficient facts to justify the exemption from tax under the Name terms of the treaty article.
Example. Article 20 of the U.S.-China income tax treaty allows If you are an individual, you must generally enter the name an exemption from tax for scholarship income received by a shown on your income tax return. However, if you have changed Chinese student temporarily present in the United States. Under your last name, for instance, due to marriage without informing U.S. law, this student will become a resident alien for tax the Social Security Administration of the name change, enter purposes if his or her stay in the United States exceeds 5 your first name, the last name shown on your social security calendar years. However, paragraph 2 of the first Protocol to the card, and your new last name. U.S.-China treaty (dated April 30, 1984) allows the provisions of If the account is in joint names, list first, and then circle, the Article 20 to continue to apply even after the Chinese student name of the person or entity whose number you entered in Part I becomes a resident alien of the United States. A Chinese of the form. student who qualifies for this exception (under paragraph 2 of Sole proprietor. Enter your individual name as shown on your the first protocol) and is relying on this exception to claim an income tax return on the “Name” line. You may enter your exemption from tax on his or her scholarship or fellowship business, trade, or “doing business as (DBA)” name on the income would attach to Form W-9 a statement that includes the “Business name” line. information described above to support that exemption. Limited liability company (LLC). Check the “Limited liability If you are a nonresident alien or a foreign entity not subject to company” box only and enter the appropriate code for the tax backup withholding, give the requester the appropriate classification (“D” for disregarded entity, “C” for corporation, “P” completed Form W-8. for partnership) in the space provided.
What is backup withholding? Persons making certain payments For a single-member LLC (including a foreign LLC with a to you must under certain conditions withhold and pay to the domestic owner) that is disregarded as an entity separate from IRS 28% of such payments. This is called “backup withholding.” its owner under Regulations section 301.7701-3, enter the Payments that may be subject to backup withholding include owner’s name on the “Name” line. Enter the LLC’s name on the interest, tax-exempt interest, dividends, broker and barter “Business name” line. exchange transactions, rents, royalties, nonemployee pay, and certain payments from fishing boat operators. Real estate For an LLC classified as a partnership or a corporation, enter transactions are not subject to backup withholding. the LLC’s name on the “Name” line and any business, trade, or DBA name on the “Business name” line. You will not be subject to backup withholding on payments you receive if you give the requester your correct TIN, make the Other entities. Enter your business name as shown on required proper certifications, and report all your taxable interest and federal tax documents on the “Name” line. This name should dividends on your tax return. match the name shown on the charter or other legal document creating the entity. You may enter any business, trade, or DBA Payments you receive will be subject to backup name on the “Business name” line. withholding if: Note. You are requested to check the appropriate box for your 1. You do not furnish your TIN to the requester, status (individual/sole proprietor, corporation, etc.). 2. You do not certify your TIN when required (see the Part II Exempt Payee instructions on page 3 for details), 3. The IRS tells the requester that you furnished an incorrect If you are exempt from backup withholding, enter your name as TIN, described above and check the appropriate box for your status, then check the “Exempt payee” box in the line following the business name, sign and date the form.
13 I.R.S. SPECIFICATIONS TO BE REMOVED BEFORE PRINTING INSTRUCTIONS TO PRINTERS FORM W-9, PAGE 3 of 4 1 MARGINS: TOP 13 mm ( ⁄ 2"), CENTER SIDES. PRINTS: HEAD to HEAD PAPER: WHITE WRITING, SUB. 20. INK: BLACK 1 FLAT SIZE: 216 mm (8 ⁄ 2") ϫ 279 mm (11") PERFORATE: (NONE) DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT
Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007) Page 3 Generally, individuals (including sole proprietors) are not exempt Part I. Taxpayer Identification from backup withholding. Corporations are exempt from backup withholding for certain payments, such as interest and dividends. Number (TIN) Note. If you are exempt from backup withholding, you should Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. If you are a resident still complete this form to avoid possible erroneous backup alien and you do not have and are not eligible to get an SSN, withholding. your TIN is your IRS individual taxpayer identification number The following payees are exempt from backup withholding: (ITIN). Enter it in the social security number box. If you do not have an ITIN, see How to get a TIN below. 1. An organization exempt from tax under section 501(a), any IRA, or a custodial account under section 403(b)(7) if the account If you are a sole proprietor and you have an EIN, you may satisfies the requirements of section 401(f)(2), enter either your SSN or EIN. However, the IRS prefers that you use your SSN. 2. The United States or any of its agencies or If you are a single-member LLC that is disregarded as an instrumentalities, entity separate from its owner (see Limited liability company 3. A state, the District of Columbia, a possession of the United (LLC) on page 2), enter the owner’s SSN (or EIN, if the owner States, or any of their political subdivisions or instrumentalities, has one). Do not enter the disregarded entity’s EIN. If the LLC is 4. A foreign government or any of its political subdivisions, classified as a corporation or partnership, enter the entity’s EIN. agencies, or instrumentalities, or Note. See the chart on page 4 for further clarification of name 5. An international organization or any of its agencies or and TIN combinations. instrumentalities. How to get a TIN. If you do not have a TIN, apply for one immediately. To apply for an SSN, get Form SS-5, Application Other payees that may be exempt from backup withholding for a Social Security Card, from your local Social Security include: Administration office or get this form online at www.ssa.gov. You 6. A corporation, may also get this form by calling 1-800-772-1213. Use Form 7. A foreign central bank of issue, W-7, Application for IRS Individual Taxpayer Identification 8. A dealer in securities or commodities required to register in Number, to apply for an ITIN, or Form SS-4, Application for the United States, the District of Columbia, or a possession of Employer Identification Number, to apply for an EIN. You can the United States, apply for an EIN online by accessing the IRS website at www.irs.gov/businesses and clicking on Employer Identification 9. A futures commission merchant registered with the Number (EIN) under Starting a Business. You can get Forms W-7 Commodity Futures Trading Commission, and SS-4 from the IRS by visiting www.irs.gov or by calling 10. A real estate investment trust, 1-800-TAX-FORM (1-800-829-3676).
11. An entity registered at all times during the tax year under If you are asked to complete Form W-9 but do not have a TIN, the Investment Company Act of 1940, write “Applied For” in the space for the TIN, sign and date the form, and give it to the requester. For interest and dividend 12. A common trust fund operated by a bank under section payments, and certain payments made with respect to readily 584(a), tradable instruments, generally you will have 60 days to get a 13. A financial institution, TIN and give it to the requester before you are subject to backup 14. A middleman known in the investment community as a withholding on payments. The 60-day rule does not apply to nominee or custodian, or other types of payments. You will be subject to backup withholding on all such payments until you provide your TIN to 15. A trust exempt from tax under section 664 or described in the requester. section 4947. Note. Entering “Applied For” means that you have already
The chart below shows types of payments that may be applied for a TIN or that you intend to apply for one soon. exempt from backup withholding. The chart applies to the Caution: A disregarded domestic entity that has a foreign owner exempt payees listed above, 1 through 15. must use the appropriate Form W-8.
IF the payment is for . . . THEN the payment is exempt Part II. Certification for . . . To establish to the withholding agent that you are a U.S. person, Interest and dividend payments All exempt payees except or resident alien, sign Form W-9. You may be requested to sign for 9 by the withholding agent even if items 1, 4, and 5 below indicate
Broker transactions Exempt payees 1 through 13. otherwise. Also, a person registered under For a joint account, only the person whose TIN is shown in the Investment Advisers Act of Part I should sign (when required). Exempt payees, see Exempt 1940 who regularly acts as a Payee on page 2. broker Signature requirements. Complete the certification as indicated
Barter exchange transactions Exempt payees 1 through 5 in 1 through 5 below. and patronage dividends 1. Interest, dividend, and barter exchange accounts opened before 1984 and broker accounts considered active Payments over $600 required Generally, exempt payees 2 during 1983. You must give your correct TIN, but you do not to be reported and direct 1 through 7 1 have to sign the certification. sales over $5,000 2. Interest, dividend, broker, and barter exchange 1 accounts opened after 1983 and broker accounts considered See Form 1099-MISC, Miscellaneous Income, and its instructions. 2 inactive during 1983. You must sign the certification or backup However, the following payments made to a corporation (including gross proceeds paid to an attorney under section 6045(f), even if the attorney is a withholding will apply. If you are subject to backup withholding corporation) and reportable on Form 1099-MISC are not exempt from and you are merely providing your correct TIN to the requester, backup withholding: medical and health care payments, attorneys’ fees, and you must cross out item 2 in the certification before signing the payments for services paid by a federal executive agency. form.
13 I.R.S. SPECIFICATIONS TO BE REMOVED BEFORE PRINTING INSTRUCTIONS TO PRINTERS FORM W-9, PAGE 4 of 4 1 MARGINS: TOP 13 mm ( ⁄ 2"), CENTER SIDES. PRINTS: HEAD to HEAD PAPER: WHITE WRITING, SUB. 20. INK: BLACK 1 FLAT SIZE: 216 mm (8 ⁄ 2") ϫ 279 mm (11") PERFORATE: (NONE) DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT — DO NOT PRINT
Form W-9 (Rev. 10-2007) Page 4 3. Real estate transactions. You must sign the certification. Secure Your Tax Records from Identity Theft You may cross out item 2 of the certification. Identity theft occurs when someone uses your personal 4. Other payments. You must give your correct TIN, but you information such as your name, social security number (SSN), or do not have to sign the certification unless you have been other identifying information, without your permission, to commit notified that you have previously given an incorrect TIN. “Other fraud or other crimes. An identity thief may use your SSN to get payments” include payments made in the course of the a job or may file a tax return using your SSN to receive a refund. requester’s trade or business for rents, royalties, goods (other than bills for merchandise), medical and health care services To reduce your risk: (including payments to corporations), payments to a ● Protect your SSN, nonemployee for services, payments to certain fishing boat crew ● Ensure your employer is protecting your SSN, and members and fishermen, and gross proceeds paid to attorneys ● Be careful when choosing a tax preparer. (including payments to corporations). Call the IRS at 1-800-829-1040 if you think your identity has 5. Mortgage interest paid by you, acquisition or been used inappropriately for tax purposes. abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, qualified tuition program payments (under section 529), IRA, Victims of identity theft who are experiencing economic harm Coverdell ESA, Archer MSA or HSA contributions or or a system problem, or are seeking help in resolving tax distributions, and pension distributions. You must give your problems that have not been resolved through normal channels, correct TIN, but you do not have to sign the certification. may be eligible for Taxpayer Advocate Service (TAS) assistance. You can reach TAS by calling the TAS toll-free case intake line at 1-877-777-4778 or TTY/TDD 1-800-829-4059. What Name and Number To Give the Requester Protect yourself from suspicious emails or phishing For this type of account: Give name and SSN of: schemes. Phishing is the creation and use of email and websites designed to mimic legitimate business emails and 1. Individual The individual websites. The most common act is sending an email to a user 2. Two or more individuals (joint The actual owner of the account or, account) if combined funds, the first falsely claiming to be an established legitimate enterprise in an 1 attempt to scam the user into surrendering private information individual on the account 3. Custodian account of a minor The minor 2 that will be used for identity theft. (Uniform Gift to Minors Act) The IRS does not initiate contacts with taxpayers via emails. 4. a. The usual revocable savings The grantor-trustee 1 Also, the IRS does not request personal detailed information
trust (grantor is also trustee) through email or ask taxpayers for the PIN numbers, passwords, b. So-called trust account that is The actual owner 1 or similar secret access information for their credit card, bank, or not a legal or valid trust under other financial accounts. state law 3 5. Sole proprietorship or disregarded The owner If you receive an unsolicited email claiming to be from the IRS, entity owned by an individual forward this message to [email protected]. You may also report misuse of the IRS name, logo, or other IRS personal property to For this type of account: Give name and EIN of: the Treasury Inspector General for Tax Administration at 6. Disregarded entity not owned by an The owner 1-800-366-4484. You can forward suspicious emails to the individual Federal Trade Commission at: [email protected] or contact them at 7. A valid trust, estate, or pension trust Legal entity 4 www.consumer.gov/idtheft or 1-877-IDTHEFT(438-4338). 8. Corporate or LLC electing The corporation corporate status on Form 8832 Visit the IRS website at www.irs.gov to learn more about 9. Association, club, religious, The organization identity theft and how to reduce your risk. charitable, educational, or other tax-exempt organization 10. Partnership or multi-member LLC The partnership 11. A broker or registered nominee The broker or nominee 12. Account with the Department of The public entity Agriculture in the name of a public entity (such as a state or local government, school district, or prison) that receives agricultural program payments 1 List first and circle the name of the person whose number you furnish. If only one person on a joint account has an SSN, that person’s number must be furnished. 2 Circle the minor’s name and furnish the minor’s SSN. 3 You must show your individual name and you may also enter your business or “DBA” name on the second name line. You may use either your SSN or EIN (if you have one), but the IRS encourages you to use your SSN. 4 List first and circle the name of the trust, estate, or pension trust. (Do not furnish the TIN of the personal representative or trustee unless the legal entity itself is not designated in the account title.) Also see Special rules for partnerships on page 1.
Note. If no name is circled when more than one name is listed, the number will be considered to be that of the first name listed.
Privacy Act Notice Section 6109 of the Internal Revenue Code requires you to provide your correct TIN to persons who must file information returns with the IRS to report interest, dividends, and certain other income paid to you, mortgage interest you paid, the acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, or contributions you made to an IRA, or Archer MSA or HSA. The IRS uses the numbers for identification purposes and to help verify the accuracy of your tax return. The IRS may also provide this information to the Department of Justice for civil and criminal litigation, and to cities, states, the District of Columbia, and U.S. possessions to carry out their tax laws. We may also disclose this information to other countries under a tax treaty, to federal and state agencies to enforce federal nontax criminal laws, or to federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies to combat terrorism.
You must provide your TIN whether or not you are required to file a tax return. Payers must generally withhold 28% of taxable interest, dividend, and certain other payments to a payee who does not give a TIN to a payer. Certain penalties may also apply.
ATTACHMENT C
MBE/WBE Compliance Plan
For more information regarding the MBE/WBE Remedial Program for Minority and Women-Owned Business Enterprise Participation in Construction Projects refer to the website below:
http://www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing/mwbe.html
Page 155 PLEASE NOTE: This packet consists of four (4) “Instruction” pages and eight (8) attached “Forms” titled 100, 101, 102, 103A, 103-B, 104, 105 and 106. If all pages are not attached, please contact: Office of Business Diversity, Chicago Public Schools, 42 West Madison Street, 2nd Floor- West, Chicago Illinois, 60602 PHONE: 773-553-2980 FAX: 773-553-2701. You may also download forms at http://www.csc.cps.k12.il.us/purchasing
Board of Education of the City of Chicago
REMEDIAL PROGRAM FOR MINORITY AND WOMEN BUSINESS ENTERPRISE ECONOMIC PARTICIPATION
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
On July 1, 2013, the Board of Education of the City of Chicago (the "Board") adopted the Remedial Program for Minority and Women Business Enterprise Economic Participation in Goods and Services Contracts ("M/WBE Program"). The M/WBE Program is the governing document establishing and explaining requirements concerning Minority and Women Business Enterprise participation and its terms are incorporated into the contract. Compliance with the provisions of the M/WBE Program is an element of bidder/proposer responsibility for award of the contract. The M/WBE Program, the compliance specifications, and all compliance materials as finally approved by the Office of Business Diversity, Waiver Review Committee, Appeals Committee, the Chicago Public Schools (the "District"), and/or the Board constitute the bidder/proposer Compliance Agreement and are incorporated as part of the contract. All heirs, executors, administrators or assignees and any other persons or entities claiming by or through the bidder/proposer, including but not limited to insurance companies, bonding companies, or sureties, are bound by the bidder/proposer Compliance Agreement.
Any questions regarding compliance with these requirements should be directed to the Office of Business Diversity, Chicago Public Schools, 42 West Madison Street, 2nd Floor - West, Chicago Illinois, 60602 PHONE: 773-553-2980, FAX: 773-553-2701. Notice by fax transmission is valid notice, if the originals are subsequently deposited in U.S. mail and the fax transmission is verifiable.
DEFINITIONS MINORITY: A member of any of the following racial/ethnic groups:
- African Americans or Blacks (persons having origins in any of the Black racial groups of Africa); - Hispanics (persons of Spanish culture with origins in Mexico, South or Central America or the Caribbean Islands, regardless of race); and - Asian (persons having origins in any of the original peoples of East Asia, Southeast Asia, the Indian subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands).
MBE: A business which is owned and controlled by a Minority person or persons,
WBE: A business which is owned and controlled by a Woman or Women,
CHICAGO SMSA: The six-county Chicago Metropolitan Statistical Area including: Cook, DuPage, Kane, McHenry, Lake, and Will Counties.
CERTIFICATION: Refers to an MBE or WBE that has been formally certified as such in accordance with M/WBE Program. (Where a provision of the (CERTIFIED) Program expressly makes certification a prerequisite to some benefit or activity, that requirement shall not be obviated because related Program text refers only to "M/WBEs" and not to "certified M/WBEs".)
CONTRACTOR: A firm that enters into a contract (including through the receipt of a purchase order) with the (PRIME) District to provide goods or to perform services.
JOINT VENTURE: An association between two or more independent firms formed, consistent with the laws of the State of Illinois to perform one or more specific contracts.
SUBCONTRACTOR: A firm which enters into a contract with a Prime Contractor to provide goods or services pursuant to a contract between the (SUPPLIER) Prime Contractor and the District.
GOAL STRUCTURE FOR MINORITY AND GENDER GROUPS
One goal for MBE participation, to insure that the minority groups that are the principal discrimination victims will, in fact, receive the principal portion of the remedy, with a separate WBE participation goal. For purposes of meeting the WBE goal, businesses owned by Minority Women may be counted on a particular contract as an MBE or WBE, but not both.
For each competitively bid contract for commodities where it is determined that the prime bidder/proposer will perform a broker/distributor function for the manufacturer of said commodities, only the aggregate goal for MBE and WBE participation shall be applicable.
07/22/2015 1 OBD – Instructions
METHODS OF ACHIEVING THE PROGRAM GOALS INCLUDE A COMBINATION OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
1. Being a certified M/WBE prime contractor 2. Engaging in joint ventures with certified M/WBEs 3. Subcontracting with certified M/WBEs 4. Purchasing supplies and/or services directly related to the performance of the contract from certified M/WBEs 5. Purchasing supplies and/or services not directly related to the performance of the contract (upon District approval) 6. Business development activities
The Chief Administrative Officer of the Chicago Public Schools may adopt other alternative forms of securing and administering M/WBE participation for a particular contract, upon notice to the Board. Such other alternative methods may be used when doing so will enable securing a level of M/WBE participation that otherwise would not be attainable.
LIMITATION TO COMMERCIALLY TYPICAL BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP
MBE and WBE compliance participation shall not be recognized for any portion of the dollar value of the contract performance which is passed through to non- M/WBE firms in the form of (a) sub-contracts, or (b) equipment leasing or other acquisition of goods or services for performance of the contract in a manner which is not typical of industry practice with respect to such contracts.
COMMERCIALLY USEFUL FUNCTION
An M/WBE must be an independent business serving a commercially useful function. This means that the M/WBE must execute a distinct element of work by actual performance, management, and supervision.
DEMONSTRATION OF COMPLIANCE
Each bidder/proposer must submit with its bid or proposal a signed commitment to comply with the M/WBE Program (Compliance Plan), or the bid/proposal will be deemed non-responsive. Each bidder/proposer must also submit, as part of its bid or proposal, a detailed M/WBE Plan showing the manner in which the contractor will comply with MBE and WBE requirements. The Office of Business Diversity is an element of bidder responsibility. Requirements for Compliance Demonstrations may be further specified by the Compliance and Vendor Services and standard forms shall be provided to bidders/proposers.
The Compliance Demonstration must be provided on Form 100 through Form 106, copies of which are included with this solicitation. Additional forms and/or additional information, concerning your Compliance Demonstration with the M/WBE Program may be separately submitted, but applicable forms must be completed, and will be incorporated in the contract. Please refer to the table below to determine which forms must be completed.
Form 100 - Prime Bidder/Proposer Information Form 101 - Compliance Summary – Subcontractors/Suppliers/Consultants Form 102 - Joint Venture Form 103A - Letter of Intent Form 103B - Professional Service Affidavit Form 104 - Vendor Diversity Profile Form 105 - Request for Waiver Form 106 - Student Internship Agreement
Other requirements established by the M/WBE Program are set forth in the Special Conditions included with the Solicitation. A copy of these Special Conditions must be submitted along with your bid/proposal and are incorporated into the contract regardless of whether submitted with the bid or proposal.
The Compliance Demonstration must show how all applicable goals and sub-goals will be fulfilled. Proposed MBEs and WBEs must be identified. If full compliance with all goals is not shown, Form 105 (Request for Waiver) must be submitted covering any deficiencies.
WAIVERS
Bidders/Proposers may request a waiver of the MBE/WBE goals applicable to this contract in whole or in part if, despite good faith efforts, it is impossible or economically unreasonable to meet an MBE or WBE goal. A bidder/proposer may request:
- Waiver of one or more goals - Acceptance of a lower percentage level of MBE and/or WBE participation; or - Acceptance of a bid without any MBE or WBE participation.
Waiver requests shall be signed, accompanied by supporting documentation, and directed in writing to the Office of Business Diversity. (See Form 105) The waiver request must establish clearly and in detail why full compliance with MBE or WBE requirements is impossible or economically unreasonable under the circumstances. Information showing good faith effort should generally include, but not be limited to the Bidder/Proposer's general affirmative action policies; efforts to obtain minority/women participation as subcontractors or suppliers; and notification of minority and women contract assistance agencies of a solicitation for sub- bids.
A waiver request based on the assertion that prices quoted by M/WBEs were too high will be presumed insufficient, unless the contractor can establish to the satisfaction of the Office of Business Diversity that no reasonable price can be obtained from any MBE or WBE. A price quoted by an MBE or WBE for a subcontract or agreement will, however be presumed unreasonable if it exceeds by more than ten percent (10%) or $100,000, whichever is less, that amount determined by the Office of Business Diversity to represent the average price for the goods and services to be provided.
CERTIFICATION
Chicago Public Schools is not a certifying agency. However, Chicago Public Schools accept the following governmental certifications.
Acceptable Certifications Chicago Transit Authority – Cook County - Illinois Department of Transportation - Metropolitan Transit Authority Metropolitan Water Reclamation District - U.S. Small Business Administration –State of Illinois. 07/22/2015 2 OBD – Instructions
POLICY NOTES
A. Applicability of the Program. It is the policy of the Board of Education (the "Board") that qualified and bona fide Minority Business Enterprises ("MBE") and Women Business Enterprises ("WBE"), as those terms are defined in the Remedial Program for Minority and Women Business Enterprise Economic Participation (the "Program") shall have the maximum feasible opportunities to participate fully in the performance of all contracts administered by the Chicago Public Schools (the "District"). Consistent with that policy, it shall be the responsibility of all bidders/proposers and a specific condition of all District contracts to which they are a party to exhaust all feasible means to ensure significant contract participation by MBEs and WBEs. The bidder/proposer agrees that the officer or employee of the bidder/proposer that executed has read and understands all provisions of the Program. The Program in its entirety, including any and all modifications and amendments thereto, is incorporated into the contract and made a part thereof.
B. Applicability of the Special Conditions. The bidder/proposer agrees that the appropriate officer or employee of the bidder/proposer authorized to execute the bid/proposal has read and understands the terms of these Special Conditions and the bidder/proposer agrees to be bound by them. These Special Conditions are incorporated into the contract and made a part thereof. These Special Conditions summarize the provisions of the Program applicable to the bidder/proposer after execution of the contract. They do not diminish in any way the applicability of the Program to the contract. In construing the rights and obligations of the bidder/proposer the Program controls.
C. Other Contract Documents. In addition, all documents submitted in connection with proposed compliance with the Program are incorporated into the contract and made a part thereof.
D. MBE/WBE Goals. The bidder/proposer agrees to meet the goals set forth in the M/WBE Program.
E. Record Keeping and Reporting Requirements. The bidder/proposer agrees to maintain records of all relevant data with respect to the utilization of MBEs and WBEs, including without limitation: payroll records, tax returns and records, and books of account. The bidder/proposer agrees to retain these records for a period of at least three years after the District's final acceptance of the work on this contract. Full access to these records shall be granted to the District or any duly authorized representative thereof upon 48 hours notice.
The bidder/proposer agrees to submit monthly progress reports to the Office of Business Diversity as requested throughout the term of the contract. The bidder/proposer will submit reports on all expenditures made within the period reported on, including the name and business address of each MBE and WBE involved in the contract; a description of the work performed and/or product or service supplied by each MBE and WBE, the total amount subcontracted to MBEs and WBEs; the dollar amount expended with each MBE and WBE and the dates expended; and such other information as may assist the Office in determining the bidder/proposer's compliance with MBE and WBE requirements.
The Office of Business Diversity shall have the right to request and obtain from the bidder/proposer any and all additional data as the Office of Business Diversity may determine to be reasonably related or necessary to verify the representations made in progress reports. The Office may periodically conduct on-site inspections on contract site.
F. Subsequent Waiver. During the performance of the contract, the bidder/proposer may request a partial waiver from compliance with its MBE or WBE demonstration for the following reasons:
1. Due to substantially changed circumstances, it is impossible to meet the originally proposed MBE or WBE goal; or
2. Despite every good faith effort, it is impossible to meet the originally proposed MBE or WBE goal.
The Waiver Review Committee shall review all subsequent waiver requests to determine whether there is sufficient evidence that despite good faith efforts by the bidder/proposer or due to substantially changed circumstances, it is impossible or economically unreasonable to meet the MBE or WBE goal.
The Office of Business Diversity may request from the bidder/proposer any information relevant to the waiver request. Failure of the bidder/proposer to cooperate in providing requested information is grounds for rejection of the waiver request. The bidder/proposer has the right to appeal a denial of waiver request. Waivers shall be sparingly granted.
G. Substitutions. The bidder/proposer agrees that it shall not make any substitutions with respect to MBE or WBE participants without the prior written approval of the Director of the Office of Business Diversity, along with reasons justifying such substitution. Examples of reasons which may be acceptable include the following: a previously committed MBE or WBE has rescinded that commitment; a committed MBE or WBE was found unable to produce acceptable work; a committed MBE or WBE was discovered later not to be bona fide; an MBE or WBE previously committed at a given price later demanded an unreasonable escalation of price. Stated reasons which would not be acceptable include; a replacement firm has been recruited to perform the same work under terms more advantageous to the bidder/proposer issues about performance by the committed WBE or MBE were disputed (unless every reasonable effort has already been taken to have the issues resolved or mediated satisfactorily); an MBE or WBE has requested reasonable price escalation which may be justified due to unforeseen circumstances.
The bidder/proposer shall include in any request for substitution the name, address and principal official of any proposed substitute MBE or WBE and the dollar value and scope of work of the proposed contract. The bidder/proposer shall be required to submit an updated M/WBE Compliance Plan and current certification information. The Director of the Office of Business Diversity may approve or reject any request in its entirety or impose conditions upon any approval. If such substitution would result in failure by the bidder/proposer to fulfill its compliance program, a request for waiver may be submitted to the Waiver Review Committee.
H. Attorney Fees and Costs. The bidder/proposer agrees to pay any attorney's fees and costs incurred by the District if the District is the prevailing party in litigation by or against it arising from the application of the Program to the contract.
07/22/2015 3 OBD – Instructions
I. Non-Compliance. Upon indications of inadequate compliance or non-compliance, the Office of Business Diversity will notify and negotiate with the bidder/proposer to correct deficiencies. If after notification of deficiencies the Office of Business Diversity determines that the contractor is not meeting or has not met applicable MBE or WBE goals and is not demonstrating or has not demonstrated every good faith effort to meet the goals, the bidder/proposer shall be subject to suitable sanctions.
J. Sanctions. Upon indications of a contractor's inadequate compliance or non-compliance, the Office of Business Diversity will notify and negotiate with the bidder/proposer to correct deficiencies. After notification of deficiencies, the Office of Business Diversity may make a determination of non- compliance and recommend the imposition of sanctions for material breach of the contract. After a determination of non-compliance the sanctions are applicable.
Sanctions shall be imposed by the procuring or user Department upon the recommendation of the Office of Business Diversity. However, sanctions may be imposed directly by the Office of Business Diversity when immediate action is necessary, or upon failure to do so by the procuring or user department.
07/22/2015 4 OBD – Instructions
Form 100 - Bidder/Proposer Information
In accordance with the Remedial Program Policy (13– 06 26– PO1), each vendor must submit, as part of its bid or proposal, a detailed Compliance Plan showing the manner in which the Bidder/Proposer will comply with M/WBE requirements. The Compliance Plan Is an element of Bidder/Proposer responsibility. The Compliance Plan must show how all applicable goals will be fulfilled. Proposed M/WBEs must be identified to demonstrate full compliance with all goals. If full compliance with all goals is not demonstrated, a completed request for waiver form must be submitted that respond to deficiencies at the time of bid/proposal submission.
Project/Commodity Name: ______
Bid / Contract No.: ______Total Bid / Contract Value: $______
Contract-Specific Goals will be established by OBD using the following guidelines: The Office of Business Diversity, at its discretion and in consultation with the Department of Procurement and user departments, may elect to establish Contract-Specific Goals for M/WBE participation for eligible contracts for goods and services over $75,000.
Proposed M/WBE Participation
Total MBE% ______Total WBE % ______
Bidder/Proposer Information:
Firm Name M/WBE Certified? □ Y □ N Address Certi fication Expiration Date
City / State / Zip Email:
Contact Person Telephone Fax
Firm CPS Vendor No. Firm Gender / Race □ Not for Profit □ For Profit
Description of Commodities/Services to be provided by the Bidder/Proposer on this Contract:
Verification Information:
I, ______, declare and affirm that to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the facts and representations set forth in this compliance demonstration are true and correct and no material facts have been omitted.
______Signature of Authorized Representative Title / Date
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to me before this ______day of ______, 2______.
______Notary Public
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 100 – Page 1
Contract No:______Compliance Summary (Form 101) - Direct/indirect Participation of Subcontractors/Suppliers/Consultants
M/WBE firms may participate in the performance of this contract, either DIRECTLY or INDIRECTLY, as: Prime Bidders/Proposers; Joint Venture Partners; Subcontractors; and/or Suppliers. (if performing INDIRECTLY approval by CPS is required.)
Name of M/WBE Firm Race/Gender
Address:
City/State/Zip: Email:
Telephone No. Fax CPS Vendor No.
Contact Person
Dollar Amt. $ % Participation: Direct Y N Indirect Y N (Please select one) Description of Commodity/Services:
Name of M/WBE Firm Race/Gender
Address
City/State/Zip Email:
Telephone No. Fax CPS Vendor No.
Contact Person
Dollar Amt. $ % Participation Direct Y N Indirect Y N (Please select one) Description of Commodity/Services
Name of M/WBE Firm Race/Gender
Address
City/State/Zip Email:
Telephone No. Fax CPS Vendor No.
Contact Person
Dollar Amt. $ % Participation Direct Y N Indirect Y N (Please select one) Description of Commodity/Services
Total WBE Direct $______% Total WBE Indirect $______% Total MBE Direct $______% Total MBE Indirect $______%
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 101 – Page 1 Chicago Public Schools Form 103A –Letter of Intent (This form is required for each subcontractor)
M/WBE Firm: ______Contract #: ______
Address: ______City/State/Zip: ______
Contact Person : ______Phone: ______Fax: ______
Certification Expiration Date: ______Race/Gender: ______
Email: ______
Form 103A required? [ ] Yes [ ] No Participation: [ ] Direct [ ] Indirect
(Please select one)
Will the M/WBE firm be subcontracting any of the performance of this contract to another firm?
[ ] No [ ] Yes - Please attach explanation. Proposed Subcontractor: ______
The undersigned M/WBE is prepared to provide the following Commodities/Services for the above named Project/Contract:
______
Indicate the Dollar Amount, or Percentage, and the Terms of Payment for the above-described Commodities/Services:
______(If more space is needed to fully describe M/WBE Firm's proposed scope of work and/or payment schedule, attach additional sheets)
Prime Bidder/Proposer agrees to comply with and be bound by the provisions of the M/WBE Program and understand sanctions may be imposed as provided in Section 9.2 of the Remedial Program for failure to comply. Prime Bidder/Proposer declare and affirm that to the best of our knowledge, information, and belief, the facts and representations set forth herein are true and correct and no material facts have been omitted.
______Signature (M/WBE) Signature (Prime Bidder/Proposer)
______Print Name Print Name
______Firm Name Firm Name
______Date Date
Subscribed and sworn before me this _____ day of ______, 20______.
Notary Public ______. SEAL 01/13/2015 OBD – Form 103A – Page 1 Chicago Public Schools Form 103B - Individual Independent Contractor/Sole Proprietor (Professional Service Affidavit)
Contract # ______Participation: ( ) Direct ( ) Indirect
Please mark if applicable: STATE OF ILLINOIS Current CPS employee:
Former CPS employee:
______County} ss.
I ______, ______, (Print Name) (Social Security or FEIN #)
Email: ______hereby affirm that I am a: [ ] Black [ ] Hispanic [ ] Asian [ ]Woman [ ]Non-Minority individual independent contractor/sole proprietor being retained by ______(Prime Proposer) to perform the following contract work: ______
______
______
______
______
I further affirm that I will exclusively be performing all the contract work, that no staff will be employed to perform any part of the contract, and that no part of the contract work will be subcontracted. Should a determination be made during the course of the contract that staff will be employed or work subcontracted, I agree to notify the Office of Business Diversity, in writing, prior to taking any such action. I further agree to submit M/WBE Compliance Demonstration to the Office of Business Diversity for approval, setting forth the M/WBE compliance for that part of the contract work. I agree to comply with and be bound by the provisions of the M/WBE Plan and I understand that sanctions may be imposed as provided in Section 9 of the Remedial Program for Minority and Women Business Enterprise Economic Participation (M/WBE Plan) for failure to comply with this affidavit or the M/WBE Plan. I declare and affirm that to the best of my knowledge, information, and belief, the facts and representations set forth herein are true and correct and no material facts have been omitted.
______(Signature)
Subscribed and sworn before me this ____ day of ______, 20_____.
SEAL Notary Public ______.
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 103B – Page 1 Chicago Public Schools Form 102 – Joint Venture
This form need not be submitted if all joint ventures are MBE’s and/or WBEs. In such a case, however, a written joint venture agreement among the MBE and/or WBE ventures must be submitted. In all proposed joint ventures, each MBE and/or MBE venture must submit a copy of their current Letter of Certification.
ALL INFORMATION REQUESTED BY THIS SCHEDULE MUST BE ANSWERED IN THE SPACES PROVIDED. DO NOT REFER TO YOUR JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT EXCEPT TO EXPAND ON ANSWERS PROVIDED ON THIS FORM. IF ADDITIONAL SPACE IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL SHEETS MAY BE ATTACHED.
General Contractor: ______Region: ______
Project Name: ______Total Subcontract value: ______
Contract#: ______
I. Joint Venture:
Name: ______Phone: ______
Address: ______
Email: ______
II. Non-M/WBE Venture (s):
Name of Firm: ______Phone: ______
Address: ______
Contact: ______Fax: ______
Email:______
III. M/WBE Venture (s):
Name of Firm: ______Phone: ______
Address: ______
Contact: ______Fax: ______
Email: ______
IV. Describe the role(s) of the M/WBE venture(s) in the joint venture: ______
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 102 – Page 1
V. Attach a copy of the joint venture agreement. In order to demonstrate the MBE and /or WBE venture(s) share in ownership, control, management responsibilities, risks and profits of the joint venture, the proposed joint venture agreement must include specific details related to:
(a) The contribution of capital and equipment; (b) Work items to be performed by the M/WBE's own forces; (c) Work items to be performed under the supervision of the M/WBE venture; and (d) The commitment of management, supervisory and operative personnel employed by the M/WBE to be dedicated to the performance of the project.
VI. Total Contract Value Ownership of Joint venture.
A. What are the percentage(s) of MBE/WBE ownership of the joint venture?
MBE/WBE ______% Non-MBE/WBE ______%
B. Specify MBE/WBE percentages for each of the following:
1. Profit and loss sharing: ______%
2. Capital contribution: ______% Dollar amounts of initial contribution: $ ______Dollar amounts of anticipated on-going contribution: $ ______
3. Equipment contribution (Specify type, quality, and quantity to be provided by each venture): ______
4. Other applicable ownership interests (Including options or other agreements which restrict or limit ownership and/or control):
VII. Control and Participation in the Joint Venture. Identify by name and firm those individuals who are, or will be, responsible for, and have the authority to engage in the following management functions and policy decisions. (Indicate any limitations to their authority such as dollar limits and co-signatory requirements):
A. Joint Venture checking signing: ______
B. Authority to enter contracts on behalf of the joint venture: ______
C. Signing, co-signing and/or collateralizing loans: ______
D. Acquisition of lines of credit: ______
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 102 – Page 2
E. Acquisition and indemnification of payment and performance bonds: ______
F. Negotiating and signing labor agreements: ______
G. Management of subcontract performance. (Identify by name and firm only):
1. Supervision of field operations: ______
2. Major purchases: ______
3. Estimating: ______
4. Engineering: ______
VIII. Financial Controls of Joint Venture: A. Which firm and/or individual will be responsible for keeping the books of account? ______
B. Identify the “managing partner”, if any and describe the means and measure of their compensation: ______
C. What authority does each venture have to commit or obligate the other to insurance and bonding companies, financing institutions, suppliers, subcontractors, and/or other parties participating in the performance of this subcontract or the work of this project? ______
IX. State the approximate number of operative personnel (by trade) needed to perform the joint venture’s work under this subcontract. Indicate whether they will be employees of the non- MBE/WBE firm, or the joint venture.
Trade Non-WBE/WBE Firm MBE/WBE Joint Venture (Number) (Number) (Number)
______
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 102 – Page 3
If any personnel proposed for this project will be employees of the joint venture:
A. Are any “proposed” joint venture employees currently employed by either venture? ____ How many
Non-MBE/WBE? ______MBE/WBE? ______
B. Identify by name and firm the individual who will be responsible for hiring venture employees:
______
C. Which venture will be responsible for the preparation of joint venture payrolls?
X. Please state any material facts of additional information pertinent to the control and structure of this joint venture. ______
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 102 – Page 4
Form 104 – Vendor Diversity Profile
Company Name:______
Address:______
Phone Number:______Fax Number: ______
Website:______
Person Completing Questionnaire Name:______
Title:______
Phone:______
Email:______
1. Please provide the following information regarding your Company’s Board of Directors:
RACE/NATIONAL ORIGIN # OF MEN # OF WOMEN TOTAL Caucasian African-American Hispanic Asian GRAND TOTAL
2. Please provide the following information regarding your Company’s managers:
TITLE CAUCASIAN AFRICAN- HISPANIC ASIAN WOMEN TOTAL AMERICAN CEO/President Executive VP Senior VP Vice President Division Head Other GRAND TOTAL
3. Please provide the following information regarding your Company’s employees:
RACE/NATIONAL ORIGIN # OF MEN # OF WOMEN TOTAL Caucasian African-American Hispanic Asian GRAND TOTAL
4. Does your Company have a plan for increasing diversity among its upper ranks?
Yes No
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 104 – Page 1
Please provide a description of your plan: ______
5. Does your Company have an established diversity program?
Yes No
What is the title of the diversity program director, manager, or officer? ______
What is the name of the diversity program director, manager, or officer? ______
Please provide a brief description of your program: ______
6. If your Company does not currently have a diversity program, please describe below your Company’s plan for establishing a program in the future. ______
7. How has the CEO demonstrated support for companywide diversity initiatives? ______
8. Does the Company incorporate diversity into its strategic business plan or goals? Please explain: ______
9. Please indicate your Company’s procurement for the last full fiscal year in the following areas: (In each box other than the TOTAL boxes, please provide the applicable spend amount ($) and / percentage (%) of the total spend for each industry)
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 104 – Page 2
INDUSTRY Caucasian African- Hispanic Asian Women Owned TOTAL Business American Business Business Business Business Financial Services
Legal Services
Insurance
Advertising
PR/Marketing
Technology
Construction
Janitorial
Other
GRAND TOTAL
10. Please indicate your Company’s charitable/philanthropic spending in the following areas for the last full fiscal year:
Education $______
Museums $______
Health & Human Services $______
Environment $______
Community Development $______
Civil Rights $______
Opera, Theater & Other Cultural $______
Public Policy $______
Other ______$______
11. Does your Company have a formal mentoring program for minority and women owned businesses?
Yes No
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 104 – Page 3
Please provide a brief description of your mentoring program: ______
12. Does your Company advertise in multiethnic media?
Yes No
Please provide a brief description of your advertisements: ______
13. Does your Company’s website reference your diversity efforts?
Yes No
14. Would your Company be interested in participating in the Chicago Public Schools Education-To-Careers program?
Yes No
I,______hereby affirm that I am authorized to complete this questionnaire on behalf of ______[Company Name], that I have personal knowledge of all the information contained herein and the same are true. I understand that records and documents may be requested by the Board to verify the information provided in this questionnaire.
______Signature of Authorized Officer Title
______Print or Type Name Date
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 104 – Page 4
Chicago Public Schools Form 105 - Request for Waiver
Contract #: ______
Bidder/Proposer states that the following efforts were made to achieve M/WBE compliance prior to submission of this request for waiver:
1. Contacted government certification directories for relevant MBEs and WBEs?
[ ] No [ ] Yes
2. Advertised in M/WBE-Oriented and general circulation media that business opportunities were available with the bidder/proposer on this contract?
[ ] No [ ] Yes - (Attach verification of advertisement)
Describe in detail the reasons why the goals applicable to this contract are impossible or economically unreasonable to meet, and the substantial good faith efforts made to achieve full compliance with the M/WBE goals, including the firms contacted and the results of those contacts. (Refer to Pg. 3 of INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS)
Verification Information
I, ______, declare and affirm that to the best of my knowledge, information and belief, the facts and representations set forth in this compliance demonstration are true and correct and no material facts have been omitted.
______Signature of
Authorized Representative Title / Date
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to me before this ______day of______,
2______.
______SEAL Notary Public
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 105 – Page 1
Chicago Public Schools Students Internship Agreement
FORM 106
Bidder/Proposer has agreed to participate in a program for Chicago Public School students to offer internship opportunities, which will benefit students in understanding the prospective career options available to them in the Bidder/Proposer’s industry.
Student Interns will be selected from of the Chicago Public Schools Department of College and Career Preparation Programs and Office of Specialized Services. Participation may be realized through: (1) full and/or part-time entry level employment opportunities and/or (2) full and/or part time paid student internships for current CTE Program students.
Bidder/Proposer is committed to participate in the program in a substantial way in terms of the number of students served and the resources devoted by the firm and will ensure that its student internship program is significant in terms of its training, employment and continuing education objectives. Arrangements shall be made with Jacqueline Dace, Partnership Development Manager of Department of College and Career Preparation 773-553-5077 to employ ______students(s) interns to perform the following: (Number of students)
# Interns Scope of Work Timeframe Hourly Pay Range
______
______
______
Upon Contract Award, this Internship Agreement sets forth the commitment and responsibilities of the Prime Bidder/Proposer with respect to the Chicago Public Schools Department of College and Career Preparation. Prime Bidder/Proposer agrees to comply with and be bound by the provisions of the Internship Agreement.
This AGREEMENT is made and entered into on this ______day of ______, 20_____, Day Month Year
By ______having as principal place of business at (Company name)
______, ______, ______, ______(Street Address) (City) (State) (Zip)
______Signature (CTE) Signature (Prime Bidder/Proposer)
______Print Name Print Name
______Title Title
______Date Date
Subscribed and sworn before me this ______day of ______, 20____.
SEAL Notary Public______.
01/13/2015 OBD – Form 106 – Page 1
ATTACHMENT D
BID TABULATION PAGES (EXCEL Spreadsheet must be downloaded separately).
Page 156